Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
CONTRACT 6462 Public Works Contract CLOSED
Agreement No. 6462 j 6" PUBLIC WORKS CONTRACT BETWEEN THE CITY OF EL SEGUNDO AND PARDESS AIR, INC. POLICE DEPARTMENT ROOFTOP CHILLER UNIT REPLACEMENT PROJECT NO.: PW 22-09 This CONTRACT is entered into this 17"' day of August, 2022, by and between the CITY OF EL SEGUNDO, a general law city and municipal corporation ("the City") and PARDESS AIR, INC. ("the Contractor"). 1. WORK. A. The Contractor will provide all work required by the Contract Documents (the "Work"). The Contractor agrees to do additional work arising from changes ordered by the City in accordance with the Contract Documents. B. The Contractor and the City agree to abide by the terms and conditions contained in the Contract Documents; C. The Contractor will furnish all of the labor; supplies and materials; equipment; printing; vehicles; transportation; office space and facilities; all tests, testing and analyses; and all matters whatsoever (except as otherwise expressly specified to be furnished by the City) needed to perform and complete the Work and provide the services required of the Contractor by the Contract Documents. D. "Contract Documents" means the Notice Inviting Bids; Instructions to Bidders; Supplementary Instructions to Bidders; Proposal; this Contract; Standard Specifications; Supplementary Conditions; Exhibits; Technical Specifications; List of Drawings; Drawings; Addenda; Notice to Proceed; Change Orders; Notice of Completion; and all other documents identified in the Contract Documents which together form the contract between the City and the Contractor for the Work. The Contract Documents constitute the complete agreement between the City and the Contractor and supersede any previous agreements or understandings. 2. CONTRACT SUM. The City agrees to pay the Contractor a sum not to exceed a total of Two Hundred, Twenty -Two Thousand Dollars ($222,000.00) for the Work in the manner set forth in the Contract Documents. 3, TIME FOR PERFORMANCE. A. The Contractor will fully complete the Work within Twenty (20) working days (the "Contract Time.") B. The Contract Time will commence when the City issues a Notice to Proceed. Agreement No. 6462 The Contract Documents will supersede any conflicting provisions included on the notice to proceed issued pursuant to this Contract. C. The Contractor may not perform any Work until: The Contractor furnishes proof of insurance as required by the Contract Documents; and ii� The City gives the Contractor a written, signed, and numbered purchase order and notice to proceed. D. By signing this Contract, the Contractor represents to the City that the Contract Time is reasonable for completion of the Work and that the Contractor will complete the Work within the Contract Time. E. Should the Contractor begin the Work before receiving written authorization to proceed, any such Work is at the Contractor's own cost and risk. 4. DISPUTES. Disputes arising from this contract will be determined in accordance with the Contract Documents and Public Contracts Code § S 10240-10240.13. THIRD PARTY CLAIMS. In accordance with Public Contracts Code § 9201, the Citywill promptly inform the Contractor regarding third -party claims against the Contractor, but in no event later than ten (10) business days after the City receives such claims. Such notification will be in writing and forwarded in accordance with the "Notice" section of the Contract Documents. As more specifically detailed in the Contract Documents, the Contractor agrees to indemnify and defend the City against any third -party claim. 6. TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER. The Contractor will provide the City with a Taxpayer Identification Number. PERMITS AND LICENSES. Unless otherwise provided, the Contractor, at its sole expense, will obtain and maintain during the Contract Time, all necessary permits, licenses, and certificates that may be required in connection with the Work. 8. OWNERSHIP OF DOCUMENTS. All documents, data, studies, drawings, maps, models, photographs and reports prepared by the Contractor under the Contract Documents are the City's property. The Contractor may retain copies of said documents and materials as desired, but will deliver all original materials to the City upon the City's written notice. 9. INDEMNIFICATION. The Contractor agrees to indemnify, defend, and hold the City harmless as set forth in the Contract Documents. The requirements as to the types and limits of insurance coverage to be maintained by the Contractor as required by the Contract Documents, and any approval of such insurance by the City, are not intended to and will not in any manner limit or qualify the liabilities and obligations otherwise assumed by the Agreement No. 6462 Contractor pursuant to the Contract Documents, including, without limitation, to the provisions concerning indemnification. 10. INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR. The City and the Contractor agree that the Contractor will act as an independent contractor and will have control of all work and the manner in which is it performed. The Contractor will be free to contract for similar service to be performed for other employers while under contract with the City. The Contractor is not an agent or employee of the City and is not entitled to participate in any pension plan, insurance, bonus or similar benefits the City provides for its employees. Any provision in this Contract that may appear to give the City the right to direct the Contractor as to the details of doing the work or to exercise a measure of control over the work means that the Contractor wil l follow the direction of the City as to end results of the work only. 11. AUDIT OF RECORDS. The Contractor will maintain full and accurate records with respect to all services and matters covered under this Contract. The City will have free access at all reasonable times to such records, and the right to examine and audit the same and to make transcript therefrom, and to inspect all program data, documents, proceedings and activities. The Contractor will retain such financial and program service records for at least three (3) years after termination or final payment under the Contract Documents. 12. NOTICES. All communications to either party by the other party will be deemed made when received by such party at its respective name and address as follows: The Ci The Contractor City of El Segundo -Public Works Pardess Air, Inc. 350 Main Street 1769 Kelton Ave. El Segundo, CA 90245 Los Angeles, CA 90024 Attention: Arianne Bola Attention: Hass Goshani abola@elsee,undo.org elsegundo.org estimating@pardessair.com (310) 524-2364 (310) 477-3628 Any such written communications by mail will be conclusively deemed to have been received by the addressee three (3) days after deposit thereof in the United States Mail, postage prepaid and properly addressed as noted above. In all other instances, notices will be deemed given at the time of actual delivery. Changes may be made in the names or addresses of persons to whom notices are to be given by giving notice in the manner prescribed in this paragraph. 13. NO THIRD PARTY BENEFICIARY. This Contract and every provision herein is for the exclusive benefit of the Contractor and the City and not for the benefit of any other party. There will be no incidental or other beneficiaries of any of the Contractor's or the City's obligations under this Contract. 14. INTERPRETATION. This Contract was drafted in, and will be construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California, and exclusive venue for any action involving this Contract will be in Los Angeles County. Agreement No. 6462 15. EFFECT OF CONFLICT. In the event of any conflict, inconsistency, or incongruity between any provision of the Contract Documents, precedence will be as follows: A. This Contract; B. Tile Standard Specifications; and C. Precedence of documents as determined in the Standard Specifications. 16. SEVERABILITY. If any portion of the Contract Documents are declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid or unenforceable, then such portion will be deemed modified to the extent necessary in the opinion of the court to render such portion enforceable and, as so modified, such portion and the balance of this Contract will continue in fiill force and effect. 17. AUTHORITY/MODIFICATION. The Parties represent and warrant that all necessary action has been taken by the Parties to authorize the undersigned to execute this Contract and to engage in the actions described herein. This Contract may be modified by written amendment. The City's city manager, or designee, may execute any such amendment on the City's behalf. 18. ELECTRONIC SIGNATURES. This Agreement may be executed by the Parties on any number of separate counterparts, and all such counterparts so executed constitute one Agreement binding on all Parties notwithstanding that all the Parties are not signatories to the same counterpart. In accordance with Government Code § 16.5, the Parties agree that this Agreement, Agreements ancillary to this Agreement, and related documents to be entered into connection with this Agreement will be considered signed when the signature of a party is delivered by electronic transmission. Such electronic signature will be treated in all respects as having the same effect as an original signature. 19. COVENANTS AND CONDITIONS. The parties agree that all of the provisions hereof will be construed as both covenants and conditions, the same as if the words importing such covenants and conditions had been used in each separate paragraph. 20. CAPTIONS. The captions of the paragraphs of this Contract are for convenience of reference only and will not affect the interpretation of this Contract. 21. TIME IS OF ESSENCE. Time is of the essence for each and every provision of the Contract Documents. Agreement No. 6462 IN WITNESS WHEREOF the parties hereto have executed this Contract the day and year first hereinabove written. CITY OF EL SEGUNDO gat-'q Darrell George, City Manager AT.. S Tracy- W divei, .. City Clerk APPROVED AS TO FORM: MARK D. HENSLEY, City Attorney By: Qil� Joaquin Va quez, Deputy City Attorney Insurance Reviewed by: Y Iia. Lu, Rif c Manager PARDESS AIR, INC. 4-f T �. Name: H � , or S Title: Pry %,4 \— Taxpayer ID No. bO000l Contractor State License No.:.76 Contractor City Business License No.: -. 4m,IA f j Agreement No. 6462 PROPOSAL. FOR THE POLICE DEPARTMENT ROOFTOP CHILLER UNIT REPLACEIMENT PROJECT NO.: PW 22-09 / 1` Lt�ttc A 1....... .m.......... .€........ ................ 20__ Company Name./--� ..�..C. TO'I'I= E CITY OF EL SFGtJ1ND0- In accordance with the City of El Segundo's Notice Inviting Scaled Bids, the undersigned BIDDER hereby proposes to furnish ail materials, equipment, tools. labor, and incidentals required tbr the above stated project as set forth in the Plans, Specifications, and contract documents therefor, and to perform all work in the manner and time prescribed therein. BIDDER declares that this proposal is based upon careful examination of the work site, Plans, Specifications, Instructions to Bidders, and all other contract documents. Submittal of this bid shall be considered evidence that the KIDDER has satisfied himself re0ardino the contract documents, access and any other field conditions which may affect bid prices. If this proposal is accepted for award, BIDDER agrees to enter into a contract with the City, of El Segundo at the unit and/or Ir€mp Surd prices set forth in the following Bid Schedule. BIDDER understands that failure to enter into a contract in the manner and time prescribed will result in forfeiture to the City of Cl Segundo of the proposal guarantee accompanying this proposal. BIDDER understands that a bid is required for the entire work, that the estimated quantities set forth in the Bid Schedule arc solely fo€ the purpose of comparing bids, and that final compensation under the contract `mill be based upon the actual quantities of«ork satisfactorily completed. THE CITY OF ..L SF,G IJNDO RESERVES THE RfGHT TO INCREASE: OR DECREASE THE; A IO JNT OF ANY QUANTITY SHO k'N AND TO DELETE ANY ITEM FROM THE CONTRACT. It: is agreed that the unit and/or lump sum prices bid include all apparent expenses, taxes, royalties, and fees. In the case ot• discrepancies in the amounts bid, unit prices shall govern over extended amounts, and words shall govern over figures. If avvarded the E_'ontract; the undersigned further agrees that in the event of the BIDDER'S default in e%ecuting the required contract and filing the necessary bonds and insurance certificates �� itl i€� ten �svorking days after the date of the City of El Segundo's notice of award of contract to the BIDDER, including sending by U.S. N-Mail a Public'W'orks Contract for signature by the Awardee, the proceeds of the security accompanying this bid shall become the property of the Citr ofEl Segundo and this bid and the acceptance hereof may, at the City of El Segundo's caption, be considered null and void. I-C-1 Agreement No. 6462 EQUAL AL EMPLOYMENTOPPORTUNITY PPORTUNITY COMPLIANCE BIDDER certifies that in all previous contracts or subcontracts, all reports which may have been due under the requirements of any agency, State, or Federal equal employment opportunity orders have been satisfactorily filed, and that no such reports are currently outstanding. AFFIRMATIVE ACTION CERTIFICATION BIDDER certifies that affirmative action has been taken to seek out and consider minority business enterprises for those portions of the work to be subcontracted, and that such affirmative actions have been fully documented, that said documentation is open to inspection, and that said affirmative action will remain in effect for the life of any contract awarded hereunder. Furthermore, BIDDER certifies that affirmative action will be taken to meet all equal employment opportunity requirements of the contract docurnents. NONCOLLUSION AFFIDAVIT BIDDER declares that the only persons or parties interested in this proposal as principals are those named herein; that no officer, agent, or employee of the City of El Segundo is personally interested, directly or indirectly, in this proposal; that this proposal is made without connection to any other individual, firm, or corporation making a bid for the same work and that this proposal is in all respects fair and without collusion or fraud. I-C-2 Agreement No. 6462 BID SCHEDULE POLICE DEPARTMENT ROOFTOP CHILLER UNIT REPLACEMENT PROJECT NO.: PW 22-09 Company Name: BASE BID ITEMS Unit Price Item Total Item Description Estimated (in figures) (in figures) No. w.w w Unit uanti Dollars/Cents Dollars/Cents .-uwNu7— Mobilization, 1 Superintendent, LS 1 Crane, Temporary, Barriers Demolition of existing chiller, chiller piping, chiller 2 valves, chiller gauges, chiller LS 1 controls, chiller service connections, chiller structural frame 3 Installation of new structural steel LS 1 frame for chiller Installation of expansion fittings, butterfly valves, gate valves, hangers and supports, hydronic 4 piping, insulation, LS 1 ` r 1 3®� meters and gauges, vibration and seismic controls, air cooled chiller, heating and hot water pum s Exterior painting of 5 steel frame LS 1 components .._........................... ... ............... 6 Demolition of wiring, installation LS 1 i l000 of new wiring, 2W i-C-3 Agreement No. 6462 ...... .. . . . . . . . . ....... . . ............................ . . .... breakers, circuit disconnects, testing and commissioning . ........ . . . . . ....... . . . . . . . ........... Connecting new chiller to existing controls system, 7 updating controls LS 1 0 0,0 -0 3,010,o6 system to be compatible with new chiller connection TO"J'AL BID FOR iTt:ms 1-7 IN FIGURES = $ 22,22 ( 01 00 TOTAL BID WRITTEN IN WORDS: I-C-4 Agreement No. 6462 BIDDER'S INFORMATION Company Name, I ar l- —c ..................... BIDDER certifies that the following information is true and correct: Form of Legal Entity (i.e., individual, partnership, corporation, etc.) If corporation, State of Incorporation (i.e., California) .imm� t _...... .. Business' ._....W.w Address —, .1.... e.. ....._ w.. Telephone No. y .....3L...:..................._._ Facsimile No. A 7q - -,&-> ....-............................... �_...... State Contractor's License No. and Class cJs� ,� C - ......-- ................... . Original Date Issued Expiration Date AV : . - The following are the names, ti les, addresses, and phone li3b /1�i individuals, firm members, partners, joint venturers, and/or corporate officers lim,i i,g principal interest in this proposal m The date of any voluntary or involuntary bankruptcy judgments against any principal having an interest in this proposal is as follows: All current and prior DBA's, aliases, and/or fictitious business names for any principal having an interest in this proposal are as follows: I-C-5 Agreement No. 6462 BIDDER'S INFORMATION (CONTINUED) Company Name: Bidder shall list the name of the person who attended the mandatory pre -bid job walk: Name: � Gol3hcaoi I-C-6 Agreement No. 6462 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, BIDDER executes and submits this proposal with the names, titles, hands, and seals of all a forenamed principals this )')' day of uz 20__ BIDDER Subscribed and sworn to this t day oi" „®..0..... NOTARY PUBLIC i-C-8 Acknowledgment A Notary Public or other officer completing this certificate verifies only the identity of the individual who signed the document to which this certificate is attached, and not the truthfulness, accuracy, or validity of that document. State of California County of Los Angeles On before me, E t personally appeared Faramarz Rabizadeh, Notary Public '1 4, r who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person(s) whose name(s) is/are subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he/she/they executed the same in his/her/their authorized capacity(ies), and that by his/her/their signature(s) on the instrument the person(s), or the entity upon behalf of which the person(s) acted, executed the instrument. I certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct. WITNESS my hand and official seal. FARAMARZ RABIZADEH NOTARY IRR SUS - OAt,6F0RNTA tiMMMSION 0 22ttaaa2 LOS ANGELES COUNTY ;reNAy t omre. t xo. November 20, 2022 Signature (Seal) ADDITIONAL OPTIONAL INFORMATION DESCRIPTION OF THE ATTACHED DOCUMENT (Title or description of attached document) (Title or description of attached document continued) Number of Pages Document Date (Additional information) CAPACITY CLAIMED BY THE SIGNER ❑ Individual (s) ❑ Corporate Officer (Title) ❑ Partner(s) ❑ Attomey-in-Fact ❑ Trustee(s) ❑ Other INSTRUCTIONS FOR COMPLETING THIS FORM ,Iny acknowledgment completed in California must contain verbiage exactly as appears above in the notary section or a separate acknowledgment form must be properly completed and attached to that document. The only exception is if a document is to be recorded outside of California. In such instances, any alternative acknowledgment verbiage as may be printed on such a document so long as the verbiage does not require the notary to do something that is illegal for a notary in California (i.e. certifying the authorized capacity of the signer). Please check the document carefully for proper notarial wording and attach this form if required. • State and County information must be the State and County where the document signer(s) personally appeared before the notary public for acknowledgment. • Date of notarization must be the date that the signer(s) personally appeared which must also be the same date the acknowledgment is completed. • The notary public must print his or bet name as it appears within his or her commission followed by a comma and rhea your title (rotary public), • Print the name(s) of document signer(s) who personally appear at the time of notarization_ • Indicate the correct singular or plural forms by crossing off incorrect forms (i.e. helsheld is /eta ) or circling the correct forme. Failure to correctly indicate this information may lead to rejection of document recording. • The notary seal impression must be clear and photographically reproducible. Impression must not cover text or lines. If seal impression smudges, re -seal if a sufficient area permits, otherwise complete a different acknowledgment form. • Signature of the notary public must match the signature on file with the office of the county clerk. G Additional information is not required but could help to ensure this acknowledgment is not misused or attached to a different document. t Indicate title or type of attached document, number of pages and date. Indicate the capacity claimed by the signer. If the claimed capacity is a corporate officer, indicate the title (i.c. CEO, CFO, Secretary). • Securely attach this document to the signed document Agreement No. 6462 PROPOSAL GUARANTEE BID BOND POLICE DEPARTMENT ROOFTOP CHILLER UNIT REPLACEMENT PROJECT NO.: PW 22-09 KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS that, Pardess Air, Inc. , as BIDDER, and Markel Insurance Company __ , as SURETY, are held and firmly bound unto the City of El Segundo, in the penal sum of Ten percent of amount bid DOLLARS ($ 10%, which is ten (10%) percent of the total amount bid by BIDDER to the City of El Segundo for the above stated project, for the payment of which sum, BIDDER and SURETY agree to be bound, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. THE CONDITIONS OF THIS OBLIGATION ARE SUCH that, whereas BIDDER is about to submit a bid to the City of El Segundo for the above stated project, if said bid is rejected, or if said bid is accepted and a contract is awarded and entered into by BIDDER in the manner and time specified, then this obligation shall be null and void, otherwise it shall remain in full force and effect in favor of the City of El Segundo. IN WITNESS WHEREOF the parties hereto have set their names, titles, hands, and seals this 28th day of June , 2022 Pardess Air, Inc. BIDDER* 1769 Kelton Avenue, i s Angeles, CA 90024 Ph: 310-477-3628 Markel Insurance SURETY* 4521 HighwoodRM, Glen Allen VA 23060 Ph: 800-431-1270 Chri'. Mountz, Attorney -in -Fact Alliant Insurance Services, Inc. 685 East Carnegie Dr. Ste. 265, San Bernardino, CA 92408 Ph: 909-886-9861 Subscribed and sworn to this day of , 20 NOTARY PUBLIC *Provide BIDDER/SURETY name, title, address and telephone number and the name, title, address and telephone number for authorized representative. I-C-9 CALIFORNIA ALL-PURPOSE ACKNOWLEDGEMENT reement No. 6462 A notary public or other officer completing this certificate verifies only the identity of the individual who signed the document to which this certificate is attached, and not the truthfulness, accuracy, or validity of that document. State of California SS. County of San Bernardino J U N Y r On before me, Rebecca Elizabeth Adcock Notary Public Name and Title of Officer (e.g., "Jane Doe, Notary Public") personally appeared Christina Mountz Name(s) of Signer(s) 1&kNil Rebecca Elizabeth A06c OMMIS u)qoTp'^n 1" 2327252 NOTARY PVfuLiC • C�6LVf=�'3EtNIA SANF BERN RCr(C NiY w q j MY Comm. Expires: 024 •May- who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person whose name is subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that she executed the same in her authorized capacity, and that by her signature on the instrument the person, or the entity upon behalf of which the person acted, executed the instrument. I certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct. WI ESS my han d official seal. Sg navof Notary Public OPTIONAL Though the information below is not required by law, it may prove valuable to persons relying on the document and could prevent fraudulent removal and reattachment of this form to another document. Description of Attached Document Title or Type of Document: Document Date: Signer(s) Other Than Named Above: Capacity(ies) Claimed by Signer(s) Signer's Name: O Individual O Corporate Officer Title O Partner -- O Limited O General O Attorney -in -Fact O Trustee O Guardian or Conservator Other: Signer is Representing: Number of Pages;. Top of thumb here F1 Agreement No. 6462 STATE OF CALIFORNIA DEPARTMENT OF INSURANCE N4 07500 SAN FRANCISCO Punend.ed i. ; d THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT, Pursuant to the Insurance Code of the State of California, Markel Insurance Company Of Deerfield, Illinois ,organized under the laws of Illinois , subject to its Articles of Incorporation or other fundamental organizational documents, is -hereby authorized to transact within the State, subject to all provisions of this Certificate, the following classes of insurance: Fire, Marine, Surety, Disability, Plate Glass, Liabilityr Workers'•Compensation, Common Carrier Liability, Boiler and Machinery, Burglary, Credit, Sprinkler, Team and Vehicle, -Automobile, and Miscellaneous , as such classes are now or may hereafter be defowd in the Insurance Laws of the State of California. THIS CERTIFICATE is expressly conditioned upon the holder hereof now and hereafter being in full compliance with all, and not in violation of any, of the applicable laws and lawful requirements made under authority of the laws of the State of California as long as such laws or requirements are in effect and applicable, and as such laws and requirements now are; or may hereafter' be changed or amended. IN WTINESS WHEREOF, effective as of the i 6 th day of j5jn�l� --,2 002 —.. I have hereunto set my hand and caused my official seal to be affixed this 16th ..... --day of _14RqaLy 2002 By NOTICE, "--- Qualification with the Secretary of State irmst be a"'ornplished as require .6wW4ahforni rt ar�lrtati ns Cade pr nlatly after is maaam ofthis Ccrufac ale of, uthoritl l ailure to do rrrall taectwc a ))a ill'b4n: grounds for revold a,gl tlmss Certificate ofAMIhtarity paarRwtraptt to the convenants made in the application therefor eta the conditions contWned herein. FORM CH-3 (' CSP 00 ami Agreement No. 6462 POA# 510028 JOINT LIMITED POWER OF ATTORNEY KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That SureTec Insurance Company, a Corporation duly organized and existing under the laws of the State of Texas and having its principal office in the County of Harris, Texas and Markel Insurance Company (the "Company'), a corporation duly organized and existing under the laws of the state of Illinois, and having its principal administrative office in Glen Allen, Virginia, does by these presents make, constitute and appoint: Jay P. Freeman, Cynthia J. Young, Laurie B. Druck, Christina Mountz, Melissa D. Schwartz Their true and lawful agent(s) and attorney(s)-in-fact, each in their separate capacity if more than one Is named above, to make, execute, seal and deliver for and on their own behalf, Individually as a surety or jointly, as co -sureties, and as their act and deed any and all bonds and other undertaking in suretyship provided, however, that the penal sum of any one such instrument executed hereunder shall not exceed the sum of: Fifty Million and 00/100 Dollars ($50,000,000 00) This Power of Attorney is granted and is signed and sealed under and by the authority of the following Resolutions adopted by the (hard of Directors of SureTec insurance Company and Markel Insurance Company: 'RESOLVED, That the President, Senior Vice President, Vice President, Assistant Vices President, Secretary, Treasurer and each of them hereby is authorized to execute powers of attorney. and such authority can be executed by use of facsimile signature, which may be attested or acknowledged by any officer or attorney, of the company, qualifying the attorney or attorneys named in the given power of attorney, to execute in behalf of, and acknowledge as the act and deed of the SureTec Insurance Company and Markel Insurance Company, as the case may be, all bond undertakings and contracts of suretyship, and to affix the corporate seal thereto' IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Markel Insurance Comparryand SureTec Insurance Company have caused their official seal to be hereunto affixed and these presents to be signed by their duly authorized officers on the air day of Myva - 2a20 . SureTec Insurance Company %)PAIV0� u! p. By: co Michael C. Keimig, President �dy ar 1r Commonwealth of Virginia County of Henrico SS: 'Jillif"J Markellnsur ceCompany v,�rrr'rrrti*��s + Robin Russo, Senior Vice President On this ern day of A-9-1 2020 A. D., before me, a Notary Public of the Commonwealth of Virginia, in and for the County of Henrico, duly commissioned and qualified, came THE ABOVE OFFICERS OF THE COMPANIES, to me personally known to be the individuals and officers described In, who executed the preceding instrument, and they acknowledged the execution of same, and being by me duly swom, disposed and said that they are the officers of the said companies aforesaid, and that the seals affixed to the proceeding instrument are the Corporate Seals of said Companies, and the said Corporate Seals and their signatures as officers were duly affixed and subscribed to the said Instrument by the authority and direction of the said companies, and that Resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors of said cinmpanies referred to in the preceding Instrument is now in force, trtuttarits mrar IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, I have hereunto set mY hand, and affixed I Y aFa! g C lt4f,Af Henrice, the day and year first above written. MY C7faim1 By NUMSE Donna Donavant, Notary Public 70 My commission expires 1/31/2023 We, the undersigned Officers of SureTec Insurance Company and Markafr)rs tt�ierby certifythat the original POWER OF ATTORNEY of which the foregoing Is a full, true and correct copy is still in full force and effect and hai"fe i)Pl rfpv IN WITNESS WHEREOF, we have hereunto set our hands, and affixed the Seals of said Companies, on the 28th day of June 2022 fttt f t l I f f,fpi�, Markel Insurance Company �' SEAL 0 �✓p * + Richard p B� ry chard R. Grinnan, Vice President aritl Seer a Any Instrument Issued in excess of the penalty stated above Is totally void and without any validity. 510026 For verification of the authority of this Power you may call (713)812-0800 on any buuneu day between 8:30 AM and S.110 PM CST. Acknowledgment A Notary Public or other officer completing this certificate verifies only the identity of the individual who signed the document to which this certificate is attached, and not the truthfulness, accuracy, or validity of that document. State of California County of Los Angeles On before me, Faramarz Rabizadeh, Notary Public personally appeared ®za Ha✓ 0. who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person(s) whose name(s) is/are subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he/she/they executed the same in his/her/their authorized capacity(ies), and that by his/her/their signature(s) on the instrument the person(s), or the entity upon behalf of which the person(s) acted, executed the instrument. I certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct. WITNESS my hand and official seal. Qa2z26y CA.� •66C69�2 tttpiJ9 1"YeaPUnJ_ tGiA"",E,, COUNTY Signature (Seal) AD,DITEONAL OPTIONAL INFORMATION DESCRIPTION OF THE ATTACHED DOCUMENT (Title or description of attached document) (Title or description of attached document continued) Number of Pages _ Document Date (Additional in€ormation) CAPACITY CLAIMED BY THE SIGNER ❑ Individual (s) ❑ Corporate Officer critic) ❑ Partner(s) ❑ Attomey-in-Fact ❑ Trustee(s) ❑ Other INSTRUCTIONS FOR COMPLETING THIS FORM Any acknowledgment completed in CaWarnia must contain verbiage exactly as appears above in the notary section or a separate acknowledgment form must be properly completed and attached to that document. The only exception is if a document is to be recorded outside of California. In such instances, any alternative acknowledgment verbiage as may be printed on such a document so long as the verbiage does not require the notary to do something that is illegal for a notary in California (i.e. certifying the authorized capacity of the signer). Please check the document carefully for proper notarial wording and attach this form ifrequired. • State and County information must be the State and County where the document signer(s) personally appeared before the notary public for acknowledgment. • Date of notarization trust be the date that the signer(s) personally appeared which must also be the same date the acknowledgment is completed. • The notary public must print his or her name as it appears within his or her commission followed by a comma and then your title (notary public). • Print the name(s) of document signer(s) who personally appear at the time of notarization_ • Indicate the correct singular or plural forms by crossing off incorrect forms (i.e. halsholdtu i - is /m:e ) or circling the correct forms. Failure to correctly indicate this information may lead to rejection of document recording. • The notary seal impression must be clear and photographically reproducible. Impression must not cover text or lines. If seal impression smudges, re -seal if a sufficient area permits, otherwise complete a different acknowledgment form • Signature of the notary public must match the signature on file with the office of the county cleric. h Additional information is not required but could help to ensure this acknowledgment is not misused or attached to a different document. t Indicate title or type of attached document, number of pages and date. Indicate the capacity claimed by the signer. If the claimed capacity is a corporate officer, indicate the title (Le. CEO, CFO, Secretaty). • Securely attach this document to the signed document Agreement No. 6462 CONTRACTOR'S LICENSE DECLARATION (Business and Professions Code Section 7028.15) 1. BIDDER'S Contractor's License Number is: .......� Class No.: 2. The expiration date of BIDDER'S Contractor License is: 07 1 20 . 3. BIDDER acknowledges that Section 7028.15(e) of the Business and Professions Code provides as follows: "A licensed contractor shall not submit a bid to a public agency unless his or her contractor's license number appears clearly on the bid, the license expiration date is stated, and the bid contains a statement that representations herein are made under penalty of perjury. Any bid not containing this information, or a bid containing information which is subsequently proven false, shall be considered non -responsive and shall be rejected by the public agency." The undersigned declares, under penalty of perjury, that the representations made by the undersigned in this bid proposal are true and correct. Executed oti 7'04- )) 0 ';:;::„ at ds . h ��, c5 C-11 Q10", (insert City and State where Declaration signed). w� Sig................... ..m nature Typed Name .► Title P_c� A' _... Company Name I-C-10 Agreement No. 6462 NON -COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT TO BE EXECUTED BY BIDDER AND SUBMITTED WITH BID State of California ) ss.. County of Las jeto ;4k-4 e;kl, ef being first duly sworn, deposes and say that he or is 'w1 of ` 70C the party making the foregoing bid that the bid is not made in the interest of, or on behalf of, any undisclosed person, partnership, company, association, organization, or corporation; that the bid is genuine and not collusive or sham; that the BIDDER has not directly or indirectly induced or solicited any other BIDDER to put in a false or sham bid, and has not directly or indirectly colluded, conspired, connived, or agreed with any BIDDER or anyone else to put in a sham bid, or that anyone shall refrain from bidding; that the BIDDER has not in any manner, directly or indirectly, sought by agreement, communication, or conference with anyone to fix the bid price of the BIDDER or any other BIDDER, or to fix any overhead, profit, or cost element of the bid price, or of that of any other BIDDER, or to secure any advantage against the public body awarding the contract of anyone interested in the proposed contract; that all statements contained in the bid are true; and further, that the bidder has not, directly or indirectly, submitted his or her bid price or any breakdown thereof, or the contents thereof, or divulged information or data relative thereto, or paid, and will not pay, any fee to any corporation, partnership, company association, organization, bid depository, or to any member or agent thereof to effectuate a collusive or sham bid. Signature 'Pave- S Typed Name "s, , J,"_" ............. Title I-C-11 Name of Bidder/Company Name aL, j) z. Date Agreement No. 6462 WORKER'S COMPENSATION CERTIFICATION Section 1861 OF THE LABOR CODE (Workers' Compensation) Pursuant to Section 1861 of the Labor Code, the BIDDER, in submitting his/her PROPOSAL, shall sign the following certification: "I am aware of the provisions of Section 3700 of the Labor Code which require every employer to be insured against liability for workers' compensation or to undertake self- insurance in accordance with the provisions of that code, and I will comply with such provisions before commencing the performance of the work of this contract." Signature of Bidder:° Title: I CrX✓I Business Name: .. & o CG Business Address11� :1 t�!+ Telephone Number: (,3tL)1 7 , -3a ;21 ._ Dated this _.. l ........ day of �z , 20 I-C-12 Agreement No. 6462 DESIGNATION OF SUBCONTRACTORS POLICE DEPARTMENT ROOFTOP CHILLER UNIT REPLACEMENT PROJECT NO.: PW 22-09 Company Name: CA tom` ......t'-._. As detailed in Section 2-3.1 (Page II-B-3) of the City Standard Specifications, Bidder certifies that it has listed below all subcontractors who will perform work in excess of one-half of one percent (0.5%) of the total bid price or certifies that the bidder is fully qualified to perform and will perform that portion of the work itself. .......... Subcontractor's Contractor Description of License No., & Portion of Name of DIR Work Estimated Subcontractor Address Registration No. Subcontracted $ Amount Ntunber and Street CSL (City, Zip Code) (DIR #) ..... �5 cc ....... 6, F "� "I' &, V4, 1 -9 7.5 7 T ... .. ........................................... Pr E 2 ' ,'r ......_._. 174 315 Ins��A-i Idn� ) NS1le-✓?71b ................... v.........1 vvdao L o� �:.... _ __............. � � to ...._ �yy �......_ ................_ ......... (Make copies off ge if additional space is needed) Eignatt of Bidden• Date I-C- 13 Agreement No. 6462 REFERENCES Company Name: q 6 1, r 0 TV1 C The following are the names, addresses, and telephone numbers for public agencies for which BIDDER has performed similar work as the prime Contractor or major Subcontractor within the past five (5) years: l . Project Title: U /" Pb Location. 2 C)04 Name and address of owner cvew, _ , Name and current telep Type of Work: U - N e number of person larniIiarNvith project Contract amount: $ Q ---------- Date completed: 63 31 ' � 2 (co ®o ,� Amount of work done by my/our firm under Contract $ / 6 hppAvy Did your firm have any financial interest in Project? Project Title: t, 311 14 VAIC- Location: C4 Uelk v7 3 W- Name and address of owner xg oM I-) C—Q-ur r X I I I � — — _ Name and current telepfionc number of person familiar wvi'th project. Type of Work: Ct yr . Contract amount: $ Date completed: Amount of work done by my/our firm under Contract $ M Did your firm have any financial interest in Project? N 0 i-C- 14 Agreement No. 6462 3. Project Title: Location: YQUVIA, o, UC—LI1 , 1060 y"Jeea'i, 6VO— , IC� 4-4,aoW4 16-07-� Name and address of owner Narrigand current telephone number of person familiar with project: Type of Work: W, e,/ ge Contract amount: $ - o _ Date completed; f) 30 Amount of work done by my/our firm under Contract $ 3 U a&a 7,OV Did your finn have any financial interest in Project? Ne 4. Project Title: Location: C Name ter` d addi v# of owner 11 M o— 1 Name and Current telephone number of person familiar with project: Type of Work: Contract amount: $ I 22-Z Date completed: P , & ,2,c OO oar„ Amount of work done by my/our firm under Contract $ Did your finn have any financial interest in Project? I-C-15 Agreement No. 6462 5. Project Title: 4 Location: 2 Name and address of owner 6 1 Name and current telephone number of person 1amiliar with project: Type of Work:+" Contract amount: $ ► �.i. Date completed: Amount of work done by my/our firm under Contract $ ... mm ;e>, -~ = � Did your firm have any financial interest in Project? _...................... .......... Bidder may attach additional reference pages if necessary. The following are the names, addresses, and telephone numbers for all brokers and sureties from whom BIDDER intends to procure insurance bonds: -'a .......... e. M. a i-C-16 MM Agreement No. 6462 BIDDER'S STATEMENT OF PAST CONTRACT DISQUALIFICATIONS POLICE DEPARTMENT ROOFTOP CHILLER UNIT REPLACEMENT PROJECT NO.: PW 22-09 Company Name:.. _�'K" -- Please state all instances of being disqualified, removed, or otherwise prevented from bidding on, or completing, a federal, state, or local govern vent project due to a violation of a law or safety regulation. Have you ever been disqualified from any government contract? Yes ❑ No $I 2. If yes, explain the circumstances: un Are you registered in accordance with Labor Code § 1725.5 [Note: failure to register requires the City to reject your bid as nonresponsive]? Yes No 0 Bidder's Sign oAre Name (Please Print) I-C-17 Agreement No. 6462 INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS [MUST BE SUBMITTED WITH PROJECT PROPOSAL] POLICE DEPARTMENT ROOFTOP CHILLER UNIT REPLACEMENT PROJECT NO.: PW 22-09 Company Name: � + i To be awarded this contract, the successful bidder must procure and maintain the following types of insurance with coverage limits complying, at a minimum, with the limits set forth below: Type of Insurance Limits Commercial general liability: $2,000,000 Business automobile liability: $1,000,000 Workers compensation: Statutory requirement Commercial general liability insurance must meet or exceed the requirements of ISO-CGL Form No. CG 00 01 11 85 or 88. The amount of insurance set forth above must be a combined single limit per occurrence for bodily injury, personal injury, and property damage for the policy coverage. Liability policies must be endorsed to name the City, its officials, and employees as "additional insureds" under said insurance coverage and to state that such insurance will be deemed "primary" such that any other insurance that may be carried by the City will be excess thereto. Such endorsement must be reflected on ISO Form No. CG 20 10 11 85 or 88, or equivalent. Such insurance must be on an "occurrence," not a "claims made," basis and will not be cancelable or subject to reduction except upon thirty (30) days prior written notice to the City. Insurer will agree in writing to waive all rights of subrogation against the City, its officers, officials, employees and volunteers for losses arising from work performed by Contractor for the City. Automobile coverage must be written on ISO Business Auto Coverage Form CA 00 01 06 92, including symbol 1 (Any Auto). The Consultant must furnish to the City duly authenticated Certificates of Insurance evidencing maintenance of the insurance required under this Agreement, endorsements as required herein, and such other evidence of insurance or copies of policies as may be reasonably required by the City from time to time. Insurance must be placed with admitted insurers with a current A.M. Best Company Rating equivalent to at least a Rating of "AXII." Certificate(s) must reflect that the insurer will provide thirty (30) day notice of any cancellation of coverage. The Consultant will require its insurer to modify such certificates to delete any exculpatory wording stating that failure of the insurer to mail written notice of cancellation imposes no obligation, and to delete the word "endeavor" with regard to any notice provisions. Tile City requires California Worker's Compensation Coverage with the associated Waiver. Out-of- state coverage will not be accepted in lieu of the California coverage, because the work is being performed in the State of California. By signing this form, the bidder certifies that it has read, understands, and will comply with these insurance requirements if it is selected as the City's consultant. Failure to provide this insurance will render the bidder's proposal "nonresponsive." Date /' ! Bidder's I-C-18 Agreement No. 6462 END PROPOSAL SECTION I-C-19 %reem utt No. 6462mium is ande contract term subject to adjustment based on the final contract price. FAITHFUL PERFORMANCE BOND POLICE DEPARTMENT ROOFTOP CHILLER UNIT REPLACEMENT PROJECT NO.: PW 22-09 Bond No. 4457974 Bond Fee: $3,197.00 Pardess Air Inc. ("PRINCIPAL") and Markel hisurance Coo an , a corporation incorporated under the laws of the State of Illinois and licensed by the State of California to execute bonds and undertakings as sole surety, as surety ("SURETY"), are held and firmly bound unto the CITY OF EL SEGUNDO ("CITY") in the sum of Two Hundred, Twenty - Two Thousand Dollars ($222,000.00) lawful money of the United States, which may be increased or decreased by a rider hereto executed in the same manner as this bond, for the payment of which sum PRINCIPAL and SURETY bind themselves, their successors, and assigns, jointly and severally, by this instrument. PRINCIPAL or SURETY will apply this bond for the faithful performance of any and all of the conditions and stipulations set forth in this bond, SPECIFICATIONS NO. PW 22-09, and the public works contract executed with such Specifications. In the case of any default in the performance of the conditions and stipulations of this undertaking, it is agreed that PRINCIPAL or SURETY will apply the bond or any portion thereof, to the satisfaction of any damages, reclamation, assessments, penalties, or deficiencies arising by reason of such default. BOND CONDITIONS 1. PRINCIPAL will construct the public improvements identified in SPECIFICATIONS NO. PW 22-09, a copy of which is on file with CITY's Engineering Division ("Public Project"). Such performance will be in accordance with CITY's plans and profiles (CITY DRAWING FILE NO. PW 22-09) which are made a part of this bond when said plans and profiles are approved by the City Council and filed with CITY's Engineering Division. CITY has estimated the required amount of the bond as shown above. 2. PRINCIPAL's work on the Public Project will be done in accordance with CITY's plans and specifications and with any permit issued by CITY. Should PRINCIPAL fail to complete all required work within the time allowed, CITY may, at its sole discretion, cause all required work to be done and the parties executing the bond will be firmly bound for the payment of all necessary costs therefor. 3. PRINCIPAL will guarantee its work against any defective work, labor, or materials on the Public Project for a period of one (1) year following the Public Project's completion and acceptance by CITY. I-E-1 Agreement No. 6462 4. This bond is conditioned upon and guarantees due compliance with all applicable law including, without limitation, the El Segundo Municipal Code ("BSMC"). 5. SURETY, for value received, agrees that no changes, extensions of time, alteration or modification of SPECIFICATIONS NO. PW 22-09 or of the obligation to be performed will in any way affect its obligation on this bond, and it waives notice of any such change, extension of time, alteration or modification of the contract documents or of the obligation to be performed. 6. This bond consists of this instrument; the plans and specifications identified above; and the following two (2) attached exhibits all of which are incorporated herein by reference: A. A certified copy of the appointment, power of attorney, bylaws or other instrument entitling or authorizing the persons executing this bond to do so; B. A certificate issued by the county clerk for the county in which SURETY's representative is located conforming with California Code of Civil Procedure § 995.640 and stating that SURETY's certificate of authority has not been surrendered, revoked, cancelled, annulled, or suspended, or in the event that it has, that renewed authority has been granted; and 7. Should PRINCIPAL perform its obligations within the time allowed, PRINCIPAL's obligation will be void upon the acceptance of the performance by CITY; otherwise this obligation will remain in full force and effect. [SIGNATURES ON FOLLOWING PAGE] I-E-2 Agreement No. 6462 SIGNED AND SEALED this 23rd day of August _ , 2022 PRINCIPAL's PRWDENT PRINCIPAL'S SECRETARY PRINCIPAL's MAILING ADDRESS: Pardess Air, Inc. 1769 Kelton Ave. ........._ Los Angeles, CA 90024 SURETY's PRESIDENT � Y's ST R' k„TSEC By:__ Cyritllia Young, Atkor -1tDR pt. SIRE . Y's MAILI: G k 'S: Markel Insurance Company 4521 Highwood Pkwy ........ ......... Gle n Allen, VA 23060 NOTE: (1) ALL signatures must be acknowledged by a notary public. Return one (1) original to City Clerk's Office. (2) Bond shall be effective for one (1) year after acceptance of the job. I-E-3 Acknowledgment A Notary Public or other officer completing this certificate verifies only the identity of the individual who signed the document to which this certificate is attached, and not the truthfulness, accuracy, or validity of that document. State of California County of Los Angeles On e a �before me, personally appeared Faramarz Rabizadeh, Notary Public who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person(s) whose name(s) is/are subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he/she/they executed the same in his/her/their authorized capacity(ies), and that by his/her/their signature(s) on the instrument the person(s), or the entity upon behalf of which the person(s) acted, executed the instrument. I certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct. WITNESS my hand and official seal. .� �� M� AI wDiEM e 0869,2 .. GUNTY Signature a ADDITIONAL OPTIONAL ]INFORMATION DESCRIPTION OF THE ATTACHED DOCUMENT (Title or dcscriplion of art, documont) se__. ...... _. _., .... - (Title or description of allubed document continued) Number of Pages Document Date (Additional information) CAPACITY CLAIMED BY THE SIGNER © Individual (s) O Corporate Officer © Partner(s) ❑ Attomey-in-Fact ❑ Trustee(s) ❑ Other INSTRUCTIONS FOR COMPLETING THIS FORM Any acknowledgment completed in California must contain verbiage exactly as appears above in the notary• section or a separate acknowledgment form must be properly completed and attached to that document. 7we only exception is if a document is to be recorded outside of California. In such instances, any alternative acknowledgment verbiage as may be printed on such a document so long as the verbiage does not require the notary to do some -Ming that is illegal for a notary in California (i.e: certifying the authorized capacity of the signer). Please check the document carefully far proper notarial wording and attach this form ifrequired. • State and County information must be the State and County where the document signers) personally appeared -before the votary public for acknowledgment. • Date of notarization must be the date that the signer(&) personally appeared which must also be the same date the acknowledgment is completed. • The notary public must print his or her name as it appears within his or her commission followed by a comma and then your tine (notary public). • Print the namc(s) of document signer(s) who personally appear at the time of notarization_ • Indicate the correct singular or plural forms by crossing off incorrect forms (i.e. IrelsheJd";- is lets) or circling the correct forms. Failure to correctly indicate this information may lead to rejection of document recording_ • The notary seal impression must be clear and photographically reproducible. impression must not cover text or lines. If seal impression smudges, re -seal if a sufficient area permits, otherwise complete a different acknowledgment form • Signature of the notary public must match the signature on file with the office of the county clerk. r,, Additional information is not required but could help to ensure this acknowledgment is not misused or attached to a different document. 0 Indicate title or type of attached document, number of pages and date. Indicate the capacity claimed by the signer. [f the claimed capacity is a corporate officer, indicate the title (i.e CEO, CFO, Secretary). • Securely attach this document to the signed document CALIFORNIA ALL-PURPOSE ACKNOWLEDGEMENT Agreement No. 6462 A notary public or other officer completing this certificate verifies only the identity of the individual who signed the document to which this certificate is attached, and not the truthfulness, accuracy, or validity of that document. State of California County of San Bernardino On AUG 2 3 2022 SS. before me, Rebecca Elizabeth Adcock N tary Public Name and Title of Officer (e.g., "Jane Doe, Notary Public") personally appeared Cynthia J. Young Name(s) of Signer(s) who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person whose name is subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that she executed the same in her authorized capacity, and that by her signature on the instrument the person, or the entity upon behalf of which the person Pebec I°I Pacctf Acc acted, executed the instrument. +tAlOI )SON I 2327'75` " r t4OT;R,Yr, � t UFcT r� I certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of 1. SAN sERNAR My Comm E'p10" .2024 the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct. ITNESS my h and official seal. Oeofotary Si Public OPTIONAL Though the information below is not required by law, it may prove valuable to persons relying on the document and could prevent fraudulent removal and reattachment of this form to another document. Description of Attached Document Title or Type of Document: Document Date: Signer(s) Other Than Named Above: Capacity(ies) Claimed by Signer(s) Signer's Name: O Individual O Corporate Officer Title O Partner -- O Limited O General O Attorney -in -Fact O Trustee O Guardian or Conservator Other: Signer is Representing: Number of Pages: STATE OF CALIFORNIA Agreement No. 6462 DEPARTMENT OF INSURANCE N4 0 7 5 0 0 SAN FRANCISCO Amended Certificate of Authority THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT, Pursuant to the Insurance Code of the State of California, Markel Insurance Company Of Deerfield, Illinois - , organized under the laws of Illinois , subject to its Articles of Incorporation or other fundamental organizational documents, is -hereby authorized to transact within the State, subject to all provisions of this Certificate, the following classes of insurance: Fire, Marine, Surety, Disability, Plate Glass, Liabilityr Workers' -Compensation, Common Carrier Liability, Boiler and Machinery, Burglary, Credit, Sprinkler, Team and Vehicle, Automobile, and Miscellaneous , as such classes are now or may hereafter be dfined in the Insurance Laws of the State of California. THIS CERTIFICATE is expressly conditioned upon the holder hereof now and hereafter being in full compliance with all, and not in violation of any, of the applicable laws and lawful requirements made under authority of the laws of the State of California as long as such laws or requirements are in effect and applicable, and as such laws and requirements now are; or may hereafter be changed or amended. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, effective as of the 16 th day of.......... Jnuar° 2062 I have hereunto set my hand and caused my official seal to be affixed this 16 t h day of_' _ Ja nMALY. ....... 2002 By NOTICE:" Qualification with the Sccretwy of State must in accomplislied as on Is Code drrr uptly after issuance of this Certificate of Authority. Fa lnusw to do so will lea a violation of insurtance Cnncfu �cu is Chd ut wwilp duo srouunds for revoking this Cerdtficate of Authority pursuant to the coma nannts made in the application therefor doom the conditions contained herein_ FORM CH-3 60 osP 00 39391 Agreement No. 6462 POA# 510028 JOINT LIMITED POWER OF ATTORNEY KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That SureTec Insurance Company, a Corporation duly organized and existing under the laws of the State of Texas and having its principal office in the County of Harris, Texas and Markel Insurance Company (the "Company"), a corporation duly organized and existing under the laws of the state of Illinois, and having its principal administrative office in Glen Allen, Virginia, does by these presents make, constitute and appoint: Jay P. Freeman, Cynthia J. Young, Christina Mountz Their true and lawful agent(s) and attorney(s)-in-fact, each in their separate capacity if more than one is named above, to make, execute, seal and deliver for and on their own behalf, individually as a surety orjointly, as co -sureties, and as their act and deed any and all bonds and other undertaking in suretyship provided; however, that the penal sum of any one such instrument executed hereunder shall not exceed the sum of: Fifty Million and 00/100 Dollars ($50,000,000.00) This Power of Attomey is granted and is signed and sealed under and by the authority of the following Resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors of SureTec Insurance Company and Markel Insurance Company: "RESOLVED, That the President, Senior Vice President, Vice President, Assistant Vice President, Secretary, Treasurer and each of them hereby is authorized to execute powers of attomey, and such authority can be executed by use of facsimile signature, which may be attested or acknowledged -by any officer or attorney, of the company, qualifying the attorney or attorneys named in the given power of attorney, to execute in behalf of, and acknowledge as the act and deed of the SureTec Insurance Company and Markel Insurance Company, as the case may be, all bond undertakings and contracts of suretyship, and to affix the corporate seal thereto." IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Markel Insurance Company and SureTec Insurance Company have caused their official seal to be hereunto affixed and these presents to be signed by their duly authorized officers on the 25m day of jury 2o22 . SureTec Insurance Company W SOAONu B _. ua � Y 4b Michael C. Keimig, President Commonwealth of Virginia County of Henrico SS: � iia� f tad kI Pnsruce Company C„ SEAL its By: Robin Russo, Senior Vice President On this 25th day of Julv . 2022 A. D., before me, a Notary Public of the Commonwealth of Virginia, in and for the County of Henrico, duly commissioned and qualified, came THE ABOVE OFFICERS OF THE COMPANIES, to me personally known to be the individuals and officers described in, who executed the preceding instrument, and they acknowledged the execution of same, and being by me duly swom, disposed and said that they are the officers of the said companies aforesaid, and that the seals affixed to the proceeding instrument are the Corporate Seals of said Companies, and the said Corporate Seals and their signatures as officers were duly affixed and subscribed to the said instrument by the authority and direction of the said companies, and that Resolutions adopted bythe Board of Directors of said Companies referred to in the preceding instrument is now in force_ w N�p�oeer per rR�� Me r II, 1, IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand, and affixed mvaI .59a y �i pyf Henrico, the day and year first above written. W *^ NUS^IPFR w" a By Donna ... COA4MISS(ON 1 7083968 Donavant, Notary Public J My commission expires 1/31/2023 rkNk/si��*ny dglierb We, the undersigned Officers of SureTec Insurance Company and Ma14%y certify that the original POWER OF ATTORNEY of which the foregoing is a full, true and correct copy is still in full force and effect and batVgtrlt) d y. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, we have hereunto set our hands, and affixed the Seals of said Companies, on the 23Td day of A119USt 2022 WAss�stant By Markel Insurance Company Richard R. Grinnan, Vice President a,r}I'Secr ary Any Instrument Issued in excess of the penalty stated above Is totally void and without any validity. st0028 For verification of the authority of this Power you may call (713)&2-0800 on ant: business day between 3:30 AM and 5:00 PM CST 3 O� Agreement No. 6462 LABOR AND MATERIALS BOND POLICE DEPARTMENT ROOFTOP CHILLER UNIT REPLACEMENT PROJECT NO.: PW 22-09 Bond No. 4457974 Bond Fee: included in charge for Performance Bond cr ess Air,Inc. . as principal ("PRINCIPAL") and el lri.sLi"g1j,12azly, a corporation incorporated under the laws of the State of Illinios and licensed by the State of California to execute bonds and undertakings as sole surety, as surety ("SURETY"), are held and firmly bound unto the CITY OF EL SEGUNDO ("CITY") in the sum of Two Hundred, Twenty Two Thousand Dollars ($222,000.00) lawful money ofthe United States, which may be increased or decreased by a rider hereto executed in the same manner as this bond, for the payment of which sum PRINCIPAL and SURETY bind themselves, their successors, and assigns, jointly and severally, by this instrument. This bond is conditioned upon and guarantees payment by PRINCIPAL to contractors, subcontractors, and persons renting equipment; payment by PRINCIPAL and all PRINCIPAL'S subcontractors for all materials, provisions, provender, or other supplies, and equipment used in, upon, for or about the performance of the work contemplated in POLICE DEPARTMENT ROOFTOP CHILLER UNIT REPLACEMENT, SPECIFICATIONS NO. PW 22-09 ("Public Project"), the public works contract executed for such Public Project, and for all work or labor of any kind performed for the Public Project. In the case of any default in the performance of the conditions and stipulations of this undertaking, it is agreed that PRINCIPAL or SURETY will apply the bond or any portion thereof, to the satisfaction of any damages, reclamation, assessments, penalties, or deficiencies arising by reason of such default. BOND CONDITIONS 1. PRINCIPAL will construct the public improvements identified in SPECIFICATIONS NO. PW 22-09, and the public works contract executed for such Specifications, copies of which is on file with CITY's Engineering Division ("Public Project"). Such performance will be in accordance with CITY's plans and profiles (CITY DRAWING FILE NO. PW 22-09), which are made a part of this bond when said plans and profiles are approved by the City Council and filed with CITY's Engineering Division. 2. PRINCIPAL will pay all contractors, subcontractors, and persons renting equipment. 3. PRINCIPAL will pay for all materials and other supplies, for equipment used in, on, for or about the performance of the Public Project, and will pay for all work and labor I-F-1 Agreement No. 6462 thereon. 4. This bond is conditioned upon and guarantees due compliance with all applicable law including, without limitation, the El Segundo Municipal Code ("ESMC"). 5. SURETY, for value received, agrees that no changes, extensions of time, alteration or modification of SPECIFICATIONS NO. PW 22-09, or of the obligation to be performed will in any way affect its obligation on this bond, and it waives notice of any such change, extension of time, alteration or modification of the contract documents or of the obligation to be performed. 6. This bond consists of this instrument; the plans and specifications identified above; and the following TWO (2) attached exhibits all of which are incorporated herein by reference: A. A certified copy of the appointment, power of attorney, bylaws or other instrument entitling or authorizing the persons executing this bond to do so; and B. A certificate issued by the county clerk for the county in which SURETY's representative is located conforming with California Code of Civil Procedure § 995.640 and stating that SURETY's certificate of authority has not been surrendered, revoked, cancelled, annulled, or suspended, or in the event that it has, that renewed authority has been granted. 7. Should PRINCIPAL perform its obligations within the time allowed, PRINCIPAL's obligation will be void upon the acceptance of the performance by CITY; otherwise this obligation will remain in full force and effect. [SIGNATURES ON FOLLOWING PAGE] I-F-2 Agreement No. 6462 SIGNED AND SEALED this 23rd day of August 2022 . PRINCIPAL's o FFAK. S PRINCIPAL's SECRETARY PRINCIPAL's MAILING ADDRESS: Pardess Air Inc. 1769 Kelton Ave. Los An eles, CA 90245 SURETY's PRESIDENT S1 TY's SECR,,,." y By Cynthia/1 Young, Atto�i }riact SI II TTY's MAI , IN I ADD . SS:. Markel Insurance Company 4521 Highwood Pkwy. Glen Allen, VA 23060 NOTE: (1) ALL signatures must be acknowledged by a notary public. Return one (1) original to City Clerk's Office. (2) Bond shall be effective for one (1) year after acceptance of the job I-F-3 reeme Acknowledgment A Notary Public or other officer completing this certificate verifies only the identity of the individual who signed the document to which this certificate is attached, and not the truthfulness, accuracy, or validity of that document. State of California County of Los Angeles On (. .z before me, personally appeared © Faramarz Rabizadeh, Notary Public who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person(s) whose name(s) is/are subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he/she/they executed the same in his/her/their authorized capacity(ies), and that by his/her/their signature(s) on the instrument the person(s), or the entity upon behalf of which the person(s) acted, executed the instrument. I certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct. WITNESS my hand and official seal. F AR�� rtA�N a T" t, AtiM Ptt�t.t - AtIFC041 �002 r`f 'ci719dM"gsi4:ttpPt t58A�aLi _,eL P Signature Seal ADDITIONAL OPTIONAL INFORMATION DESCRIPTION OF THE ATTACHE DOCUMENT - ("title or description of attaclrcd document) (Title or description of attached document continued) Number of Pages _ Document Date (Additional in€ormation) CAPACITY CLAIMED BY THE SIGNER ❑ Individual (s) ❑ Corporate Officer (Title) ❑ Partner(s) ❑ Attorney -in -Fact ❑ Trustee(s) ❑ Other �..... INSTRUCTIONS FOR COMPLETING THIS FORM Any acknowledgment completed in California must contain verbiage exactly as appears above in the notary section or a separate acknowledgment form must be properly completed and attached to that document. M only exception is if a document is to be recorded outside of California. In such instances, any alternative acknowledgment verbiage as may be printed on such a document so long as the verbiage does not require the notary to do something that is illegal for a notary in California (Le certifying the authorized capacity of the signer). Please check the document carefully for proper notarial wordingand attach this form if required. • State and County information must be the State and County where the document signer(s) personally appeared before the notary public for acknowledgment • Date of notarization trust be the date that the signer(s) personal ly appeared which must also be the same date the acknowledgment is completed. • The notary public must print his or her name as it appears within his or her commission followed by a comma and that your title (notary public). • Print the name(s) of document signer(s) who personally appear at the time of notarization_ • Indicate the correct singular or plural forms by crossing off incorrect fomu (i.e. Ira slt rlr is /am) or circling the correct forms. Failure to correctly indicate this information may lead to rejection of document recording. • The notary scat impression must be clear and photographically reproducible. Impression must not cover text or lines. If seat impression smudges, re -seal if a sufficient area permits, otherwise complete a different acknowledgment form_ • Signature of the notary public must match the signature on file with the office of the county clerk. ed Additional information is not required but could help to ensure this acknowledgment is not misused or attached to a different document. t Iodicatc title or type of attached document, number of pages and date. Indicate the capacity claimed by the signer. If the claimed capacity is a corporate officer, indicate the title (i.e CEO. CFO, Secretary). • Securely attach this document to the signed document CALIFORNIA ALL-PURPOSE ACKNOWLEDGEMENT Agreement No 6462 A notary public or other officer completing this certificate verifies only the identity of the individual who signed the document to which this certificate is attached„ and not the truthfulness, accuracy, or validity of that document. State of California p ss, County of San Bernardino On AUG 2 3 2022 before me, Rebecca Eiizabeth Adcock Notar Public Name and Title of Officer (e.g., "Jane Doe, Notary Publkt ') personally appeared Cynthia J. Young Name(s) ofSigner(s) who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person whose name is subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that she executed the same in her authorized capacity, and that by her signature on the instrument the person, or the entity upon behalf of which the person acted, executed the instrument. "l i" , ebecca Elizabeth Adcock ` coM�IssloN # 2sz72sz I certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of �]k ��w"3� �'�',n� NOTARY PUBLIC CAUFORNIA '(G smm E�Rooco u Y 4 the State of Calfomia that the foregoing paragraph is u M4 true and correct. IT SS my h and official seal fnahire of Not a abGic OPTIONAL Though the information below is not required by law, it may prove valuable to persons relying on the document and could prevent fraudulent removal and reattachment of this form to another document. Description of Attached Document Title or Type of Document: Document Date: Signer(s) Other Than Named Above: Capacity(ies) Claimed by Signer(s) Signer's Name: O Individual O Corporate Officer Title- 0 Partner -- O Limited O General O Attorney -in -Fact O Trustee O Guardian or Conservator Other: Signer is Representing: Number of Pages: Agreement No. 6462 STATE OF CALIFORNIA DEPARTMENT OF INSURANCE NQ 07500 SAN FRANCISCO THIS IS To CERTIFY THAT, Pursuant to the Insurance Code of the State of California, Markel Insurance Company Of Deerfield, Illinois ,organized under the laws of Illinois , subject to its Articles of Incorporation or other fundamental organizational documents, is hereby authorized to transact within the State, subject to all provisions of this Certificate, the following classes of insurance: Fire Marine, Surety, Disability, Plate Glass, Liabilityr Workers' -Compensation, Common Carrier Liabilityr Boiler and Machinery, Burglary, Creditr Sprinkler, Team and Vehicle, -Automobile, and Miscellaneous , as such classes are now or may hereafter be defined in the Insurance Laws of the State of California. THIS CERTTFICATE is expressly conditioned upon the holder hereof now and hereafter being in full compliance with all, and not in violation of any, of the applicable laws and lawful requirements made under authority of the laws of the State of California as long as such laws or requirements are in effect and applicable, and as such laws and requirements now are; or may hereafter be changed or amended IN WITNESS WBEREOF, effective as of the 16th day of IanuaaITS 2002 1 have hereunto set my hand and caused my qfficial seal to be affixed this 16th day of ,... ,51t,ry 2002 By NOTICE: Qtttalita+Aztion wiu;ta the. Secretary of Static rtutst he acctamplh;hcd its latter issuatace of this Certificate of Authority. F;aflurc to der sea watt yrounos fir MVO&an8y this Cr�rtiitcat,te of #tcttrcarlty Furstautmt Sa (he, conditions contained herein. FORM c93 fit OSP 00 N301 I Agreement No. 6462 POA# 510028 JOINT LIMITED POWER OF ATTORNEY KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That SureTec Insurance Company, a Corporation duly organized and existing under the laws of the State of Texas and having its principal office in the County of Harris, Texas and Markel Insurance Company (the "Company"), a corporation duly organized and existing under the laws of the state of Illinois, and having its principal administrative office in Glen Allen, Virginia, does by these presents make, constitute and appoint: Jay P. Freeman, Cynthia J. Young, Christina Mountz Their true and lawful agent(s) and attorney(s)-in-fact, each in their separate capacity if more than one is named above, to make, execute, seal and deliver for and on their own behalf, individually as a surety orjointly, as co -sureties, and as their act and deed any and all bonds and other undertaking in suretyship provided, however, that the penal sum of any one such instrument executed hereunder shall not exceed the sum of: Fifty Million and 00/100 Dollars ($50,000,000.00) This Power of Attorney is granted and is signed and sealed under and by the authority of the following Resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors of SureTec Insurance Company and Markel Insurance Company: "RESOLVED, That the President, Senior Vice President, Vice President, Assistant Vice President, Secretary, Treasurer and each of them hereby is authorized to execute powers of attorney, and such authority can be executed by use of facsimile signature, which may be attested or acknowledged -by any officer or attorney, of the company, qualifying the attorney or attorneys named in the given power of attorney, to execute in behalf of, and acknowledge as the act and deed of the SureTec Insurance Company and Markel Insurance Company, as the case may be, all bond undertakings and contracts of suretyship, and to affix the corporate seal thereto." IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Market Insurance Company and SureTec Insurance Company have caused their official seal to be hereunto affixed and these presents to be signed by their duly authorized officers on the 25th day of auq . 2o2z . SureTec Insurance Company N Lu By: Michael C. Keimig, President Commonwealth of Virginia County of Henrico SS: NsµyWIMIO"ri . Markel IMnsura ce Company SEAL-,,�f F . +,*r �Yrir�FA�� R�m Russo, Senior Vice President On this zsm day of MY . 2022 A. D., before me, a Notary Public of the Commonwealth of Virginia, in and for the County of Henrico, duly commissioned and qualified, came THE ABOVE OFFICERS OF THE COMPANIES, to me personally known to be the individuals and officers described in, who executed the preceding instrument, and they acknowledged the execution of same, and being by me duly swom, disposed and said that they are the officers of the said companies aforesaid, and that the seals affixed to the proceeding instrument are the Corporate Seals of said Companies, and the said Corporate Seals and their signatures as officers were duly affixed and subscribed to the said instrument by the authority and direction of the said companies, and that Resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors of said Companies referred to in the preceding instrument is now In force M'Igt a*'** r °rrma IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, i have hereunto set my hand, and affixed m� fi N $loll t tfa� � iffy Iaf Henrico, the day and year first above written. y * f '* �A a w M .. COMMISSION By: t 7 : NLPIASFl� r" ZC , C Donna Donavan, Notary Public M° 7063 6 «m f My commission expires 1/31/2023 We, the undersigned Officers of SureTec Insurance Company and MarkeRlr�s�igC+iuyd�rby certify that the original POWER OF ATTORNEY of which the foregoing is a full, true and correct copy is still in full force and effect and ha" irfi>titrryd. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, we have hereunto set our hands, and affixed the Seals of said Companies, on the 23rd day of August 2022 Stu eclnsur Ce C pan By M. Br t Beaty, Assistant Secreta Markel Insurance Company By: Richard R. Grinnan, Vice President ii pdf i, ".. Any Instrument Issued in excess of the penalty stated above is totally void and without any validity. 510020 For verification of the authority of this Power you may call (713)812-0800 on any business day between 8:30 AM and 5:00 PM CSC Agreement No. 6462 CITY OF EL SEGUNDO CONTRACT DOCUMENTS PLANS & SPECIFICATIONS FOR POLICE DEPARTMENT ROOFTOP CHILLER UNIT REPLACEMENT PROJECT NO.: PW 22-09 PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT ENGINEERING DIVISION 350 MAIN STREET EL SEGUNDO, CA 90245 310-524-2300 https: //www. elsegundo. org/govemment/departments/city-clerk/bid-rfp MANDATORY PRE -BID MEETING TUESDAY, JUNE 28, 2022 AT 9:00 AM CITY HALL COURTYARD (SEE NEXT PAGE FOR LOCATION MAP) 350 MAIN STREET EL SEGUNDO, CA 90245 BIDS DUE TUESDAY, JULY 129 2022 AT 11:00 AM I Agreement No. 6462 MANDATORY PRE -BID MEETING LOCATION: Agreement No. 6462 BIDS WILL BE RECEIVED UP TO THE HOUR OF 11:00 A.M. TUESDAY, JULY 12, 2022 IN THE OFFICE OF THE CITY CLERK CITY HALL 350 MAIN STREET EL SEGUNDO, CALIFORNIA 90245 AT WHICH TIME THEY WILL BE PUBLICLY OPENED 3 Agreement No. 6462 SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS TO CONTRACTORS Contractors are required to review section 7-3 of the STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS, pages 11-B-25 thru 11-B-26 "LIABILITY INSURANCE". ONLY CONTRACTORS ABLE TO OBTAIN AND FURNISH THE REQUIRED COVERAGE AND ENDORSEMENT "ISO" FORMS SHOULD CONSIDER SUBMITTING A BID PACKAGE. The Contractor will be required to apply and obtain an Encroachment Permit from the City Public Works Department as well as any applicable Building/Safety Permit from the City Building Planning and Building Safety Department. The Contractor shall be responsible for calling the Building Safety Division for inspections. All noted deficiencies shall be corrected by the contractor. The proj ect will not be accepted as complete until the contractor obtains a final sign -off from the Department of Planning and Building Safety. 4 Agreement No. 6462 TABLE OF CONTENTS SECTION I — LEGAL A. NOTICE INVITING SEALED BIDS B. BIDDING INSTRUCTIONS 1. DEFINITION 2. BIDDER'S REPRESENTATIONS 3. BIDDING DOCUMENTS 4. INTERPRETATION OR CORRECTION OF BIDDING DOCUMENTS 5. PRODUCT SUBSTITUTIONS 6. SUBCONTRACTORS 7. ADDENDA 8. PRE -BID CONFERENCE 9. FORM AND STYLE OF BIDS 10. BID SECURITY 11. MODIFICATION OR WITHDRAWAL OF BID 12. OPENING OF BIDS 13. REJECTION OF BIDS 14. AWARD C. PROPOSAL 1. PROPOSAL, FIRST PAGE 2. BID SCHEDULES a. BASE BID b. ALTERNATIVE BID 3. BIDDER'S INFORMATION 4. BIDDER AND NOTARIAL ACKNOWLEDGEMENT 5. PROPOSAL GUARANTEE BID BOND 6. CONTRACTOR'S LICENSE DECLARATION 7. NON -COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT 8. WORKER'S COMPENSATION CERTIFICATION 9. DESIGNATION OF SUBCONTRACTORS 10. REFERENCES 11. BIDDER'S STATEMENT OF PAST DISQUALIFICATIONS 11. INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS D. CITY OF EL SEGUNDO PUBLIC WORKS CONTRACT E. FAITHFUL PERFORMANCE BOND F. MATERIAL AND LABOR BOND i PAGE I-A-1 TO A-3 I-B-1 TO B-8 I-B-1 I-B-1 I-B-2 I-B-2 I-B-3 I-B-3 I-B-3 I-B-3 I-B-4 I-B-5 I-B-6 I-B-6 I-B-6 I-B-7 I-C-1 TO C-17 I-C-1 I-C-3 I-C-3 I-C-4 I-C-6 I-C-8 I-C-9 I-C-10 I-C-11 I-C-12 I-C-13 I-C-14 I-C-17 I-C-18 I-D-1 TO D-5 I-E-1 TO E-3 I-F-1 TO F-3 Agreement No. 6462 SECTION II - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS PAGE A. GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS II-A-1 TO A-2 1. REGISTRATION OF CONTRACTORS 11-A-1 2. INSURANCE AND CITY BUSINESS LICENSE 11-A-1 3. EMERGENCY INFORMATION II-A-1 4. FURNISHING OF WATER II -A -I 5. CALIFORNIA - OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ADMINISTRATION II-A-1 6. SOUND CONTROL II-A-2 7. AIR POLLUTION CONTROL II-A-2 8. WORKER UNIFORMS II-A-2 B. GENERAL PROVISIONS 11-B-1 TO B-34 0-1 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS 11-B-1 0-2 NUMBERING OF SECTIONS II-B-1 0-3 MODIFICATIONS II-B-1 1-2 DEFINITIONS II-B-1 1-2.1 ADDITIONAL DEFINITIONS II-B-1 1-3 ABBREVIATIONS II-B-2 2-0 SCOPE AND CONTROL OF WORK II-B-3 2-1.1 ACCESS TO PROJECT SITE 11-B-3 2-1.2 OWNERSHIP AND USE OF CONTRACT 11-B-3 DOCUMENTS 2-3 SUBCONTRACTS II-B-3 2-3.1 GENERAL 11-B-3 2-3.2 ADDITIONAL RESPONSIBILITY II-B-4 2-4 CONTRACT BONDS II-B-4 2-5 PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS 11-B-5 2-5.1 GENERAL 11-B-5 2-5.2 PRECEDENCE OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS II-B-5 2-5.5 ACCURACY OF PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS II-13-6 2-8 RIGHT-OF-WAY II-B-6 2-8.1 ADDITIONAL WORK AREAS AND FACILITIES II-13-6 2-9 SURVEYING II-B-6 2-9.3 SURVEY SERVICE II-13-6 2-9.3.1 CONSTRUCTION SURVEYING 11-13-7 2-9.3.2 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 11-B-7 3-3.2.2 BASIS FOR ESTABLISHING COSTS 11-13-7 3-3.2.3 MARK UP II-13-7 ii Agreement No. 6462 SECTION II — GENERAL REQUIREMENTS (Continued) 3-3.3 DAILY REPORTS BY CONTRACTOR 3-4 CHANGED CONDITIONS 3-5 DISPUTED WORK 4-1.3 INSPECTION REQUIREMENTS 4-1.3.1 GENERAL 4-1.3.2 INSPECTION OF MATERIALS NOT PRODUCED LOCALLY 4-1.6 TRADE NAMES OR EQUALS 5-2 PROTECTION 5-2.1 INCORRECT LOCATION OF UTILITIES 5-4 RELOCATION 5-4.1 RESPONSIBILITY OF UTILITY REMOVAL OR RELOCATION 5-5 DELAYS 5-5.1 CALCULATING IDLE TIME 6-1 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE AND COMMENCEMENT OF WORK 6-1.1 CONTRACT SCHEDULE 6-1.2 CONTENT OF CONTRACT SCHEDULE 6-1.3 EFFECT OF CONTRACT SCHEDULE 6-1.4 COMMENCEMENT OF CONTRACT TIME 6-4 DEFAULT BY CONTRACTOR 6-4.1 GENERAL 6-4.2 TERMINATION OF CONTRACTOR'S CONTROL OVER THE WORK 6-4.3 SURETY'S ASSUMPTION OF CONTROL 6-6 DELAYS AND EXTENSIONS OF TIME 6-6.1 GENERAL 6-6.2 EXTENSION OF TIME 6-6.3 PAYMENT FOR DELAYS TO CONTRACTOR 6-6.4 WRITTEN NOTICE AND REPORT 6-7.2 WORK DAYS AND WORKING HOURS 6-7.4 NIGHT WORK 6-7.5 WEEKEND AND HOLIDAY WORK 6-8 COMPLETION AND ACCEPTANCE 6-8.1 GENERAL GUARANTY 6-9 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES 6-9.1 FAILURE TO COMPLETE WORK ON TIME 6-11 DISPUTES AND CLAIMS; PROCEDURE 6-11.1 GENERAL 6-11.2 FORM iii PAGE II-B-8 II-B-8 II-B-9 II-B-9 II-B-9 II-B-10 II-B-12 II-B-12 II-B-13 II-B-14 II-B-14 II-B-14 II-B-14 II-B-15 II-B-15 II-B-15 II-B-16 II-B-16 II-B-16 II-B-16 II-B-17 II-B-17 II-B-17 II-B-18 II-B-18 II-B-18 II-B-18 II-B-18 II-B-19 Agreement No. 6462 SECTION II — GENERAL REQUIREMENTS (Continued) 6-11.3 CLAIMS SUBMITTED TO ENGINEER 6-11.4 CLAIMS IS PREREQUISITE TO OTHER REMEDY 6-11.5 DECISION ON CLAIMS 6-11.6 APPEAL OF ENGINEER'S DECISION 6-11.7 MEDIATION 6-11.8 ARBITRATION 6-11.9 WHEN ARBITRATION DECISION BECOMES BINDING 6-11.10APPEAL TO SUPERIOR COURT; WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL 7-2 LABOR 7-2.3 PREVAILING WAGES 7-2.4 RECORD OF WAGES PAID; INSPECTION 7-3 LIABILITY INSURANCE 7-3.1 GENERAL 7-3.2 INDEMNIFICATION AND DEFENSE 7-5 PERMITS 7-8.1 CLEAN UP AND DUST CONTROL 7-8.1.1 GENERAL 7-8.1.2 WATERING 7-8.6 WATER POLLUTION CONTROL 7-9 PROTECTION AND RESTORATION OF EXISTING IMPROVEMENTS 7-10 PUBLIC CONVENIENCE AND SAFETY 7-10.1 TRAFFIC AND ACCESS 7-10.2 STREET CLOSURES, DETOURS, BARRICADES 7-10.5 PROTECTION OF THE PUBLIC 7-15 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL 9-2 LUMP SUM WORK 9-3.2 PARTIAL AND FINAL PAYMENTS 9.3.3 DELIVERED MATERIALS 100- 1 TERMINATION OF AGENCY LIABILITY PAGE II-B-20 II-B-20 II-B-21 II-B-21 II-B-21 II-B-22 II-B-22 II-B-22 II-B-23 II-B-23 II-B-24 II-B-24 II-B-24 II-B-27 II-B-28 II-B-29 II-B-29 II-B-29 II-B-29 II-B-30 II-B-30 II-B-30 II-B-31 II-B-31 II-B-32 II-B-33 II-B-33 II-B-35 II-B-3 5 1V Agreement No. 6462 SECTION III — SPECIAL PROVISIONS APPENDICES APPENDIX A: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS APPENDIX B: CHILLER UNIT REPLACEMENT CONSTRUCTION PLANS APPENDIX C: CITY CONSTRUCTION AND DEMOLITION DEBRIS WASTE MANAGEMENT PLAN (WMP) FORM v Agreement No. 6462 NOTICE INVITING SEALED BIDS FOR THE POLICE DEPARTMENT ROOFTOP CHILLER UNIT REPLACEMENT PROJECT IN THE CITY OF EL SEGUNDO PROJECT NO.: PW 22-09 The City of El Segundo is accepting sealed bids in the City Clerk's office, 350 Main Street, El Segundo, California 90245, until 11:00 a.m. on: TUESDAY, JULY 12, 2022 at which time they will be publicly opened. Bids will not be accepted after that time. As described in the Bidding Documents, the bids are for a public works project ("Project") which consists of furnishing all supervision, materials, labor, tools and incidentals, as required in the specifications and contract documents for the following project: "Police Department Rooftop Chiller Unit Replacement Project", on file with the City's Public Works Department. The work will take place at Police Department, at 348 Main Street, El Segundo CA, 90245. Work on the Project must be performed in strict conformity with Specifications No. PW 22- 09: Police Department Rooftop Chiller Unit Replacement Project which is filed with the Public Works Department. Contractors bidding the project shall provide a minimum of five government agency references, preferably municipal, for building similar projects (in terms of scope, size, type, magnitude and complexity) as the prime contractor in the past five (5) years. Bidders shall include references, etc. to demonstrate qualifications. Copies of the Plans, Specifications, and Contract Documents are available electronically via https://www.elsegundo.org/ government/departments/city-clerk/bid-rfp A pre -bid meeting is scheduled for Tuesday, June 28, 2022, at 9:00 am, at City Hall Courtyard, 350 Main Street, El Segundo, CA 90245. Bidders' attendance at this meeting is mandatory. Questions regarding the bid shall be submitted by 4:00 pm on Friday, July 1, 2022 to htti)s://www.elseRundo.orR/Rovemment/departments/public-works/re uq est-i)ublic-works-bid The terms and conditions for bidding on the Project are described in the attached Bidding Instructions. This project requires payment of State prevailing rates of wages for Los Angeles County. The contractor must post copies of the prevailing schedule at each job site. Copies of these rates of wages are available from the State of California Department of Industrial Relations I-A-1 Agreement No. 6462 Prevailing Wage Unit, Telephone No. (415) 703-4774. The website for this agency is currently located at www.dir.ca.gov. Note that the Project is subject to compliance monitoring and enforcement by California Department of Industrial Relations. Pursuant to California law, the City must find bids failing to comply with all applicable Labor Code requirements including, without limitation, Labor Code §§ 1725.5 and 1771.4 to be nonresponsive. The contractor to whom the contract is awarded must assist in locating, qualifying, hiring and increasing the skills of minority group employees and applicants for employment, as set forth in Executive Order 11246 and 11375. Any contract entered into pursuant to this notice will incorporate the provisions of the State Labor Code. Compliance with the prevailing rates of wages and apprenticeship employment standards established by the State Director of Industrial Relations will be required. Affirmative action to ensure against discrimination in employment practices on the basis of race, color, national origin, ancestry, sex, or religion will also be required. The City of El Segundo hereby affirmatively ensures that minority business enterprises will be afforded full opportunity to submit bids in response to this notice and will not be discriminated against on the basis of race, color, national origin, ancestry, sex, or religion in any consideration leading to the award of contract. Prevailing Wage: Federal Labor Standards Provisions, including prevailing wage requirements of the Davis -Bacon and Related Acts will be enforced. In the event of a conflict between Federal and State wage rates, the higher of the two will prevail. The Contractor's duty to pay State prevailing wages can be found under Labor Code Section 1770 et. Seq. and Labor Code Sections 1775 and 1777.7 outline the penalties for failure to pay prevailing wages and employ apprentices including forfeitures and debarment. Five percent (5%) will be deducted from each progress payment and retained by the City. The remainder less the amount of all previous payments will be paid to the Contractor. Pursuant to Public Contracts Code ("PCC") § 22300, the Contractor may substitute securities for retention monies held by the City or request that the City place such monies into an escrow account. The Contractor is notified, pursuant to PCC § 22300, any such election will be at the Contractor own expense and will include costs incurred by the City to accommodate the Contractor's request. In entering into a Public Works contract, or a subcontract, to supply goods, services, or materials pursuant to a public works contract, the Contractor, or Sub -Contractor, offers and agrees to assign to the awarding body all rights, title and interest in, and to, all causes of action it may have under Section 4 of the Clayton Act (15 U. S.C. Section 15) or under the Cartwright Act (Chapter 2 [commencing with Section 16700] of Part 2 of Division 7 of the Business and I-A-2 Agreement No. 6462 Professions Code), arising from purchases of goods, services, or materials pursuant to the public works contract or the subcontract. This assignment shall be made and become effective at the time the awarding body tenders final payment to the Contractor, without further acknowledgment by the parties. Bids must be prepared on the approved Proposal forms in conformance with the Instructions to Bidders and submitted to the Public Works Department, 350 Main Street, City of El Segundo, in a sealed envelope plainly marked on the outside: "SEALED BIDS FOR PROJECT NO.: PW 22-09 POLICE DEPARTMENT ROOFTOP CHILLER UNIT REPLACEMENT PROJECT IN THE CITY OF EL SEGUNDO DO NOT OPEN WITH REGULAR MAIL" No bid will be accepted from a Contractor who has not been licensed in accordance with the provisions of the State Business and Professions Code. For these projects, those acceptable classes of license shall be "A" and/or "B". The successful Contractor and his Sub - Contractors will be required to possess the correct license for their project classifications, and valid City Business Licenses from the City of El Segundo. The City of El Segundo reserves the right to reject any or all bids, to waive any irregularity, and to take all bids under advisement for a period of ninety (90) calendar days. Any contract entered into pursuant to this notice shall become effective or enforceable against the City of El Segundo only when the formal written contract has been duly executed by the appropriate officer(s) of the City of El Segundo. DATED this 9th day of June 2022. CITY OF EL SEGUNDO, CALIFORNIA Tracy Weaver, City Clerk I-A-3 Agreement No. 6462 BIDDING INSTRUCTIONS DEFINITIONS. Unless provided otherwise, the definitions in the Greenbook, Special Conditions, or other Contract Documents are applicable to all Bidding Documents. 1.1 "Addenda" means written or graphic instruments issued by the City before the Bid Deadline that modify or interpret the Bidding Documents by additions, deletions, clarifications, or corrections. 1.2 "Alternate" means a proposed change in the Work, as described in the Bidding Documents which, if accepted, may result in a change to either the Contract Sum or the Contract Time, or both. 1.3 "Bid Deadline" means the date and time designated in the Notice for Bids as the last date and time for receipt of Bids, as may be revised by Addenda. 1.4 "Bidder" means a person or firm that submits a Bid. 1.5 "Bidding Documents" means the construction documents prepared and issued for bidding purposes including all Addenda. 1.6 "Lump Sum Base Bid" means the sum stated in the Bid for which Bidder offers to perform the Work described in the Bidding Documents, but not including unit price items or Alternates. 1.7 "Unit Price" means an amount stated in the Bid for which Bidder offers to perform the Unit Price Work for a fixed price per unit of measurement. 2. BIDDER'S REPRESENTATIONS. By making its Bid, Bidder represents that: 2.1 Bidder read, understood, and made the Bid pursuant to the requirements in the Bidding Documents. 2.2 Bidder visited the Project site and is familiar with the conditions under which the Work will be performed and the local conditions as related to the Contract Documents. 2.3 The Bid is based upon the materials, equipment, and systems required by the Bidding Documents. 2.4 Bidder and all Subcontractors, regardless of tier, have the appropriate current licenses issued by the State of California Contractor's State License Board for the Work to be performed. If Bidder is a joint venture, the Bidder will have a joint venture license appropriate for the performance of the work, and each member of the joint venture will likewise have the appropriate license. Business and Professions Code §§ 7000-7191 establish licensing requirements for contractors. If a Bidder, that is a specialty contractor, submits a Bid involving 3 or more specialized building trades, the work of which is more than incidental and supplemental to the performance of the Work for which Bidder holds a specialty contractor license, Bidder must also hold either (1) a specialty contractor "C" license in each such trade, (2) a General Engineering contractor "A" license, or (3) a General Building contractor "B" license. This requirement is applicable whether or not Bidder lists a Subcontractor for each such trade. 2.5 If licensure or proper licensure is controverted, then proof of licensure pursuant to this section must be made by production of a verified certificate of licensure from Agreement No. 6462 the Contractors' State License Board which establishes that the individual or entity bringing the action was duly licensed in the proper classification of contractors at all times during the performance of any act or contract covered by the action. Nothing in this subdivision requires any person or entity controverting licensure or proper licensure to produce a verified certificate. When licensure or proper licensure is controverted, the burden of proof to establish licensure or proper licensure is on the licensee. 2.6 Bidder has the expertise and financial capacity to perform and complete all obligations under the Bidding Documents. 2.7 The person executing the Bid Form is duly authorized and empowered to execute the Bid Form on Bidder's behalf. 2.8 Bidder is aware of and, if awarded the Contract, will comply with Applicable Code Requirements in its performance of the Work. 2.9 The Bidder has paid the City's business license fee(s) 2.10 The Bidder, per SB 854 requirements for public projects, has registered with and paid their annual fee to the California State Department of Industrial Relations. Information about SB 854 and its requirements can be found at this link: http://www.dir.ca.gov/Public-Works/SB854.html 3. BIDDING DOCUMENTS 3.1 Bidders may obtain complete sets of the Bidding Documents from the City's Public Works Department for the sum stated in the Notice for Bids. 3.2 Bidders will use a complete set of Bidding Documents in preparing Bids. 3.3 The City makes copies of the Bidding Documents available, on the above terms, for the sole purpose of obtaining Bids for the Work and does not confer a license or grant permission for any other use of the Bidding Documents. 4. INTERPRETATION OR CORRECTION OF BIDDING DOCUMENTS. 4.1 Before submitting its Bid, Bidder will carefully study and compare the various documents comprising the Bidding Documents and compare them with any other work being bid concurrently or presently under construction which relates to the Work for which the Bid is submitted; will examine the Project site, the conditions under which the Work is to be performed, and the local conditions; and will at once report to the City's Representative errors, inconsistencies, or ambiguities discovered. 4.2 Requests for clarification or interpretation of the Bidding Documents will be addressed to the City's Representative. 4.2.1 The release of the bid package begins a quiet period for potential Bidders participating in this project. The City of El Segundo realizes it is critical to provide Bidders with a vehicle to ask questions so that quality responses can be prepared. Questions must be submitted in writing to project managers via the City website: https://www.elsegundo.org/ ,ovemment/departments/ u works/request-publi c-works-bi d Responses to all questions will be provided in writing to all Bidders in I-B-2 Agreement No. 6462 accordance with the schedule below. We will not identify companies or individuals that pose questions. Potential bidders must not call City of El Segundo employees to discuss potential projects or ask questions regarding the bid. Questions Due by 4:00 pm, Friday, July 1, 2022 Questions Answered by 5:00 pm Tuesday, July 5, 2022 4.3 Clarifications, interpretations, corrections, and changes to the Bidding Documents will be made by Addenda. Clarifications, interpretations, corrections, and changes to the Bidding Documents made in any other manner will not be binding and Bidders must not rely upon them. 5. PRODUCT SUBSTITUTIONS. No substitutions will be considered before award of Contract. Substitutions will only be considered after award of the Contract and as provided for in the Contract Documents. 6. SUBCONTRACTORS. 6.1 Each Bidder will list in the Bid Form all first -tier Subcontractors that will perform work, labor or render such services. The Bid Form contains spaces for the following information when listing Subcontractors: (1) Work Activity; (2) name of Subcontractor; (3) city of Subcontractor's business location. Failure to list any of these items on the Bid Form will result in the City treating the Bid as if no Subcontractor was listed for the Work and that Bidder represents to the City that it is fully qualified to perform that portion of the Work and will perform do so. 6.2 Subcontractors listed in the Bid Form will only be substituted after the Bid Deadline with the City's written consent in accordance with California law. 7. ADDENDA. 7.1 Addenda will be in writing and issued only by the City. Addenda will be mailed or delivered to all who are known by the City to have received a complete set of Bidding Documents and who have provided a street address for receipt of Addenda. 7.2 Copies of Addenda will be made available for inspection at the City's Public Works Department. 7.3 The City will issue Addenda so that they are received by prospective Bidders not later than three (3) business days before the Bid Deadline. Addenda that withdraw the request for Bids or postpone the Bid Deadline may be issued anytime before the Bid Deadline. 7.4 Each Bidder is responsible for ensuring that it has received all issued Addenda before issuing a Bid. 8. PRE -BID CONFERENCE. Bidder will attend a Pre -Bid Conference where City will discuss the Bidding Documents, answer questions, accept comments, and conduct a Project site visit. The City requires all Pre -Bid Conference attendees to arrive for the meeting on time and to sign an attendance list which is used to determine if Bidders meet this requirement. Any Bidder not attending the Pre -Bid Conference in its entirety will be I-B-3 Agreement No. 6462 deemed to have not complied with the requirements of the Bidding Documents and its Bid will be rejected. 9. FORM AND STYLE OF BIDS 9.1 Bids will be submitted on the Bid Form included with the Bidding Documents. Bids not submitted on the City's Bid Form will be rejected. 9.2 All blanks on the Bid Form will be filled in legibly in ink or by typewriter. 9.3 Bidder's failure to submit a price for any Alternate or unit price will result in the Bid being considered as nonresponsive. If Alternates are called for and no change in the Lump Sum Base Bid is required, enter "No Change." 9.4 Each Bidder must fill out the "Bidders Statement of Past Contract Disqualifica- tions" form stating any and all instances of contract disqualifications due to a violation of a law or safety regulation. The Bidder must explain the circumstances of each disqualification. The City may reject the bid based on such information. 9.5 Bidder will make no stipulations on the Bid Form nor qualify the Bid in any manner. 9.6 The Bids will be based upon full completion of all the Work as shown on the plans and specifications. It is expressly understood that the plans are drawn with as much accuracy as is possible in advance, but should errors, omissions or discrepancies exist in the plans which show conditions that vary from those encountered in construction, the Bidder (if awarded the Contract) specifically agrees to construct a completed work ready for the use and in the manner which is intended. In the event of increasing or decreasing of work, the total amount of work actually done or materials or equipment furnished must be paid for according to the unit or lump sum price established for such work under the contract, wherever such unit or lump sum price has been established. In the event no prices are named in the contract to cover such changes or alterations, the cost of such changes must be covered as extra work. 9.7 The Bid Form will be signed by a person or persons legally authorized to bind Bidder to a contract. Bidder's Representative will sign and date the Declaration included in the Bid Form. Failure to sign and date the declaration will cause the Bid to be rejected. 9.8 Bids must be submitted in writing on the Proposal forms provided by the City of El Segundo. One (1) set of these Proposal forms is inserted loose herein for use by the bidders. Bidders are required to submit one (1) original set of the proposal forms. All information requested therein must be clearly and legibly set forth in the manner and form indicated. 9.9 Bidders must satisfy themselves by personal examination of the work site, Plans, Specifications, and other contract documents, and by any other means as they may believe necessary, as to the actual physical conditions, requirements and difficulties under which the work must be performed. No bidder shall at any time after submissions of a proposal make any claim or assertion that there was any misunderstanding or lack of information regarding the nature or amount of work necessary for the satisfactory completion of the job. Any errors, omissions, or discrepancies found in the Plans, Specifications, or other contract documents shall be called to the attention of the City of El Segundo and clarified prior to the I-B-4 Agreement No. 6462 submission of proposals. 10. BID SECURITY 10.1 Each Bid will be accompanied by Bid Security, in the amount of 10% of the Lump Sum Base Bid as security for Bidder's obligation to enter into a Contract with the City on the terms stated in the Bid Form and to furnish all items required by the Bidding Documents. Bid Security will be a Bid Bond on the form provided by the City or a certified check made payable to "City of El Segundo." When a Bond is used for Bid Security, failure to use the City's Bid Bond form will result in the rejection of the Bid. 10.2 If the apparent lowest responsible Bidder fails to sign the Agreement and furnish all items required by the Bidding Documents within the time limits specified in these Instructions to Bidders, the City will disqualify such Bidder and select the next apparent lowest responsible Bidder until all bids have been exhausted or the City may reject all bids. In such an event, the disqualified Bidder will be liable for and forfeit to the City the amount of the difference, not to exceed the amount of the Bid Security, between the amount of the disqualified Bid and the larger amount for which the City procures the Work. 10.3 If a Bid Bond is submitted and an attorney -in -fact executes the Bid Bond on behalf of the surety, a notarized and current copy of the power of attorney will be affixed to the Bid Bond. The surety issuing the Bid Bond will be listed in the latest published State of California, Department of Insurance list of, "Insurers Admitted to Transact Surety Insurance in This State." 10.4 The City will retain Bid Security until the occurrence of one of the following: 10.4.1 All items required by the Bidding Documents have been furnished and the Agreement has been signed by the successful Bidder and the City. 10.4.2 The specified time has elapsed during which Bids may be withdrawn. 10.4.3 All Bids have been rejected. 10.5 The Bid Form, Bid Security, and all other documents required to be submitted with the Bid must be enclosed in a sealed opaque envelope. The envelope must be addressed to the City Clerk. The envelope must be identified with the Bidder's name and address, and identify the Project for which the Bid is submitted, as follows: "SEALED BIDS FOR PROJECT NO.: PW 22-09 POLICE DEPARTMENT ROOFTOP CHILLER UNIT REPLACEMENT PROJECT IN THE CITY OF EL SEGUNDO. NOT OPEN WITH REGULAR MAIL." Proposals may be mailed or delivered by messenger. 10.6 Bids will be deposited at the designated location on or before the Bid Deadline. A Bid received after the Bid Deadline will be returned to Bidder unopened. 10.7 Bidder will assume full responsibility for timely delivery at the location designated for receipt of Bids. 10.8 Oral, telephonic, facsimile, or telegraphic Bids are invalid and will not be accepted. 10.9 All proposals must be submitted, filed, made, and executed in accordance with State and Federal laws related to bids for contracts of this nature whether the same is expressly referred to herein or not. Any bidder submitting a proposal shall by such action thereby agree to each and all of the terms, conditions, provisions, and I-B-5 Agreement No. 6462 requirements set forth, contemplated, and referred to in the Plans, Specifications, and other contract documents, and to full compliance therewith. 11. MODIFICATION OR WITHDRAWAL OF BID. 11.11 Before the Bid Deadline, a submitted Bid may be modified or withdrawn. Notice of such action will be given to the City in writing and signed by the Bidder's authorized representative. A change so made will be so worded as not to reveal the amount of the original Bid. 11.12 A withdrawn Bid may be resubmitted up to the Bid Deadline, provided that it then fully complies with the Bidding Requirements. 11.13 Bid Security will be in an amount sufficient for the Bid as modified or resubmitted. 11.14 Bids may not be modified, withdrawn, or canceled within sixty (60) days after the Bid Deadline unless otherwise provided in Supplementary Instructions to Bidders. 11.15 Proposals may not be withdrawn after said Bid Deadline without forfeiture of the proposal guarantee. 11.16 The withdrawal of a proposal will not prejudice the right of the bidder to submit a new proposal, providing there is time to do so. 11.17 No mention shall be made in the proposal of Sales Tax, Use Tax, City Business License, or any other tax, as all amounts bid will be deemed and held to include any such taxes, which may be applicable. 11.18 No mention shall be made in the proposal of the cost of bonds as all amounts bid will be deemed and held to include any such costs, which may be applicable. 12. OPENING OF BIDS. Bids submitted in the manner required by these instructions and are received on or before the Bid Deadline will be opened publicly. 13. REJECTION OF BIDS. 13.1 The City will have the right to reject all Bids. 13.2 The City will have the right to reject any Bid not accompanied by the required Bid Security or any other item required by the Bidding Documents, or a Bid which is in any other way materially incomplete or irregular. 13.2.1 Unrequested/unauthorized conditions, limitations, or provisions attached to a proposal will render it irregular and may cause its rejection. The completed proposal forms shall be without interlineations, alterations, or erasures. Alternative proposals will not be considered unless specifically requested. No oral, telegraphic, or telephonic proposal, modification, or withdrawal will be considered. 13.3 In the event that any bidder acting as a prime contractor has an interest in more than one proposal, all such proposals will be rejected, and the bidder will be disqualified. This restriction does not apply to subcontractors or suppliers who may submit quotations to more than one bidder, and while doing so, may also submit a formal proposal as a prime contractor. No proposal will be accepted from a bidder who has not been licensed in accordance with the provisions of the State Business and Professions Code. Iff-ire Agreement No. 6462 14. AWARD 14.1 The City may retain all bids for a period of sixty (90) days for examination and comparison, and to delete any portion of the work from the contract. 14.2 The City will have the right to waive nonmaterial irregularities in a Bid and to accept the lowest responsive Bid as determined by The City. 14.3 The City will have the right to accept Alternates in any order or combination, unless otherwise specifically provided in the Bidding Documents. 14.4 The City will determine the low Bidder on the basis of the sum of the Lump Sum Base Bid plus all unit prices multiplied by their respective estimated quantities as stated in the Bid Form, if any, plus the Contractor Delay Damages multiplied by the "multiplier" as stated in the Bid Form, plus the amounts of all accepted Alternates. 14.4.1 Inclusion of Contractor Delay Damages within the Bid Form is solely for the purpose of determining the low bidder and establishing the City's maximum daily liability as a result of City delays to Contractor, if any, and City has no obligation to pay any daily Contractor Delay Damages except as provided for in these Contract Documents for Compensable Delays. In the event that City becomes liable to Contractor for compensable delays, City agrees to pay Contractor the daily Contractor Delay Damages set forth in the Proposal Form or Contractor's actual daily delay damages, whichever is less, for each day of Compensable Delay as provided for by these Contract Documents. 14.5 The City will select the apparent lowest responsive and responsible Bidder and notify such Bidder within thirty (30) days (unless number of days is modified in Supplementary Instructions to Bidders) after the Bid Deadline or reject all bids. Within ten (10) days after receiving the City's notice that Bidder was selected as the apparent lowest responsible Bidder, Bidder will submit to the City all of the following items: 14.5.1 One original of the Agreement signed by Bidder. 14.5.2 One original of the Payment Bond. 14.5.3 One original of the Performance Bond. 14.5.4 Certificates of Insurance on form provided by the City. 14.5.5 Names of all Subcontractors, with their addresses, telephone number, facsimile number, trade on Bidders' company stationery. Evidence, as required by the City, of the reliability and responsibility of the proposed Subcontractors such as statements of experience, statements of financial condition, and references. 14.5.6 Preliminary Contract Schedule. 14.5.7 Selection of Retention Options and Escrow Agreement for Deposit of Securities in Lieu of Retention and Deposit of Retention. If not submitted, the City will withhold retention. 14.5.8 Cost Breakdown. 14.6 Before award of the Contract, the City will notify Bidder in writing, if the City objects to a Subcontractor proposed by Bidder, in which case Bidder will propose a substitute acceptable to the City. Failure of the City to object to a proposed I-B-7 Agreement No. 6462 14.7 I Subcontractor before award will not preclude the City from requiring replacement of any Subcontractor based upon information received subsequent to award, information which cannot be properly evaluated before award due to time constraints, or information relating to a failure to comply with the requirements of the Contract. If Bidder submits the original signed Agreements and all other items within ten (10) days after receiving the City's notification, and all such items comply with the requirements of the Bidding Documents, the City will award the Contract to Bidder by signing the Agreement and returning a signed copy of the Agreement to Bidder. If the City consents to the withdrawal of the Bid of the apparent lowest responsible Bidder, or the apparent lowest responsible Bidder fails or refuses to sign the Agreement or submit to the City all of the items required by the Bidding Documents, within ten (10) days after receiving the City's notification, or the City determines that the Bidder is not financially or otherwise qualified to perform the Contract, the City may reject such Bidder's Bid and select the next apparent lowest responsible Bidder, until all bids are exhausted, or reject all Bids. I-B-8 Agreement No. 6462 PROPOSAL FOR THE POLICE DEPARTMENT ROOFTOP CHILLER UNIT REPLACEMENT PROJECT NO.: PW 22-09 Date .20 Company Name: TO THE CITY OF EL SEGUNDO: In accordance with the City of El Segundo's Notice Inviting Sealed Bids, the undersigned BIDDER hereby proposes to furnish all materials, equipment, tools, labor, and incidentals required for the above stated project as set forth in the Plans, Specifications, and contract documents therefor, and to perform all work in the manner and time prescribed therein. BIDDER declares that this proposal is based upon careful examination of the work site, Plans, Specifications, Instructions to Bidders, and all other contract documents. Submittal of this bid shall be considered evidence that the BIDDER has satisfied himself regarding the contract documents, access and any other field conditions which may affect bid prices. If this proposal is accepted for award, BIDDER agrees to enter into a contract with the City of El Segundo at the unit and/or lump sum prices set forth in the following Bid Schedule. BIDDER understands that failure to enter into a contract in the manner and time prescribed will result in forfeiture to the City of El Segundo of the proposal guarantee accompanying this proposal. BIDDER understands that a bid is required for the entire work, that the estimated quantities set forth in the Bid Schedule are solely for the purpose of comparing bids, and that final compensation under the contract will be based upon the actual quantities of work satisfactorily completed. THE CITY OF EL SEGUNDO RESERVES THE RIGHT TO INCREASE OR DECREASE THE AMOUNT OF ANY QUANTITY SHOWN AND TO DELETE ANY ITEM FROM THE CONTRACT. It is agreed that the unit and/or lump sum prices bid include all apparent expenses, taxes, royalties, and fees. In the case of discrepancies in the amounts bid, unit prices shall govern over extended amounts, and words shall govern over figures. If awarded the Contract, the undersigned further agrees that in the event of the BIDDER'S default in executing the required contract and filing the necessary bonds and insurance certificates within ten working days after the date of the City of El Segundo's notice of award of contract to the BIDDER, including sending by U.S. Mail a Public Works Contract for signature by the Awardee, the proceeds of the security accompanying this bid shall become the property of the City of El Segundo and this bid and the acceptance hereof may, at the City of El Segundo's option, be considered null and void. Agreement No. 6462 EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY COMPLIANCE BIDDER certifies that in all previous contracts or subcontracts, all reports which may have been due under the requirements of any agency, State, or Federal equal employment opportunity orders have been satisfactorily filed, and that no such reports are currently outstanding. AFFIRMATIVE ACTION CERTIFICATION BIDDER certifies that affirmative action has been taken to seek out and consider minority business enterprises for those portions of the work to be subcontracted, and that such affirmative actions have been fully documented, that said documentation is open to inspection, and that said affirmative action will remain in effect for the life of any contract awarded hereunder. Furthermore, BIDDER certifies that affirmative action will be taken to meet all equal employment opportunity requirements of the contract documents. NONCOLLUSION AFFIDAVIT BIDDER declares that the only persons or parties interested in this proposal as principals are those named herein; that no officer, agent, or employee of the City of El Segundo is personally interested, directly or indirectly, in this proposal; that this proposal is made without connection to any other individual, firm, or corporation making a bid for the same work and that this proposal is in all respects fair and without collusion or fraud. I-C-2 Agreement No. 6462 BID SCHEDULE POLICE DEPARTMENT ROOFTOP CHILLER UNIT REPLACEMENT PROJECT NO.: PW 22-09 Company Name: BASE BID ITEMS Unit Price Item Total Item Description Estimated (in figures) (in figures) No. Unit Quantity Dollars/Cents Dollars/Cents Mobilization, 1 Superintendent, LS 1 Crane, Temporary Barriers Demolition of existing chiller, chiller piping, chiller valves, chiller 2 gauges, chiller LS 1 controls, chiller service connections, chiller structural frame Installation of new 3 structural steel LS 1 frame for chiller Installation of expansion fittings, butterfly valves, gate valves, hangers and supports, hydronic 4 piping, insulation, LS 1 meters and gauges, vibration and seismic controls, air cooled chiller, heating and hot water pumps Exterior painting of 5 steel frame LS 1 components Demolition of 6 wiring, installation LS 1 of new wiring, I-C-3 Agreement No. 6462 breakers, circuit disconnects, testing and commissioning Connecting new chiller to existing controls system, 7 updating controls LS 1 system to be compatible with new chiller connection TOTAL BID FOR ITEMS 1-7 IN FIGURES = $ TOTAL BID WRITTEN IN WORDS: I-C-4 Agreement No. 6462 BIDDER'S INFORMATION Company Name: BIDDER certifies that the following information is true and correct Form of Legal Entity (i.e., individual, partnership, corporation, etc.) If corporation, State of Incorporation (i.e., California) Business Address Telephone No. Facsimile No. State Contractor's License No. and Class Original Date Issued Expiration Date The following are the names, titles, addresses, and phone numbers of all individuals, firm members, partners, joint venturers, and/or corporate officers having principal interest in this proposal: The date of any voluntary or involuntary bankruptcy judgments against any principal having an interest in this proposal is as follows: All current and prior DBA's, aliases, and/or fictitious business names for any principal having an interest in this proposal are as follows: I-C-5 Agreement No. 6462 BIDDER'S INFORMATION (CONTINUED) Company Name: Bidder shall list the name of the person who attended the mandatory pre -bid job walk: Name: Title: I-C-6 Agreement No. 6462 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, BIDDER executes and submits this proposal with the names, titles, hands, and seals of all a forenamed principals this day of , 20 BIDDER Subscribed and sworn to this day of , 20 NOTARY PUBLIC I-C-8 Agreement No. 6462 PROPOSAL GUARANTEE BID BOND POLICE DEPARTMENT ROOFTOP CHILLER UNIT REPLACEMENT PROJECT NO.: PW 22-09 KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS that, _ , as BIDDER, and , as SURETY, are held and firmly bound unto the City of El Segundo, in the penal sum of DOLLARS (S _), which is ten (10%) percent of the total amount bid by BIDDER to the City of El Segundo for the above stated project, for the payment of which sum, BIDDER and SURETY agree to be bound, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. THE CONDITIONS OF THIS OBLIGATION ARE SUCH that, whereas BIDDER is about to submit a bid to the City of El Segundo for the above stated project, if said bid is rejected, or if said bid is accepted and a contract is awarded and entered into by BIDDER in the manner and time specified, then this obligation shall be null and void, otherwise it shall remain in full force and effect in favor of the City of El Segundo. IN WITNESS WHEREOF the parties hereto have set their names, titles, hands, and seals this day of , 20 BIDDER* SURETY* Subscribed and sworn to this day of , 20 NOTARY PUBLIC *Provide BIDDER/SURETY name, title, address and telephone number and the name, title, address and telephone number for authorized representative. I-C-9 Agreement No. 6462 CONTRACTOR'S LICENSE DECLARATION (Business and Professions Code Section 7028.15) 1. BIDDER'S Contractor's License Number is: Class No.: 2. The expiration date of BIDDER'S Contractor License is: 20 3. BIDDER acknowledges that Section 7028.15(e) of the Business and Professions Code provides as follows: "A licensed contractor shall not submit a bid to a public agency unless his or her contractor's license number appears clearly on the bid, the license expiration date is stated, and the bid contains a statement that representations herein are made under penalty of perjury. Any bid not containing this information, or a bid containing information which is subsequently proven false, shall be considered non -responsive and shall be rejected by the public agency." The undersigned declares, under penalty of perjury, that the representations made by the undersigned in this bid proposal are true and correct. Executed on , 20, at Signature Typed Name Title Company Name (insert City and State where Declaration signed). I-C-10 Agreement No. 6462 NON -COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT TO BE EXECUTED BY BIDDER AND SUBMITTED WITH BID State of California ) ss. County of ) , being first duly sworn, deposes and say that he or she is of the party making the foregoing bid that the bid is not made in the interest of, or on behalf of, any undisclosed person, partnership, company, association, organization, or corporation; that the bid is genuine and not collusive or sham; that the BIDDER has not directly or indirectly induced or solicited any other BIDDER to put in a false or sham bid, and has not directly or indirectly colluded, conspired, connived, or agreed with any BIDDER or anyone else to put in a sham bid, or that anyone shall refrain from bidding; that the BIDDER has not in any manner, directly or indirectly, sought by agreement, communication, or conference with anyone to fix the bid price of the BIDDER or any other BIDDER, or to fix any overhead, profit, or cost element of the bid price, or of that of any other BIDDER, or to secure any advantage against the public body awarding the contract of anyone interested in the proposed contract; that all statements contained in the bid are true; and further, that the bidder has not, directly or indirectly, submitted his or her bid price or any breakdown thereof, or the contents thereof, or divulged information or data relative thereto, or paid, and will not pay, any fee to any corporation, partnership, company association, organization, bid depository, or to any member or agent thereof to effectuate a collusive or sham bid. Signature Typed Name Title Name of Bidder/Company Name Date I-C-11 Agreement No. 6462 WORKER'S COMPENSATION CERTIFICATION Section 1861 OF THE LABOR CODE (Workers' Compensation) Pursuant to Section 1861 of the Labor Code, the BIDDER, in submitting his/her PROPOSAL, shall sign the following certification: "I am aware of the provisions of Section 3700 of the Labor Code which require every employer to be insured against liability for workers' compensation or to undertake self- insurance in accordance with the provisions of that code, and I will comply with such provisions before commencing the performance of the work of this contract." Signature of Bidder: Title: Business Name: Business Address: Telephone Number: O Dated this day of , 20 I-C-12 Agreement No. 6462 DESIGNATION OF SUBCONTRACTORS POLICE DEPARTMENT ROOFTOP CHILLER UNIT REPLACEMENT PROJECT NO.: PW 22-09 Company Name: As detailed in Section 2-3.1 (Page 11-B-3) of the City Standard Specifications, Bidder certifies that it has listed below all subcontractors who will perform work in excess of one-half of one percent (0.5%) of the total bid price or certifies that the bidder is fully qualified to perform and will perform that portion of the work itself. Name of Subcontractor Address Subcontractor's Contractor License No., & DIR Registration No. Description of Portion of Work Subcontracted Estimated $ Amount (Number and Street) (CSLB #) (City, Zip Code) (DIR #) (Make copies of this page if additional space is needed) Signature of Bidder Date I-C-13 Agreement No. 6462 REFERENCES Company Name: The following are the names, addresses, and telephone numbers for public agencies for which BIDDER has performed similar work as the prime Contractor or major Subcontractor within the past five (5) years: 1. Project Title: Location: Name and address of owner Name and current telephone number of person familiar with project Type of Work: Contract amount: $ Date completed: Amount of work done by my/our firm under Contract $ Did your firm have any financial interest in Project? 2. Project Title: Location: Name and address of owner Name and current telephone number of person familiar with project Type of Work: Contract amount: $ Date completed: Amount of work done by my/our firm under Contract $ Did your firm have any financial interest in Project? I-C-14 Agreement No. 6462 3. Project Title: Location: Name and address of owner Name and current telephone number of person familiar with project: Type of Work: Contract amount: $ Date completed: Amount of work done by my/our firm under Contract $ Did your firm have any financial interest in Project? 4. Project Title: Location: Name and address of owner Name and current telephone number of person familiar with project: Type of Work: Contract amount: $ Date completed: Amount of work done by my/our firm under Contract $ Did your firm have any financial interest in Project? I-C-15 Agreement No. 6462 Project Title: Location: Name and address of owner Name and current telephone number of person familiar with project: Type of Work: Contract amount: $ Date completed: Amount of work done by my/our firm under Contract $ Did your firm have any financial interest in Project? Bidder may attach additional reference pages if'necessary. The following are the names, addresses, and telephone numbers for all brokers and sureties from whom BIDDER intends to procure insurance bonds: I-C-16 Agreement No. 6462 BIDDER'S STATEMENT OF PAST CONTRACT DISQUALIFICATIONS POLICE DEPARTMENT ROOFTOP CHILLER UNIT REPLACEMENT PROJECT NO.: PW 22-09 Company Name: Please state all instances of being disqualified, removed, or otherwise prevented from bidding on, or completing, a federal, state, or local government project due to a violation of a law or safety regulation. 1. Have you ever been disqualified from any government contract? Yes ❑ No ❑ 2. If yes, explain the circumstances: 3. Are you registered in accordance with Labor Code § 1725.5 [Note: failure to register requires the City to reject your bid as nonresponsive]? Yes ❑ No ❑ Bidder's Signature Name (Please Print) I-C-17 Agreement No. 6462 INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS [MUST BE SUBMITTED WITH PROJECT PROPOSAL] POLICE DEPARTMENT ROOFTOP CHILLER UNIT REPLACEMENT PROJECT NO.: PW 22-09 Company Name: To be awarded this contract, the successful bidder must procure and maintain the following types of insurance with coverage limits complying, at a minimum, with the limits set forth below: Type of Insurance Limits Commercial general liability: $2,000,000 Business automobile liability: $1,000,000 Workers compensation: Statutory requirement Commercial general liability insurance must meet or exceed the requirements of ISO-CGL Form No. CG 00 01 11 85 or 88. The amount of insurance set forth above must be a combined single limit per occurrence for bodily injury, personal injury, and property damage for the policy coverage. Liability policies must be endorsed to name the City, its officials, and employees as "additional insureds" under said insurance coverage and to state that such insurance will be deemed "primary" such that any other insurance that may be carried by the City will be excess thereto. Such endorsement must be reflected on ISO Form No. CG 20 10 11 85 or 88, or equivalent. Such insurance must be on an "occurrence," not a "claims made," basis and will not be cancelable or subject to reduction except upon thirty (30) days prior written notice to the City. Insurer will agree in writing to waive all rights of subrogation against the City, its officers, officials, employees and volunteers for losses arising from work performed by Contractor for the City. Automobile coverage must be written on ISO Business Auto Coverage Form CA 00 01 06 92, including symbol 1 (Any Auto). The Consultant must furnish to the City duly authenticated Certificates of Insurance evidencing maintenance of the insurance required under this Agreement, endorsements as required herein, and such other evidence of insurance or copies of policies as may be reasonably required by the City from time to time. Insurance must be placed with admitted insurers with a current A.M. Best Company Rating equivalent to at least a Rating of "A: VIL" Certificate(s) must reflect that the insurer will provide thirty (30) day notice of any cancellation of coverage. The Consultant will require its insurer to modify such certificates to delete any exculpatory wording stating that failure of the insurer to mail written notice of cancellation imposes no obligation, and to delete the word "endeavor" with regard to any notice provisions. The City requires California Worker's Compensation Coverage with the associated Waiver. Out-of- state coverage will not be accepted in lieu of the California coverage, because the work is being performed in the State of California. By signing this form, the bidder certifies that it has read, understands, and will comply with these insurance requirements if it is selected as the City's consultant. Failure to provide this insurance will render the bidder's proposal "nonresponsive." Date Bidder's Signature I-C-18 Agreement No. 6462 END PROPOSAL SECTION I-C-19 Agreement No. 6462 PUBLIC WORKS CONTRACT BETWEEN THE CITY OF EL SEGUNDO AND [CONTRACTOR] POLICE DEPARTMENT ROOFTOP CHILLER UNIT REPLACEMENT PROJECT NO.: PW 22-09 This CONTRACT is entered into this day of , 20 , by and between the CITY OF EL SEGUNDO, a general law city and municipal corporation ("the City") and , ("the Contractor") 1. WORK. A. The Contractor will provide all work required by the Contract Documents (the "Work"). The Contractor agrees to do additional work arising from changes ordered by the City in accordance with the Contract Documents. B. The Contractor and the City agree to abide by the terms and conditions contained in the Contract Documents; C. The Contractor will furnish all of the labor; supplies and materials; equipment; printing; vehicles; transportation; office space and facilities; all tests, testing and analyses; and all matters whatsoever (except as otherwise expressly specified to be furnished by the City) needed to perform and complete the Work and provide the services required of the Contractor by the Contract Documents. D. "Contract Documents" means the Notice Inviting Bids; Instructions to Bidders; Supplementary Instructions to Bidders; Proposal; this Contract; Standard Specifications; Supplementary Conditions; Exhibits; Technical Specifications; List of Drawings; Drawings; Addenda; Notice to Proceed; Change Orders; Notice of Completion; and all other documents identified in the Contract Documents which together form the contract between the City and the Contractor for the Work. The Contract Documents constitute the complete agreement between the City and the Contractor and supersede any previous agreements or understandings. 2. CONTRACT SUM. The City agrees to pay the Contractor a sum not to exceed Dollars ($ ) for the Work in the manner set forth in the Contract Documents. The City may adjust this amount as set forth in the Contract Documents. Agreement No. 6462 3. TIME FOR PERFORMANCE. A. The Contractor will fully complete the Work within Twenty (20) working days (the "Contract Time.") B. The Contract Time will commence when the City issues a Notice to Proceed. The Contract Documents will supersede any conflicting provisions included on the notice to proceed issued pursuant to this Contract. C. The Contractor may not perform any Work until: The Contractor furnishes proof of insurance as required by the Contract Documents; and ii. The City gives the Contractor a written, signed, and numbered purchase order and notice to proceed. D. By signing this Contract, the Contractor represents to the City that the Contract Time is reasonable for completion of the Work and that the Contractor will complete the Work within the Contract Time. E. Should the Contractor begin the Work before receiving written authorization to proceed, any such Work is at the Contractor's own cost and risk. 4. DISPUTES. Disputes arising from this contract will be determined in accordance with the Contract Documents and Public Contracts Code §§ 10240-10240.13. THIRD PARTY CLAIMS. In accordance with Public Contracts Code § 9201, the City will promptly inform the Contractor regarding third -party claims against the Contractor, but in no event later than ten (10) business days after the City receives such claims. Such notification will be in writing and forwarded in accordance with the "Notice" section of the Contract Documents. As more specifically detailed in the Contract Documents, the Contractor agrees to indemnify and defend the City against any third -party claim. 6. TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER. The Contractor will provide the City with a Taxpayer Identification Number. 7. PERMITS AND LICENSES. Unless otherwise provided, the Contractor, at its sole expense, will obtain and maintain during the Contract Time, all necessary permits, licenses, and certificates that may be required in connection with the Work. 8. OWNERSHIP OF DOCUMENTS. All documents, data, studies, drawings, maps, models, photographs and reports prepared by the Contractor under the Contract Documents are the City's property. The Contractor may retain copies of said documents and materials as desired, but will deliver all original materials to the City upon the City's written notice. I-D-2 Agreement No. 6462 9. INDEMNIFICATION. The Contractor agrees to indemnify, defend, and hold the City harmless as set forth in the Contract Documents. The requirements as to the types and limits of insurance coverage to be maintained by the Contractor as required by the Contract Documents, and any approval of such insurance by the City, are not intended to and will not in any manner limit or qualify the liabilities and obligations otherwise assumed by the Contractor pursuant to the Contract Documents, including, without limitation, to the provisions concerning indemnification. 10.INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR. The City and the Contractor agree that the Contractor will act as an independent contractor and will have control of all work and the manner in which is it performed. The Contractor will be free to contract for similar service to be performed for other employers while under contract with the City. The Contractor is not an agent or employee of the City and is not entitled to participate in any pension plan, insurance, bonus or similar benefits the City provides for its employees. Any provision in this Contract that may appear to give the City the right to direct the Contractor as to the details of doing the work or to exercise a measure of control over the work means that the Contractor will follow the direction of the City as to end results of the work only. 11. AUDIT OF RECORDS. The Contractor will maintain full and accurate records with respect to all services and matters covered under this Contract. The City will have free access at all reasonable times to such records, and the right to examine and audit the same and to make transcript therefrom, and to inspect all program data, documents, proceedings and activities. The Contractor will retain such financial and program service records for at least three (3) years after termination or final payment under the Contract Documents. 12. NOTICES. All communications to either party by the other party will be deemed made when received by such party at its respective name and address as follows: The City Arianne Bola Senior Associate Engineer City of El Segundo 350 Main Street, El Segundo, CA 90245 (310) 524-2364 abolakel segundo. org The Contractor Any such written communications by mail will be conclusively deemed to have been received by the addressee three (3) days after deposit thereof in the United States Mail, postage prepaid and properly addressed as noted above. In all other instances, notices will be deemed given at the time of actual delivery. Changes may be made in the names or addresses of persons to whom notices are to be given by giving notice in the manner prescribed in this paragraph. I-D-3 Agreement No. 6462 13. NO THIRD PARTY BENEFICIARY. This Contract and every provision herein is for the exclusive benefit of the Contractor and the City and not for the benefit of any other party. There will be no incidental or other beneficiaries of any of the Contractor's or the City's obligations under this Contract. 14. INTERPRETATION. This Contract was drafted in, and will be construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California, and exclusive venue for any action involving this Contract will be in Los Angeles County. 15. EFFECT OF CONFLICT. In the event of any conflict, inconsistency, or incongruity between any provision of the Contract Documents, precedence will be as follows: A. This Contract; B. The Standard Specifications; and C. Precedence of documents as determined in the Standard Specifications. 16. SEVERABILITY. If any portion of the Contract Documents are declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid or unenforceable, then such portion will be deemed modified to the extent necessary in the opinion of the court to render such portion enforceable and, as so modified, such portion and the balance of this Contract will continue in full force and effect. 17. AUTHORITY/MODIFICATION. The Parties represent and warrant that all necessary action has been taken by the Parties to authorize the undersigned to execute this Contract and to engage in the actions described herein. This Contract may be modified by written amendment. The City's city manager, or designee, may execute any such amendment on the City's behalf. 18. ACCEPTANCE OF FACSIMILE SIGNATURES. The Parties agree that this Contract, agreements ancillary to this Contract, and related documents to be entered into in connection with this Contract will be considered signed when the signature of a party is delivered by facsimile transmission. Such facsimile signature will be treated in all respects as having the same effect as an original signature. 19. COVENANTS AND CONDITIONS. The parties agree that all of the provisions hereof will be construed as both covenants and conditions, the same as if the words importing such covenants and conditions had been used in each separate paragraph. 20. CAPTIONS. The captions of the paragraphs of this Contract are for convenience of reference only and will not affect the interpretation of this Contract. 21. TIME IS OF ESSENCE. Time is of the essence for each and every provision of the Contract Documents. I-D-4 Agreement No. 6462 IN WITNESS WHEREOF the parties hereto have executed this contract the day and year first hereinabove written. CITY OF EL SEGUNDO Darrell George Interim City Manager ATTEST: Tracy Weaver, City Clerk APPROVED AS TO FORM: MARK D. HENSLEY, City Attorney LM Joaquin Vazquez, Deputy City Attorney Insurance Reviewed by: Taxpayer ID No. Contractor State License No.: Contractor City Business License No.: I-D-5 Agreement No. 6462 FAITHFUL PERFORMANCE BOND POLICE DEPARTMENT ROOFTOP CHILLER UNIT REPLACEMENT PROJECT NO.: PW 22-09 Bond No. Bond Fee: ("PRINCIPAL") and a corporation incorporated under the laws of the State of and licensed by the State of California to execute bonds and undertakings as sole surety, as surety ("SURETY"), are held and firmly bound unto the CITY OF EL SEGUNDO ("CITY") in the sum of DOLLARS, lawful money of the United States, which may be increased or decreased by a rider hereto executed in the same manner as this bond, for the payment of which sum PRINCIPAL and SURETY bind themselves, their successors, and assigns, jointly and severally, by this instrument. PRINCIPAL or SURETY will apply this bond for the faithful performance of any and all of the conditions and stipulations set forth in this bond, SPECIFICATIONS NO. PW 22-09, and the Public Works Contract executed with such Specifications. In the case of any default in the performance of the conditions and stipulations of this undertaking, it is agreed that PRINCIPAL or SURETY will apply the bond or any portion thereof, to the satisfaction of any damages, reclamation, assessments, penalties, or deficiencies arising by reason of such default. BOND CONDITIONS 1. PRINCIPAL will construct the public improvements identified in SPECIFICATIONS NO. PW 22-09, a copy of which is on file with CITY's Engineering Division ("Public Project"). Such performance will be in accordance with CITY's plans and profiles (CITY DRAWING NO. PW 22-09) which are made a part of this bond when said plans and profiles are approved by the City Council and filed with CITY's Engineering Division. CITY has estimated the required amount of the bond as shown above. 2. PRINCIPAL's work on the Public Project will be done in accordance with CITY's plans and specifications and with any permit issued by CITY. Should PRINCIPAL fail to complete all required work within the time allowed, CITY may, at its sole discretion, cause all required work to be done and the parties executing the bond will be firmly bound for the payment of all necessary costs therefor. 3. PRINCIPAL will guarantee its work against any defective work, labor, or materials on the Public Project for a period of one (1) year following the Public Project's Agreement No. 6462 completion and acceptance by CITY. 4. This bond is conditioned upon and guarantees due compliance with all applicable law including, without limitation, the El Segundo Municipal Code ("ESMC"). 5. SURETY, for value received, agrees that no changes, extensions of time, alteration or modification of SPECIFICATIONS NO. PW 22-09 or of the obligation to be performed will in any way affect its obligation on this bond, and it waives notice of any such change, extension of time, alteration or modification of the Contract documents or of the obligation to be performed. 6. This bond consists of this instrument; the plans and specifications identified above; and the following two (2) attached exhibits all of which are incorporated herein by reference: A. A certified copy of the appointment, power of attorney, bylaws or other instrument entitling or authorizing the persons executing this bond to do so; B. A certificate issued by the county clerk for the county in which SURETY's representative is located conforming with California Code of Civil Procedure § 995.640 and stating that SURETY's certificate of authority has not been surrendered, revoked, cancelled, annulled, or suspended, or in the event that it has, that renewed authority has been granted; and 7. Should PRINCIPAL perform its obligations within the time allowed, PRINCIPAL's obligation will be void upon the acceptance of the performance by CITY; otherwise this obligation will remain in full force and effect. [SIGNATURES ON FOLLOWING PAGE] I-E-2 Agreement No. 6462 SIGNED AND SEALED this day PRINCIPAL's PRESIDENT PRINCIPAL's SECRETARY PRINCIPAL'S MAILING ADDRESS: 20 SURETY'S PRESIDENT SURETY'sSECRETARY SURETY's MAILING ADDRESS: NOTE: (1) ALL signatures must be acknowledged by a notary public. Return one (1) original to City Clerk's Office. (2) Bond shall be effective for one (1) year after acceptance ofthe job. I-E-3 Agreement No. 6462 LABOR AND MATERIALS BOND POLICE DEPARTMENT ROOFTOP CHILLER UNIT REPLACEMENT PROJECT NO.: PW 22-09 Bond No. Bond Fee: ("PRINCIPAL") and corporation as principal a incorporated under the laws of the State of and licensed by the State of California to execute bonds and undertakings as sole surety, as surety ("SURETY"), are held and firmly bound unto the CITY OF EL SEGUNDO ("CITY") in the sum of DOLLARS, lawful money of the United States, which may be increased or decreased by a rider hereto executed in the same manner as this bond, for the payment of which sum PRINCIPAL and SURETY bind themselves, their successors, and assigns, jointly and severally, by this instrument. This bond is conditioned upon and guarantees payment by PRINCIPAL to Contractors, Subcontractors, and persons renting equipment; payment by PRINCIPAL and all PRINCIPAL'S Subcontractors for all materials, provisions, provender, or other supplies, and equipment used in, upon, for or about the performance of the work contemplated in POLICE DEPARTMENT ROOFTOP CHILLER UNIT REPLACEMENT PROJECT, SPECIFICATIONS NO. PW 22-09 ("Public Project"), the Public Works Contract executed for such Public Project, and for all work or labor of any kind performed for the Public Project. In the case of any default in the performance of the conditions and stipulations of this undertaking, it is agreed that PRINCIPAL or SURETY will apply the bond or any portion thereof, to the satisfaction of any damages, reclamation, assessments, penalties, or deficiencies arising by reason of such default. BOND CONDITIONS 1. PRINCIPAL will construct the public improvements identified in SPECIFICATIONS NO. PW 22-09, and the Public Works Contract executed for such Specifications, copies of which is on file with CITY's Engineering Division ("Public Project"). Such performance will be in accordance with CITY's plans and profiles (CITY DRAWING FILE NO. PW 22-09), which are made a part of this bond when said plans and profiles are approved by the City Council and filed with CITY's Engineering Division. 2. PRINCIPAL will pay all Contractors, Subcontractors, and persons renting equipment. Agreement No. 6462 3. PRINCIPAL will pay for all materials and other supplies, for equipment used in, on, for or about the performance of the Public Project, and will pay for all work and labor thereon. 4. This bond is conditioned upon and guarantees due compliance with all applicable law including, without limitation, the El Segundo Municipal Code ("ESMC"). 5. SURETY, for value received, agrees that no changes, extensions of time, alteration or modification of SPECIFICATIONS NO. PW 22-09, or of the obligation to be performed will in any way affect its obligation on this bond, and it waives notice of any such change, extension of time, alteration or modification of the Contract documents or of the obligation to be performed. 6. This bond consists of this instrument; the plans and specifications identified above; and the following TWO (2) attached exhibits all of which are incorporated herein by reference: A. A certified copy of the appointment, power of attorney, bylaws or other instrument entitling or authorizing the persons executing this bond to do so; and B. A certificate issued by the county clerk for the county in which SURETY's representative is located conforming with California Code of Civil Procedure § 995.640 and stating that SURETY's certificate of authority has not been surrendered, revoked, cancelled, annulled, or suspended, or in the event that it has, that renewed authority has been granted. 7. Should PRINCIPAL perform its obligations within the time allowed, PRINCIPAL's obligation will be void upon the acceptance of the performance by CITY; otherwise this obligation will be in full force and effect. [SIGNATURES ON FOLLOWING PAGE] I-F-2 Agreement No. 6462 SIGNED AND SEALED this day of PRINCIPAL's PRESIDENT PRINCIPAL's SECRETARY PRINCIPAL'S MAILING ADDRESS: NOTE: (1) (2) 20 SURETY'S PRESIDENT SURETY'sSECRETARY SURETY's MAILING ADDRESS: ALL signatures must be acknowledged by a notary public. Return one (1) original to City Clerk's Office. Bond shall be effective for one (1) year after acceptance of the job. I-F-3 Agreement No. 6462 SECTION II - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS CITY OF EL SEGUNDO PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS 1. REGISTRATION OF CONTRACTORS No bid will be accepted from a Contractor who has not been licensed in accordance with the provisions of the laws of the State of California relating to licensing of contractors, for the type of work to be performed under this Contract. 2. INSURANCE AND CITY BUSINESS LICENSE Contractor and Sub -Contractors will obtain appropriate insurance and a City Business License before execution of the construction contract. 3. EMERGENCY INFORMATION The names, addresses and telephone numbers of the CONTRACTOR and subcontractors, or their representatives, will be filed with the City Engineer and the City Police Department BEFORE PERFORMING WORK. 4. FURNISHING OF WATER Water necessary for the prosecution of the work as herein specified will be furnished by the City in the following manner: The CONTRACTOR will deposit with the City Water/Wastewater Division the sum of One Thousand Four Hundred Forty -Four Dollars ($1,444.00) to insure against damage to a 2'/2" Fire Hydrant water meter which will be furnished and installed by the City at a point convenient to the site of the work. This deposit will be refunded to the CONTRACTOR upon completion of the Project if, after removal and inspection of said meter by the City, it is found to be in satisfactory condition. In event of damage to this meter while under the jurisdiction of the CONTRACTOR, all or any part of said deposit may be retained by the City. An non-refundable Activation Fee of One Hundred Ten Dollars ($110.00) will be charged upon activation of the temporary meter. 5. CALIFORNIA - OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY & HEALTH ADMINISTRATION All work performed under this contract will be done in strict compliance with the Cal -OSHA Rules and Regulations, latest edition. II-A-1 Agreement No. 6462 6. SOUND CONTROL The Contractor will comply with all local sound control and noise level rules, regulations and ordinances that apply to any work performed pursuant to the contract. Each internal combustion engine, used for any purpose on the Project or related to the Project, will be equipped with a muffler of a type recommended by the manufacturer. No internal combustion engine will be operated on the Project without said muffler. The use of loud signals will be avoided in favor of light warnings except those required by safety laws for the protection of personnel. 7. AIR POLLUTION CONTROL The Contractor is put on notice that he must abide by all existing rules and regulations of the SCAQMD (South Coast Air Quality Management District), relating to all operations or equipment which discharge visible emissions or solid or liquid particles to the atmosphere. 8. WORKER UNIFORMS All workers under the employment of the Contractor or his/her Sub -Contractor will wear an orange vest or an orange shirt while working in the public right-of-way. II-A-2 Agreement No. 6462 CITY OF EL SEGUNDO PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT GENERAL PROVISIONS 0-0 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS 0-1 GENERAL Except as modified by these Standard Specifications, the provisions of the latest edition of the "Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction" and its supplements prepared and promulgated by the Southern California Chapters of the American Public Works Association and the Associated General Contractors of America, constitute the Standard Specifications for this project. 0-2 NUMBERING OF SECTIONS The numbering contained within the Standard Specifications of the Contract Documents is intended to correspond with Greenbook numbering. 1-2 DEFINITIONS The following subsection is added to Subsection 1-2 of the Greenbook. 1-2.1 ADDITIONAL DEFINITIONS Acceptance — The date on which the City Council accepts the Work as complete. Architect, Design Engineers, Soils Engineer, Structural Engineers - Advisors employed by the City. Bidder - Any individual, firm, partnership, corporation, or combination thereof, submitting a proposal for the work contemplated, acting directly or through a duly authorized representative. City Council - The body constituting the awarding authority of the City. Compensable Delay -- a delay entitling the Contractor to an adjustment of the Contract Sum and an adjustment of the Contract Time in accordance with this Agreement. Due Notice - A written notification, given in due time, of a proposed action where such notification is required by the contract to be given a specified interval of time (usually 48 hours or two working days) before the commencement of the contemplated action. Notification may be from Engineer to Contractor or from Contractor to Engineer. II-B-1 Agreement No. 6462 Engineer - The City Engineer, or designee, as defined in the Greenbook. Unless otherwise provided, all correspondence and decisions made relative to the contract will be by the City Engineer or his designated representative. PCC — California Public Contract Code. Prompt - The briefest interval of time required for a considered reply, including time required for approval of a governing body. Public Works Director — The City's Public Works Director, or designee. ❑ (Check if applicable) State Standard Specifications - State of California Standard Specifications, dated July 1992, Business and Transportation Agency, Department of Transportation Working Days - A working day is defined as any day, except Saturdays, Sundays, legal holidays and days when work is suspended by the Engineer, as provided in Subsection 6-3 and days determined to be non -working in accordance with Subsection 6-7, "Time of Completion." 1-3 ABBREVIATIONS The following Subsection is added to Subsection 1-3 of the Greenbook. 1-3.1 The following abbreviations are added to Subsection 1-3 of the Greenbook: AAN American Association of Nurserymen AGC Associated General Contractors of America AISC American Institute of Steel Construction APWA American Public Works Association ASME American Society of Mechanical Engineers IEEE Institute of Electric and Electronic Engineers NEC National Electric Code Green Book The most current edition of the Standard Specification for Public Works Construction, and subsequent supplements prepared by Southern California Chapters of AGC and APWA WATCH Work Area Traffic Control Handbook SPPWC Standard Plans for Public Works Construction by the American Public Works Association current edition and subsequent supplements ASA American Standard Association CITY City of El Segundo SSP State of California Standard Plans, current edition SSS State of California Standard Specifications, current edition SECTION 2 — SCOPE AND CONTROL OF WORK II-B-2 Agreement No. 6462 The following subsections 2-1.1 and 2-1.2 are added to the Greenbook. 2-1.1 ACCESS TO PROJECT SITE Not later than the date designated in the current Contract Schedule submitted by the Contractor, the City will provide access to the real property and facilities upon which the Work is to be performed, including access to real property and facilities designated in the Contract Documents for the Contractor's use. 2-1.2 OWNERSHIP AND USE OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. The Contract Documents and all copies furnished to or provided by the Contractor are the City's property and may not be used on other work. 2-3 SUBCONTRACTS Subsection 2-3 Subcontractors of Greenbook is deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following subsection. 2-3.1 GENERAL Except as provided in PCC §§ 4100 et. seq., each bidder will file with its bid the name and location of the place of business of each subcontractor who will perform work or labor or render service to the prime contractor in or about the construction of the work or improvement, or a subcontractor licensed by the State of California who, under subcontract to the prime contractor, specifically fabricates and installs a portion of the work or improvement according to detailed drawings contained in the plans and specifications, in an amount in excess of one-half of one percent of the prime contractor's total bid. Only one subcontractor will be listed for each portion of the work, which portion will be defined in the bid. In each instance, the nature and extent of the work to be sublet will be described. The failure of the Contractor to specify a subcontractor, or the listing of more than one subcontractor for the same portion of the work, constitutes an agreement by the Contractor that it is fully qualified to perform that portion itself and that it will perform that portion itself. The Contractor must have the City Council's written consent to substitute a subcontractor other than that designated in the original bid, to permit any subcontract to be assigned or transferred, or to allow a subcontract to be performed by other than the original subcontractor. Subcontracting of work for which no subcontractor was designated in the original bid, and which is more than one-half of one percent of the work, will be allowed only in cases of public emergency or necessity, and then only after a finding reduced to writing as a public record of the City Council setting forth the facts constituting the emergency or necessity. II-B-3 Agreement No. 6462 Violation of any of the above provisions will be considered a breach of the Contract, and the City may terminate the Contractor's control over the Work, cancel the contract, or assess the Contractor a penalty of not more than ten percent of the subcontract involved. All persons engaged in the work, including subcontractors and their employees will be considered as employees of the Contractor. The Contractor will be solely responsible for and have control over construction means, methods, techniques, sequences, procedures, and the coordination of all portions of the Work. The City will deal directly with, and make all payments to, the prime Contractor. When subcontracted work is not being prosecuted in a satisfactory manner, the Contractor will be notified to take corrective action. The Engineer may report the facts to the City Council. If the City Council so orders, and on receipt by the Contractor of written instructions from the Engineer, the subcontractor will be removed immediately from the Work. That subcontractor will not again be employed on the Work. If licensure or proper licensure is controverted, then proof of licensure pursuant to this section must be made by production of a verified certificate of licensure from the Contractors' State License Board which establishes that the individual or entity bringing the action was duly licensed in the proper classification of contractors at all times during the performance of any act or contract covered by the action. Nothing in this subdivision requires any person or entity controverting licensure or proper licensure to produce a verified certificate. When licensure or proper licensure is controverted, the burden of proof to establish licensure or proper licensure is on the licensee. 2-3.2 ADDITIONAL RESPONSIBILITY Add the following to Subsection 2-3.2 Additional Responsibility: The Contractor will submit experience statements for each subcontractor who will perform contract work that amounts to more than ten percent (10%) of the Work. 2-4 CONTRACT BONDS The following paragraph is added to Subsection 2-4 of the Greenbook. The Faithful Performance Bond and the Labor and Materials Bond must be paid up and in effect for one year after the acceptance of the job by the City in accordance with the guarantee required by Subsection 6-8.1. 2-5 PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS Subsection 2-5.1 of the Greenbook is replaced by the following subsection. II-B-4 Agreement No. 6462 2-5.1 GENERAL The Contractor will maintain the following at the Work site: One as -built copy of the Plans and Specifications, in good order and marked to record current changes and selections made during construction. As -built plans are to be submitted to the City representative for approval prior to acceptance of the project as complete. 2. The current accepted Contract Schedule. 3. Shop Drawings, Product Data, and Samples. 4. Approved permits from other agencies, including Cal -OSHA permits for trench shoring. All other required submittals. The Plans, Specifications, and other Contract Documents will govern the Work. The Contract Documents are intended to be complementary and cooperative and to describe and provide for a complete project. Anything in the Specifications and not on the Plans, or on the Plans and not in the Specifications, will be as though shown or mentioned in both. Payment for any items on the plans for which there are no specific bid item will be included in the various items of work or in any item to which it is appurtenant. If the Contractor performs any work which it knows or should know involves an error, inconsistency, or omission without notifying and obtaining written consent from the Engineer, the Contractor will be responsible for the resulting losses, including, without limitation, the costs of correcting defective work. 2-5.2 PRECEDENCE OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS The following paragraph is added to subsection 2-5.2 of the Greenbook: As the figured dimensions shown on the plans and in the specifications of the Contract may not in every case agree with scaled dimensions, the figured dimensions will be followed in preference to the scaled dimensions, and plans to a large scale will be followed in preference to the plans to a small scale. Should it appear that the work to be done, or any of the matters relative thereto, are not sufficiently detailed or explained in the Contract, the Contractor will apply to the Engineer for such further explanations as may be necessary, and will conform thereto as part of the Contract so far as may be consistent with the terms thereof. Any items shown on drawings and not mentioned in II-B-5 Agreement No. 6462 the specifications will be of like effect as if shown or mentioned in both. 2-5.5 ACCURACY OF PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS Although it is believed that much of the information pertaining to conditions and existing utilities that may affect the cost of the Work will be shown on the Plans or indicated in the Specifications, the City does not warrant the completeness or accuracy of such information. The Contractor will carefully study and compare each of the Contract Documents with the others and with information furnished by the City and will promptly report in writing to the Engineer any errors, inconsistencies, or omissions in the Contract Documents or inconsistencies with applicable law observed by the Contractor. The Contractor will take field measurements, verify field conditions, perform soil investigations, and carefully compare with the Contract Documents such field measurements, conditions, and other information known to the Contractor before commencing the Work. Errors, inconsistencies, or omissions discovered at any time will be promptly reported in writing to the Engineer. 2-8 RIGHT-OF-WAY The following subsection is added to Subsection 2-8 of the Greenbook. 2-8.1 ADDITIONAL WORK AREAS AND FACILITIES When the Contractor arranges for additional temporary work areas and facilities, the Contractor will provide the City with proof that the additional work areas or facilities have been left in a condition satisfactory to the owner(s) of said work areas or facilities before acceptance of the work. 2-9 SURVEYING Subsection 2-9.3, Survey Service, is deleted in its entirety and replaced by the following subsection: 2-9.3 SURVEY SERVICE 2-9.3.1 CONSTRUCTION SURVEYING The Contractor will provide for all construction surveying required to layout, monitor and complete the work. The surveying will be performed by a Land Surveyor or Civil Engineer authorized to practice land surveying by the State of California. The Project Benchmark is shown on the plans. The Contractor will establish all necessary control lines based on the plans and record information on file with the II-B-6 Agreement No. 6462 County of Los Angeles Surveyor and the Engineer. It is the responsibility of the Contractor to protect the survey control as shown on the plans. If the survey control is destroyed or disturbed during construction, the Contractor will provide for resetting them and file appropriate documents with the County of Los Angeles at the direction of the Engineer. Computations, survey notes, and other data used to accomplish the work will be neat, legible and accurate. Copies of all computations, survey notes, and other data (electronic format may be required) will be furnished to the Engineer before beginning work that requires their use. 2-9.3.2 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Construction Survey — Unless a separate bid item is provided, payment will be considered included in the other items of the bid and no additional payment will be made therefore. 3-3.2.2 BASIS FOR ESTABLISHING COSTS Subsection 3-3.2.2 (c), Tool and Equipment Rental is modified where the second and third paragraphs are replaced with "Regardless of ownership, the rates to be used in determining the equipment usage costs will not exceed those listed for the same or similar equipment in the California State Department of Transportation publication of Labor Surcharge and Equipment Rates effective for the period of usage." 3 -3.2.3 MARK UP Subsection 3-3.2.3, Mark Up, is deleted in its entirety and replaced by the following subsection: (a) Work by Contractor. The following percentages will be added to the Contractor's costs and will constitute the markup for all overhead and profits. 1) Labor..................................................20 2) Materials............................................15 3) Equipment Rental...............................15 4) Other Items and Expenditures ............ 15 To the sum of the costs and markups provided for in this subsection, 1 percent will be added as compensation for bonding. No other formula, e.g., the Eichleay or other method, may be used to calculate daily damages for office overhead, profit, or other purported loss. (b) Work by Subcontractors. When all or any part of the extra work is performed by a Subcontractor, the markup established in 3-3.2.3(a) will be applied to the II-B-7 Agreement No. 6462 Subcontractor's actual cost of such work. A markup of 10 percent on the first $5,000 of the subcontracted portion of the extra work and a markup of 5 percent on work added in excess of $5,000 of the subcontracted portion of the extra work may be added by the Contractor. (c) In the event that City becomes liable to Contractor for compensable delays, City agrees to pay Contractor the daily Contractor Delay Damages set forth in the Bid Form or Contractor's actual daily delay damages, whichever is less, for each day of Compensable Delay as provided for by these Contract Documents. 3-3.3 DAILY REPORTS BY CONTRACTOR Add the following paragraph to subsection 3-3.3, Daily Reports by Contractor: If disagreement continues regarding extra work, the Contractor may seek compensation in accordance with the Claims procedure. Daily Reports required by this subsection must be made part of the Claim as supporting data for the Claim. 3-4 CHANGED CONDITIONS Subsection 3-4, Changed Conditions, is deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following subsection: If the Contractor encounters concealed or unknown conditions that differ materially from those anticipated or expected ("changed conditions"), the Contractor will immediately notify the Engineer in writing of such changed conditions (upon discovery and before disturbing such changed conditions), as provided in Subsection 6-11, so that the Engineer can determine if such conditions require design details that differ from those design details shown in the Contract Documents. Notwithstanding the thirty (30) day time period set forth in Subsection 6-11.3, the Contractor will be liable to the City for any extra costs incurred as a result of the Contractor's failure to promptly give such notice. Changed conditions will include, without limitation, the following: Subsurface or latent physical conditions differing materially from those represented in the Contract Documents; 2. Unknown physical conditions of an unusual nature differing materially from those ordinarily encountered and generally recognized as inherent in work of the character being performed; and 3. Material differing from what is represented in the Contract which the Contractor believes may be hazardous waste as defined in California Health & Safety Code § 25117 that is required to be removed to a Class I, II, or III disposal site in accordance with applicable law. II-B-8 Agreement No. 6462 The Engineer will promptly investigate conditions that appear to be changed conditions. The Engineer's decision, and any dispute regarding that decision, will be made in accordance with Section 6-11 except that the Engineer will render a decision promptly. Any information provided pursuant to INFORMATION AVAILABLE TO BIDDERS is subject to the following provisions: The information is made available for the Bidders' convenience and is not a part of the Contract. 2. The City has not determined the accuracy or completeness of such information and all such information is made available to Bidders without any representation or warranty by the City whatsoever as to its accuracy, completeness, or relevancy. 3. Bidders will independently evaluate such information for their use and will be solely responsible for use or interpretation of such information. Any such use or interpretation will not be the basis of any claim against the City. 3-5 DISPUTED WORK Subsection 3-5 is deleted in its entirety and replaced by the following subsection. If the Contractor and the City do not reach agreement on disputed work, the City may direct the Contractor to proceed with the work. Any payment for the disputed work will be determined pursuant to the claims procedures in these Standard Specifications. Although not to be construed as proceeding under extra work provisions, the Contractor will keep and furnish records of disputed work as required by the Contract Documents. 4-1.3 INSPECTION REQUIREMENTS Subsection 4-1.3, Inspection Requirements, is deleted in its entirety and replaced by the following subsections. 4-1.3.1 GENERAL Unless otherwise specified, inspection at the source of production for such materials and fabricated items as bituminous paving mixtures, structural concrete, fabricated metal products, cast metal products, welding, reinforced and unreinforced concrete pipe, application of protective coatings, and similar shop and plant operations is not required. A certificate of compliance, signed by an authorized officer of the producer, certifying compliance with the contract documents will be submitted for all of the following materials: steel pipe, sizes less than 18 inches; vitrified clay pipe; asbestos cement pipe; cast iron pipe; reinforced concrete pipe; non -reinforced concrete pipe; and PVC sewer II-B-9 Agreement No. 6462 and water pipe; subject to sampling and testing by City. Standard items of equipment, such as electric motors, conveyors, plumbing fittings and fixtures, lumber, plywood, and so on, are subject to inspection at the job site. All other equipment items will be inspected and tested in accordance with the contract documents. The City does not provide full time inspection. The Contractor will provide 24-hour minimum notice for each inspection required by the work unless other arrangements have been agreed upon, in writing, with the City Engineer. Any inspection required outside of normal working hours and days, including holidays, will be at the Contractor's cost at rates established by the City. 4-1.6 TRADE NAMES OR EOUALS Whenever any material, product, equipment, or service is specified by brand, trade, or proprietary name, the item so specified will be deemed to be followed by the words "or equal". For the City's consideration of a proposed "equal" item, the Bidder will submit, a minimum of ten (10) calendar days before the date of the bid opening, documentation of the particulars of the proposed "equal item". At a minimum, the submitted documentation will include: ■ Written request with explanation of why the product should be considered as an equal product. ■ Material specifications. ■ Technical specifications. ■ Test data. ■ Samples. ■ Comparison chart of key specifications of the "equal" item against similar specifications of the specified item. ■ Work locations and reference telephone numbers of at least three (3) locations where the proposed "equal" item has been recently installed under similar conditions. ■ Warranty data. The Bidder will be notified by the Engineer whether or not the proposed "equal" product is acceptable to the City five (5) calendar days before the date of the bid opening. Failure to submit all required documentation and/or submittal of incomplete documents may result in the City's rejection of the proposed "equal" product without further consideration. II-B-10 Agreement No. 6462 5-2 PROTECTION The following subsection is added to Subsection 5-2 of the Greenbook. 5-2.1 INCORRECT LOCATION OF UTILITIES If the Contractor, while performing the Work, discovers utility facilities not identified correctly or not shown in the contract plans or specifications by the City, the Contractor will immediately notify the City and utility owner in writing. 5-4 RELOCATION The following subsection is added to Subsection 5-4 of the Greenbook. 5-4.1 RESPONSIBILITY OF UTILITY REMOVAL OR RELOCATION The City will be responsible to arrange for the removal, repair, or relocation of existing utilities located within the project limits if such utilities are not correctly identified in the contract plans or specifications by the City. The City will have the sole discretion to perform repairs or relocation work or permit the Contractor to do such repairs or relocation. 5-5 DELAYS The following paragraphs are added to Subsection 5-5 of the Greenbook. Actual loss, as used in this Subsection, will be understood to include no items of expense other than idle time of equipment and necessary payments for idle time of workers, cost of extra moving of equipment, and cost of longer hauls. Compensation for idle time of equipment and idle time of workers will be determined by Subsection 5-5.1 and no markup will be added in either case for overhead and profit. The cost of extra moving of equipment and the cost of longer hauls will be paid for as extra work. The following subsection is added to Subsection 5-5 of the Greenbook. 5-5.1 CALCULATING IDLE TIME Equipment idle time will calculated in accordance with Subsection 3-3.2.2(c) and based upon the actual normal working time during which the delay condition exists, but in no case will exceed 8 hours in any one day. The days for which compensation will be paid will be the calendar days, excluding Saturdays, Sundays and legal holidays, during the existence of the delay. Worker idle time will be calculated in accordance with Subsection 3-3.2.2(a). II-B- I I Agreement No. 6462 6-1 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE AND COMMENCEMENT OF WORK Section 6-1, Construction Schedule and Commencement of Work, is deleted in its entirety and replaced by the following subsections. Pre -Construction Meetin&. After contract award, the City will arrange for a pre -construction meeting to discuss the construction of the project. City will invite utility agencies and the contractor will arrange for all of its sub -contractors to attend the meeting. 6-1.1 CONTRACT SCHEDULE After notification of award and before starting any work, the Contractor will submit a Contract Schedule to the Engineer for review, as required by these Specifications within fifteen (15) days of award. 6-1.2 CONTENT OF CONTRACT SCHEDULE The Contract Schedule, and any updated Contract Schedule, will meet the following requirements: 1. Schedules must be suitable for monitoring progress of the Work. 2. Schedules must provide necessary data about the time for the Engineer's decisions. 3. Schedules must be sufficiently detailed to demonstrate adequate planning for the Work. 4. Schedules must represent a practical plan to complete the Work within the Contract Time. 5. Schedules must show the critical path method for completing the Work. The Engineer's review of the form and general content of the Contract Schedule and any updated Contract Schedules is only for the purpose of determining if the listed requirements are satisfied, nothing more. 6-1.3 EFFECT OF CONTRACT SCHEDULE The Contract Schedule, and any updated Contract Schedules, will represent a practical plan to complete the Work within the Contract Time. Extension of any schedule beyond the Contract Time will not be acceptable. Schedules showing the Work completed in less than the Contract may be acceptable if judged by the Engineer to be practical. Acceptance of such a schedule by the Engineer will not change the Contract Time. The Contract Time, not the Contract Schedule, will control in determining liquidated damages payable by the Contractor and in determining any delay. II-B-12 Agreement No. 6462 If a schedule showing the Work completed in less than the Contract Time is accepted, the Contractor will not be entitled to extensions of the Contract Time for Excusable Delays or Compensable Delays or to adjustments of the Contract Sum for Compensable Delays until such delays extend the completion of the Work beyond the expiration of the Contract Time. The Contractor will plan, develop, supervise, control, and coordinate the performance of the Work so that its progress and the sequence and timing of Work activities conform to the current accepted Contract Schedule. The Contractor will continuously obtain from Subcontractors information and data about the planning for and progress of the Work and the delivery of equipment, will coordinate and integrate such information and data into updated Contract Schedules, and will monitor the progress of the Work and the delivery of equipment. The Contractor will act as the expeditor of potential and actual delays, interruptions, hindrances, or disruptions for its own forces and those forces of Subcontractors. The Contractor will cooperate with the Engineer in developing the Contract Schedule and updated Contract Schedules. The Engineer's review and comments about any schedule or scheduling data will not relieve the Contractor from its sole responsibility to plan for, perform, and complete the Work within the Contract Time. Review and comments about any schedule will not transfer responsibility for any schedule to the Engineer or the City nor imply their agreement with (1) any assumption upon which such schedule is based or (2) any matter underlying or contained in such schedule. The Engineer's failure to discover errors or omissions in schedules that have been reviewed, or to inform the Contractor that the Contractor, Subcontractors, or others are behind schedule, or to direct or enforce procedures for complying with the Contract Schedule will not relieve the Contractor from its sole responsibility to perform and complete the Work within the Contract Time and will not be a cause for an adjustment of the Contract Time or the Contract Sum. The Contractor will perform the Work in accordance with the currently accepted Contract Schedule. 6-1.4 COMMENCEMENT OF CONTRACT TIME The Contract Time will commence when the City issues a Notice to Proceed. The Work will start on the date specified in the Notice to Proceed and within a maximum of fifteen (15) days after the date of the Notice to Proceed, and be diligently prosecuted to completion with the time provided in the Specifications. 6-4 DEFAULT BY CONTRACTOR The language in subsection 6-4 is deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following subsections. II-B-13 Agreement No. 6462 6-4.1 GENERAL Should the Contractor fail to begin delivery of material and equipment, to commence the Work within the time specified, to maintain the rate of delivery of material, to execute the Work in the manner and at such locations as specified, or fail to maintain the Work schedule (as determined by the current accepted Contract Schedule) which will ensure the City's interest, or if the Contractor is not carrying out the intent of the Contract, the City may serve written notice upon the Contractor and the Surety on its Faithful Performance Bond demanding satisfactory compliance with the Contract. 6-4.2 TERMINATION OF CONTRACTOR'S CONTROL OVER THE WORK The City may terminate the Contractor's control over the Work without liability for damages when, in the City's opinion, the Contractor is not complying in good faith, has become insolvent, or has assigned or subcontracted any part of the Work without the City's consent. Should such termination occur, the Contractor will be paid the actual amount due based on Contract Unit Prices or lump sums bid and the quantity and quality of the work completed and in place at the time of termination, less damages caused to the City by the Contractor's action or inaction. In the event of such termination of control, the City may do any one, or combination of, the following: 1. Serve written notice upon the Surety on its Faithful Performance Bond demanding satisfactory compliance with the Contract. In such event the Surety will, within 5 days, assume control and perform the Work as successor to the Contractor; 2. The City may perform the Work itself and deduct the cost thereof from any payment due to the Contractor; 3. The City may replace the Contractor with a different contractor to complete the work and deduct the cost thereof from any payment due to the Contractor. Nothing herein will waive, or serve as a limitation upon, any additional remedy the City may have under these Contract Documents or applicable law. 6-4.3 SURETY'S ASSUMPTION OF CONTROL Should the Surety assume any part of the Work, it will take the Contractor's place in all respects for that part, and will be paid by the City for all work performed by it in accordance with the Contract. If the Surety assumes the entire Contract, all money due the Contractor at the time of its default will be payable to the Surety as the Work progresses, subject to the terms of the Contract. If the Surety does not assume control and perform the Work within 5 days after receiving notice of cancellation, or fails to continue to comply, the City may exclude II-B-14 Agreement No. 6462 the Surety from the premises. The City may then take possession of all material and equipment and complete the Work by City's forces, by letting the unfinished work to another contractor, or by a combination of such methods. In any event, the cost of completing the Work will be charged against the Contractor and its Surety and may be deducted from any money due or becoming due from the City. If the sums due under the Contract are insufficient for completion, the Contractor or Surety will pay to the City within 5 days of completion, all costs in excess of the sums due. The provisions of this subsection will be in addition to all other rights and remedies available to the City under applicable law. 6-6 DELAYS AND EXTENSIONS OF TIME Subsection 6-6 is deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following subsections. 6-6.1 GENERAL If delays are caused by unforeseen events beyond the control of the Contractor, such delays will entitle the Contractor to an extension of time as provided herein, but the Contractor will not be entitled to damages or additional payment due to such delays except as otherwise provided herein. Excusable delay may include: war, earthquakes exceeding 3.5 on the Richter Scale, government regulation, labor disputes outside the contemplation of the parties, strikes outside the contemplation of the parties, fires, floods, changes to the Work as identified herein, or other specific events that may be further described in the Specifications. Delays to the project caused by labor disputes or strikes involving trades not directly related to the project, or involving trades not affecting the project as a whole will not warrant an extension of time. The City will not grant an extension of time for a delay by the Contractor's inability to obtain materials unless the Contractor furnishes to the Engineer documentary proof. The proof must be provided in a timely manner in accordance with the sequence of the Contractor's operations and accepted construction schedule. Should delays be caused by events other than those included herein, the Engineer may, but is not required to, deem an extension of time to be in the City's best interests. 6-6.2 EXTENSIONS OF TIME If granted, extensions of time will be based upon the effect of delays to the critical path of the Work as determined by the current accepted Contract Schedule. Delays to minor portions of the Work that do not affect the critical path will not be eligible for extensions of time. II-B-15 Agreement No. 6462 6-6.3 PAYMENT FOR DELAYS TO CONTRACTOR Any payment for compensable delay will be based upon actual costs as set forth in Subsection 5-5 excluding, without limitation, what damages, if any, the Contractor may have reasonably avoided. The Contractor understands that this is the sole basis for recovering delay damages and explicitly waives any right to calculate daily damages for office overhead, profit, or other purported loss, using different formulas including, without limitation, the Eichleay Formula. 6-6.4 WRITTEN NOTICE AND REPORT If the Contractor desires payment for a delay or an extension of time, it will give the Engineer written notice of such request not later than the time limit set forth in the Proposal for submitting a claim after the event or occurrence giving rise to a delay claim. Failure to submit a written request within such amount of time will result in the Contractor waiving its delay claim. Any claim for payment or an extension of time must be in the form required by the "Claims" sections of these Specifications. In no event will the City grant the Contractor an extension of time if the delay is within the Contract Time as identified by the Contract Documents. 6-7.2 WORK DAYS AND WORKING HOURS City Hall is open from Monday thru Thursday lam -5pm and 7am-4pm on Friday. It is closed on the following holidays: New Year's Day Martin Luther King, Jr. Day President's Day Memorial Day Independence Day Labor Day Veterans' Day Thanksgiving Christmas Eve Christmas New Year's Eve If the Contractor requests an inspection a day when City Hall is closed, then the Contractor will have to reimburse the City for the costs of inspection. The Contractor must request such an inspection at least 48 hours in advance. City inspections during hours when City Hall is closed are subject to inspection overtime fees to be paid for by the Contractor. If the Contractor does construction on a day when City Hall is closed, that day is counted as a project working day. II-B-16 Agreement No. 6462 On workdays, Contractor's activities will be confined to the hours between 7:00 a.m. and 4:00 p.m. Please see Section 6-7.5 below for weekend and holiday work restrictions. 6-7.4 NIGHT WORK The following paragraph is added to Section 6-7 of the Greenbook: The City will not permit Work between the hours of 4 p.m. and 7 a.m. of the following day unless specifically provided for in the bid documents or unless the Contractor receives prior written approval. 6-7.5 WEEKEND AND HOLIDAY WORK The Engineer may, but is not required to, allow the Contractor to work on Saturdays, Sundays and City Holidays. 6-8 COMPLETION AND ACCEPTANCE Subsection 6-8 is deleted in its entirety and replaced by the following: The Work will be inspected by the Engineer for acceptance upon the Engineer receiving the Contractor's written assertion that the Work is complete. If, in the Engineer's judgment, the Work is complete and is ready for acceptance, the Engineer will accept the Work on behalf of the City in the manner prescribed by the City. The Engineer will recommend approval of the Notice of Completion to the City Council. This will be the date when the Contractor is relieved from responsibility to protect the Work. All work will be guaranteed by the Contractor against defective workmanship and materials furnished by the Contractor for a period of 1 year from the date the Work was completed. The Contractor will replace or repair any such defective work in a manner satisfactory to the Engineer, after notice to do so from the Engineer, and within the time specified in the notice. If the Contractor fails to make such replacement or repairs within the time specified in the notice, the City may perform this work and the Contractor's sureties will be liable for the cost thereof. 6-8.1 GENERAL GUARANTY The Contractor will remedy any defects in the work and pay for any damage to other work resulting therefrom, which will appear within a period of one year from the date of final acceptance of the work unless a longer period is specified. The owner will give notice of observed defects with reasonable promptness. II-B-17 Agreement No. 6462 6-9 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES Subsection 6-9, Liquidated Damages, of the Greenbook is deleted in its entirety and replaced by the following subsections. 6-9.1 FAILURE TO COMPLETE WORK ON TIME If all the work called for under the contract is not completed before or upon the expiration of the Contract Time, the City will sustain damage. Since it is and will be impracticable to determine the actual damage which the City will sustain in the event of and by reason of such delay, it is therefore agreed that the Contractor will pay to the City the sum specified in the Proposal for each and every calendar day beyond the time prescribed to complete the work not as a penalty, but as a predetermined liquidated damage. The Contractor agrees to pay such liquidated damages as are herein provided, and in case the same are not paid, agrees that the City may deduct the amount thereof from any money due or that may become due to the Contractor under the contract. Unless otherwise specified, liquidated damages will be $250 per calendar day. 6-11 DISPUTES AND CLAIMS: PROCEDURE 6-11.1 GENERAL Consistent with PCC § 10240.6, "Claim" means a written demand or assertion by the Contractor that seeks an adjustment or interpretation of the terms of the Contract Documents, payment of money, extension of time, or other relief with respect to the Contract Documents, including a determination of disputes or matters in question between the City and the Contractor arising out of or related to the Contract Documents or the performance of the Work, and claims alleging an unforeseen condition or an act, error, or omission by the City, the Engineer, their agents or employees. "Claim" does not mean, and the Claims procedures herein do not apply, to the following: 1. Claims respecting penalties for forfeitures prescribed by statute or regulations, which a government agency is specifically authorized to administer, settle, or determine. 2. Claims respecting personal injury, death, reimbursement, or other compensation arising out of or resulting from liability for personal injury or death. 3. Claims respecting a latent defect, breach of warranty, or guarantee to repair. 4. Claims respecting stop notices. If a Claim is subj ect to the Change Order procedures, the Claim arises upon the issuance of a written final decision denying in whole or in part the Contractor's Change Order Request. If a Claim is not subject to the Change Order Procedures, the Claim arises when the Contractor discovers, or reasonably should discover, the condition or event giving rise to the Claim. II-B-18 Agreement No. 6462 6-11.2 FORM A Claim must include the following: 1. A statement that it is a Claim and a request for a decision. 2. A detailed description of the act, error, omission, unforeseen condition, event or other condition giving rise to the Claim. 3. If the Claim is subject to the Change Order procedures, a statement demonstrating that a Change Order Request was timely submitted and denied. 4. A detailed justification for any remedy or relief sought by the Claim, including to the extent applicable, the following: a) If the Claim involves extra work, a detailed cost breakdown claimed. The breakdown must be provided even if the costs claimed have not been incurred when the Claim is submitted. b) To the extent costs have been incurred when the Claim is submitted, the Claim must include actual cost records (including, without limitation, payroll records, material and rental invoices) demonstrating that costs claimed have actually been incurred. c) To the extent costs have not yet been incurred at the time the Claim is submitted, actual cost records must be submitted on a current basis not less than once a week during any periods costs are incurred. A cost record will be considered current if submitted within 7 days of the date the cost reflected in the record is incurred. At the Engineer's request, claimed extra costs may be subject to further verification procedures (such as having an inspector verify the performance of alleged extra work on a daily basis). 5. If the Claim involves an error or omission in the Contract Documents: a) An affirmative representation that the error or omission was not discovered before submitting a bid for the Contract; and b) A detailed statement demonstrating that the error or omission reasonably should not have been discovered by the Contractor, its Subcontractors and suppliers, before submitting a bid for the Contract. 6. If the Claim involves an extension of the Contract Time, written documentation demonstrating the Contractor's entitlement to a time extension. 7. If the Claim involves an adjustment of the Contract Sum for delay, written II-B-19 Agreement No. 6462 documentation demonstrating the Contractor's entitlement to such an adjustment. 8. A personal certification from the Contractor that reads as follows: , I, , BEING THE (MUST BE AN OFFICER) OF (CONTRACTOR NAME), DECLARE UNDER PENALTY OF PERJURY UNDER CALIFORNIA LAW, AND DO PERSONALLY CERTIFY AND ATTEST THAT I HAVE THOROUGHLY REVIEWED THE ATTACHED CLAIM FOR ADDITIONAL COMPENSATION OR EXTENSION OF TIME, AND KNOW ITS CONTENTS, AND SAID CLAIM IS MADE IN GOOD FAITH; THE SUPPORTING DATA IS TRUTHFUL AND ACCURATE; THAT THE AMOUNT REQUESTED ACCURATELY REFLECTS THE CONTRACT ADJUSTMENT FOR WHICH THE CONTRACTOR BELIEVES CITY IS LIABLE; AND, FURTHER, THAT I AM FAMILIAR WITH CALIFORNIA PENAL CODE § 72 AND CALIFORNIA GOVERNMENT CODE § 12650, ET SEQ., PERTAINING TO FALSE CLAIMS, AND FURTHER KNOW AND UNDERSTAND THAT SUBMITTING OR CERTIFYING A FALSE CLAIM MAY LEAD TO FINES, IMPRISONMENT, AND OTHER SEVERE LEGAL CONSEQUENCES." 6-11.3 CLAIMS SUBMITTED TO ENGINEER Within 30 days after the circumstances giving rise to a Claim occur, the Contractor will submit its Claim to the Engineer for a decision. Regardless of any Claim submittal, or any dispute regarding a Claim, unless otherwise directed by the Engineer, the Contractor will not cause any delay, cessation, or termination of the Work, but will diligently proceed with the performing the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. Except as otherwise provided, the City will continue to make payments in accordance with the Contract Documents. 6-11.4 CLAIM IS PREREQUISITE TO OTHER REMEDY The Contractor certifies that it is familiar with PCC § 10240.2 and understands and agrees that submitting a Claim in accordance with these Specifications is an express condition precedent to the Contractor's right to otherwise pursue a claim whether through alternative dispute resolution or by litigation. Should the Contractor fail to submit a claim in accordance with these Specifications, including the time limits set forth herein, it will waive any right to a remedy, whether in law or equity, it might otherwise have pursuant to the Contract Documents or applicable law. 6-11.5 DECISION ON CLAIMS The Engineer will promptly review Claims submitted by the Contractor in accordance with these Specifications. Should the Engineer require additional supporting evidence II-B-20 Agreement No. 6462 to evaluate the claim, the Engineer will request such additional information in writing. Any such requested data will be furnished not later than 10 days after the Contractor receives the Engineer's request. The Engineer will render a decision not later than 60 days after either receiving the Claim or the deadline for furnishing additional supporting data, whichever is later. If the Engineer fails to render a decision within the time period established herein, then the Claim will be deemed denied. The Engineer's decision will be final and binding unless appealed in accordance with these Specifications. The Engineer's decision on a Claim will include a statement substantially as follows: "This is a decision pursuant to the General Specifications of your contract. If you are dissatisfied with the decision, and have complied with the procedural requirements for asserting claims, you may have the right to alternative dispute resolution or litigation. Should you fail to take appropriate action within 30 days of the date of this decision, the decision will be come final and binding and not subject to further appeal." 6-11.6 APPEAL OF ENGINEER'S DECISION Should the Contractor dispute the Engineer's decision, then the Contractor must appeal that decision to the City's Public Works Director within 30 days of receiving the Engineer's decision. The Public Works Director will address disputes or claims within 30 calendar days after receiving such request and all necessary supporting data. The Public Works Director's decision on the dispute or claim will be the City's final decision. If the Contractor disputes the Public Works Director's decision, then the Contractor must demand alternative dispute resolution in accordance with this Section and the PCC within 30 days of the City's final decision. 6-11.7 MEDIATION If the City and the Contractor agree, disputes between the parties may be submitted to non -binding mediation. If the parties cannot agree to an alternative form of mediation, then mediation will be administered by the American Arbitration Association ("AAA") under its Construction Industry Mediation Rules, unless the use of such rules are waived by mutual stipulation of both parties. The parties may, but are not required to be, represented by counsel in mediation. The requirement for mediation will not alter or modify the time limitations otherwise provided for claims and no conduct or settlement negotiation during mediation will be considered a waiver of the City's right to assert that claim procedures were not followed. II-B-21 Agreement No. 6462 6-11.8 ARBITRATION If the City and Contractor do not agree to mediation, then a disputes will be submitted to neutral non -binding (except as provided herein) arbitration. Arbitration will be conducted in accordance with PCC § 10240.3. Any decision rendered by an arbitrator will be consistent with PCC § 10240.8. The exclusive venue for any arbitration will be in Los Angeles County. The expenses and fees of the arbitrators and the administrative fees, if any, will be divided among the parties equally. Each party will pay its own counsel fees, witness fees, and other expenses incurred for its own benefit. 6-11.9 WHEN ARBITRATION DECISION BECOMES BINDING The decision rendered by the arbitrator will become binding upon the parties unless appealed to the Los Angeles County Superior Court pursuant to PCC § 10240.12 within 30 days of the decision. If subsequent litigation results in an award to the parry appealing the arbitration that is less than or equal to that of the arbitration decision, or if the litigation results in a decision in favor of the nonappealing party, then the party appealing the arbitration will pay the nonappealing party's attorney's fees and court costs. 6-11.10 APPEAL TO SUPERIOR COURT, WAVER OF JURY TRIAL Should a party timely object to the arbitration decision, it may file a petition with the Los Angeles County Superior Court in accordance with California Code of Civil Procedure ("CCP") §§ 1285, et seq. Notwithstanding the limitations set forth in CCP § 1286.2, the court may vacate, correct, or adjust an arbitration award, and enter judgment in accordance with CCP § 1287.4, for any legal or equitable basis including, without limitation, error of law. The court will apply the substantial evidence standard of review when considering the appeal of an objecting party. BY EXECUTING THESE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, THE CONTRACTOR AGREES TO HAVE DISPUTES OR CONTROVERSY CONCERNING THE CONSTRUCTION, INTERPRETATION, PERFORMANCE, OR BREACH OF THESE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, INCLUDING CLAIMS FOR BREACH OF CONTRACT OR ISSUES OF BAD FAITH DECIDED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THIS SECTION 6-11. BOTH THE CITY AND THE CONTRACTOR WAIVE THEIR RIGHT TO A JURY TRIAL FOR THESE DISPUTES OR ISSUES. 6-11.11 AB 626 CLAIMS PROCESS Claims made by a Contractor for one or more of the following are subject to the claim resolution process set forth in Public Contract Code section 9204: II-B-22 Agreement No. 6462 (A) A time extension, including, without limitation, for relief from damages or penalties for delay assessed by the city under a contract for a public works project. (B) Payment by the city of money or damages arising from work done by, or on behalf of, the contractor pursuant to the contract for a public works project and payment for which is not otherwise expressly provided or to which the claimant is not otherwise entitled. (C) Payment of an amount that is disputed by the city. 7-2 LABOR The following subsections are added to Subsection 7-2 of the Green Book. 7-2.3 PREVAILING WAGES The Contractor will post at appropriate conspicuous points at the site of the project a schedule showing determinations of the Director of Industrial Relations of the prevailing rate of per diem wages. It will be the Contractor's responsibility to obtain copies of the prevailing rate of per diem wages. One source that may be used is the California Department of Industrial Relations website which is currently located at www.dir.ca.gov, or by calling the Prevailing Wage Unit at (415) 703-4774. Attention is directed to Labor Code §§ 1777.5, 1777.6 and 3098 concerning the employment of apprentices by the Contractor or any subcontractor. Labor Code § 1777.5 requires the Contractor or subcontractor employing tradesmen in any apprenticeship occupation to apply to the joint apprenticeship committee nearest the site of the public works project and which administers the apprenticeship program in that trade for a certificate of approval. The certificate will also fix the ratio of apprentices to journeymen that will be used in the performance of the contract. The ratio of apprentices to journeymen in such cases will not be less than one to five except: a) When employment in the area of coverage by the joint apprenticeship committee has exceeded an average of 15 percent in the 90 days before the request for certificate, or b) When the number of apprentices in training in the area exceeds a ratio of one to five, or c) When the trade can show that it is replacing at least 1/30 of its membership through apprenticeship training on an annual basis state-wide or locally, or d) When the Contractor provides evidence that the Contractor employs registered apprentices on all of his contracts on an annual average of not less than one II-B-23 Agreement No. 6462 apprentice to eight journeymen. The Contractor is required to make contributions to funds established for the administration of apprenticeship programs if the Contractor employs registered apprentices or journeymen in any apprenticeable trade on such contracts and if other contractors on the public works site are making such contributions. The Contractor and any subcontractor will comply with Labor Code §§ 1777.5 and 1777.6 in the employment of apprentices. Information relative to apprenticeship standards, wage schedules and other requirements may be obtained from the Director of Industrial Relations, ex-officio the Administrator of Apprenticeship, San Francisco, California, or from the Division of Apprenticeship Standards and its branch offices. 7-2.4 RECORD OF WAGES PAID: INSPECTION Every Contractor and subcontractor will keep an accurate certified payroll records showing the name, occupation, and the actual per diem wages paid to each worker employed in connection with the Work. The record will be kept open at all reasonable hours to the inspection of the body awarding the contract and to the Division of Labor Law Enforcement. If requested by the City, the Contractor will provide copies of the records at its cost. 7-3 LIABILITY INSURANCE Subsection 7-3, Liability Insurance, of the Greenbook is deleted in its entirety and replaced by the following subsections. 7-3.1 GENERAL Contractor will procure and maintain for the duration of the contract the following insurance coverages and limits against claims for injuries to persons or damage to property which may arise from or in connection with the performance of the work covered by this agreement by the Contractor, its agents, representatives, employees or subcontractors: COVERAGE PER OCCURRENCE Comprehensive General Liability Business Auto Workers' Compensation ISO FORM CL 00 02 01 85 or 88 CA 00 01 01 87 COMBINED SINGLE LIMIT $2,000,000 $1,000,000 Statutory Contractor will provide endorsements or other proof of coverage for contractual liability. II-B-24 Agreement No. 6462 Combined single limit per occurrence will include coverage for bodily injury, personal injury, and property damage for each accident. If Commercial General Liability Insurance or other form with a general aggregate limit is used, the policy will be endorsed such that the general aggregate limit will apply separately to this contract and a copy of the endorsement provided to the City. Liability policies will contain, or be endorsed to contain the following provisions: GENERAL LIABILITY AND AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY: The City, its officers, officials, employees, agents, and volunteers will be covered as insureds as respects: liability arising out of activities performed by or on behalf of the Contractor; products and completed operations of the Contractor; premises owned, occupied or used by the Contractor; or automobiles owned, leased, hired or borrowed by the Contractor. The coverage will contain no special limitations on the scope or protection afforded to the City, its officers, officials, employees, agents, or volunteers. The Contractor's insurance coverage will be primary insurance as respects the City, its officers, officials, employees, agents, and volunteers. Any insurance or self-insurance maintained by the City, its officers, officials, employees, agents, and volunteers will be excess of the Contractor's insurance and will not contribute with it. The insurer will agree in writing to waive all rights of subrogation against the City, its officers, officials, employees and volunteers for losses arising from work performed by the Contractor for the City. Any failure to comply with reporting provisions of the policies will not affect coverage provided to the City, its officers, officials, employees, agents and volunteers. The Contractor's insurance will apply separately to each insured against whom claim is made or suit is brought, except with respect to the limits of the insurer's liability. WORKERS' COMPENSATION: The insurer will agree to waive all rights of subrogation against the City, its officers, officials, employees and volunteers for losses arising from work performed by the Contractor for the City. ALL COVERAGES: Each insurance policy required by this subsection will be endorsed to state that coverage will not be suspended, voided, cancelled by either party, reduced in coverage or in limits except after thirty (30) days written notice by certified mail, return receipt requested, has been given to: II-B-25 Agreement No. 6462 CITY CLERK City of El Segundo 350 Main Street El Segundo, CA 90245 Notwithstanding the foregoing, the endorsement may state that insurance may be cancelled upon ten (10) day notification for non-payment of premium. The Contractor will provide the City with updated proof of insurance should the Contract Time extend beyond the policy expiration date. All liability insurance will be on an occurrence basis. Insurance on a claims made basis will be rejected. Any deductibles or self -insured retentions will be declared to and approved by City. The insurer will provide an endorsement to City eliminating such deductibles or self -insured retentions as respects the City, its officials, employees, agents, and volunteers. Except for Workers Compensation Insurance, Contractor will furnish to City certificates of insurance and endorsements on forms acceptable to the City's City Attorney, duly authenticated, giving evidence of the insurance coverages required in this contract and other evidence of coverage or copies of policies as may be reasonably required by City from time to time. Endorsements must be supplied on ISO Form No. CG 20 10 11 85, or equivalent. Certificate/endorsement for Workers Compensation Insurance will be furnished on State Comp Fund or other industry standard form. Except for worker's compensation insurance, all insurance required herein will be placed with insurers with a Best's Rating of not less than AXII. Worker's compensation insurance policies will meet the requirements of California law. All subcontractors employed on the work referred to in this contract will meet the insurance requirements set forth for Contractor. Contractor will furnish certificates of insurance and endorsements for each subcontractor at least five days before the subcontractor entering the job site, or Contractor will furnish City an endorsement including all subcontractors as insureds under its policies. Except as provided in Subsection 6-10, the Contractor will save, keep and hold harmless the City, its officers, officials, employees, agents and volunteers from all damages, costs or expenses in law or equity that may at any time arise or be claimed because of damages to property, or personal injury received by reason of or in the course of performing work, which may be caused by any willful or negligent act or omission by the Contractor or any of the Contractor's employees, or any subcontractor. The City will not be liable for any accident, loss or damage to the work before its completion and acceptance, except as provided in Subsection 6-10. The cost of such insurance will be included in the various items of work in the Contractor's bid and no additional compensation for purchasing insurance or additional coverage needed to meet these requirements will be allowed. II-B-26 Agreement No. 6462 In the event that any required insurance is reduced in coverage, cancelled for any reason, voided or suspended, Contractor agrees that City may arrange for insurance coverage as specified, and Contractor further agrees that administrative and premium costs may be deducted from payments due to the Contractor. Contractor will not be allowed to work until alternate coverage is arranged. Coverage will not extend to any indemnity coverage for the active negligence of the additional insured if the agreement to indemnify the additional insured would be invalid under Civil Code § 2782(b). 7-3.2 INDEMNIFICATION AND DEFENSE In addition to the provisions of Subsection 7-3 of the Greenbook as between the City and Contractor, Contractor will take and assume all responsibility for the work as stated herein or shown on the plans. The Contractor will bear all losses and damages directly or indirectly resulting to it, to the City, its officers, employees, and agents, or to others on account of the performance or character of the work, unforeseen difficulties, accidents, traffic control, job site maintenance, or any other causes whatsoever. The Contractor will assume the defense of and indemnify and save harmless the City of El Segundo, its officers, employees, and agents, from and against any and all claims, losses, damage, expenses and liability of every kind, nature, and description, directly or indirectly arising from the performance of the contract or work, regardless of responsibility for negligence, and from any and all claims, losses, damage, expenses, and liability, howsoever the same may be caused, resulting directly, or indirectly from the nature of the work covered by the contract, regardless of responsibility for negligence, to the fullest extent permitted by law. In accordance with Civil Code § 2782, nothing in this Subsection 7-3.2 or in Subsection 7-3 of the Standard Specifications will require defense or indemnification for death, bodily injury, injury to property, or any other loss, damage or expense arising from the sole negligence or willful misconduct of the City, or its agents, servants or independent contractors who are directly responsible to the City, or for defects in design furnished by such persons. Moreover, nothing in this Subsection 7-3.2 or in Subsection 7-3 will apply to impose on the Contractor, or to relieve the City from, liability for active negligence of the City. The City does not, and will not, waive any rights against the Contractor which it may have by reason of the aforesaid hold harmless agreements because of the acceptance by the City, or deposit with City by Contractor, of any insurance policies described in Subsection 7-3 of the Special Provisions. This hold harmless agreement by the Contractor will apply to all damages and claims for damages of every kind suffered, or alleged to have been suffered by reasons of any of the aforesaid operations of Contractor, or any subcontractor, regardless of whether or not such insurance policies are determined to be applicable to any of such damages or claims for damages. II-B-27 Agreement No. 6462 No act by the City, or its representatives in processing or accepting any plans, in releasing any bond, in inspecting or accepting any work, or of any other nature, will in any respect relieve the Contractor or anyone else from any legal responsibility, obligation or liability he might otherwise have. 7-5 PERMITS The following paragraph will be added to Subsection 7-5 of Greenbook: The Contractor will apply for permits required by the City Building Safety Division. The Contractor must pay for and obtain all other permits from other governmental and utility agencies necessitated by their operations. All bonding fees, (overweight and oversized vehicle permit fees) inspection permit fees or other fees charged or required for such permits must be paid by the Contractor. These costs will be included in the bid item provided. If no bid item is included, costs will be included in the various items of work, and no additional payment will be allowed. II-B-28 Agreement No. 6462 7-8.1 CLEANUP AND DUST CONTROL Subsection 7-8.1, Cleanup and Dust Control, of the Greenbook is deleted in its entirety and replaced by the following subsections. 7-8.1.1 GENERAL On any construction project requiring trenching within public streets and for which total trenching is in excess of 500 feet, the Contractor will be required to sweep the worksite utilizing a pick-up type street sweeper a minimum of once daily. 7-8.1.2 WATERING Water for the laying of dust caused by Contractor's operations or the passage of traffic through the work will be applied as necessary or as directed by the Engineer. Water for the above or other purposes may be obtained from any approved source. If the Contractor chooses to use a City fire hydrant upon placing a $300 meter deposit and the payment of a $50 service fee, the Engineer will cause a meter to be installed. All water used from the hydrant will be metered and charged to the Contractor at the prevailing rate plus the current daily meter rental rate. The Contractor will be charged a $15 reconnect fee if the Contractor wishes to move the meter to a different hydrant. Costs of water to be used will be included in the cost of various bid items. 7-8.6 WATER POLLUTION CONTROL This section is supplemented by the addition of the following requirements which establish storm water and urban runoff pollution prevention controls. (a) Storm or construction generated water containing sediment such as, construction waste, soil, slurry from concrete/asphalt concrete saw cutting operations, clean up of concrete transit mixers or other pollutants from construction sites and parking areas will be retained or controlled on site and will not be permitted to enter the storm drain system. (b) Temporary sediment filtering systems such as sandbags, silt fences, or gravel berms will be utilized to trap sediment so that only filtered water enters the City's storm drain system. Proper clean up and disposal of settled sediment and the filtering system will be the responsibility of the CONTRACTOR. (c) Discharge of concrete transit mixer wash water on to approved dirt areas (sub - grade area designated for new concrete construction for example) is acceptable. Discharge on to private property, parkway areas, or the street is not permitted. (d) Plastic or other impervious covering will be installed where appropriate to prevent erosion of an otherwise unprotected area, along with any other runoff control devices deemed appropriate by the City. II-B-29 Agreement No. 6462 (e) Excavated soil stored on the site will be covered in a manner that minimizes the amount of sediments running into the storm drain system, street or adjoining properties. (f) No washing of construction or other industrial vehicles and equipment will be allowed adjacent to a construction site. During the rainy season (October 15 to April 15), Contractor will keep at the construction site sufficient materials and labor to install temporary sediment filtering systems and other water pollution prevention control measures. These control measures will be in place and maintained by the Contractor on a daily basis on days when construction is not in progress due to rain. (h) All costs associated with water pollution control will be borne by the Contractor. Any expense incurred by the City to expeditiously respond to storm drain contamination resulting from Contractor's failure to implement water pollution control measures will be charged to the Contractor. 7-9 PROTECTION AND RESTORATION OF EXISTING IMPROVEMENTS The following requirements are added to Section 7-9: Where existing traffic striping, pavement markings, and curb markings are damaged or their reflectively reduced by the Contractor's operations, such striping or markings will also be considered as existing improvements and the Contractor will replace such improvements. Relocations, repairs, replacements, or re -establishments will be at least equal to the existing improvements and will match such improvements in finish and dimensions unless otherwise specified. 7-10 PUBLIC CONVENIENCE AND SAFETY The following requirement is added to Section 7-10: Unless otherwise specified all traffic control will be performed in accordance with the Work Area Traffic Control Handbook (WATCH) Latest Edition, published by Building News, 3055 Overland Avenue, Los Angeles, CA 90034, telephone 310-474-7771. 7-10.1 TRAFFIC AND ACCESS The Contractor will notify the occupants of all affected properties at least 48 hours prior to any temporary obstruction of access. Vehicular access to property line will be maintained except as required for construction for a reasonable period of time. No overnight closure of any driveway will be allowed except as permitted by the Engineer. II-B-30 Agreement No. 6462 At least one (1) twelve (12) foot wide traffic lane will be provided for each direction of travel on all streets at all times except as permitted by the Engineer. The traffic lanes will be maintained on pavement, and will remain unobstructed. All work requiring that a lane be closed or a lane moved right or left will be noticed to the traveling public by use of City approved lighted arrow boards. Clearances from traffic lanes will be five feet to the edge of any excavation and 2 feet to the face of any curb, pole, barricade, delineator, or other vertical obstruction. One four (4) foot wide paved pedestrian walkway will be maintained in the parkway area on each side of all streets. The clearance from the pedestrian walkway to any traffic lane will be five (5) feet. Pedestrians and vehicles will be protected from all excavations, material storage, and/or obstructions by the placement of an adequate number of lighted barricades (minimum two (2)) at each location, one (1) at each end of the obstruction or excavation), which will have flashing lights during darkness. Barricades will be Type I or Type II per Section 7-3 and lights will be Type A per Section 7-6 of the "Work Area Traffic Control Handbook" (WATCH). 7-10.2 STREET CLOSURES, DETOURS, BARRICADES Street closures will not be allowed except as specifically permitted by the Engineer. The Contractor will prepare any traffic control or detour plans that may be required as directed by the Engineer. Lane transitions will not be sharper than a taper of thirty (30) to one M. Temporary traffic channelization will be accomplished with barricades or delineators. Temporary striping will not be allowed unless specifically permitted by the Engineer. The Contractor will prepare any plans that may be required for temporary striping to the satisfaction of the Engineer. In no event will temporary striping be allowed on finish pavement surfaces, which are to remain. Where access to driveway or street crossings need to be maintained, minimum 1 1/4 inch thick steel plating will be used to bridge the trench. All steel plating will have temporary asphalt concrete 1:12 minimum sloped ramps to assist vehicles to cross comfortably over the plates and have a non-skid surface. Plates subject to vehicle high traffic speeds and in residential areas will be secured by welding at the discretion of the Engineer. 7-10.5 PROTECTION OF THE PUBLIC It is part of the service required of the Contractor to make whatever provisions are necessary to protect the public. The Contractor will use foresight and will take such steps and precautions as his operations warrant to protect the public from danger, loss of life or loss of property, which would result from interruption or contamination of public water supply, interruption of other public service, or from the failure of partly II-B-31 Agreement No. 6462 completed work or partially removed facilities. Unusual conditions may arise on the Project which will require that immediate and unusual provisions be made to protect the public from danger or loss of life, or damage to life and property, due directly or indirectly to prosecution of work under this contract. Whenever, in the opinion of the Engineer, an emergency exists against which the Contractor has not taken sufficient precaution for the public safety, protection of utilities and protection of adjacent structures or property, which may be damaged by the Contractor's operations and when, in the opinion of the Engineer, immediate action will be considered necessary in order to protect the public or property due to the Contractor's operations under this contract, the Engineer will order the Contractor to provide a remedy for the unsafe condition. If the Contractor fails to act on the situation immediately, the Engineer may provide suitable protection to said interests by causing such work to be done and material to be furnished as, in the opinion of the Engineer, may seem reasonable and necessary. The cost and expense of said labor and material, together with the cost and expense of such repairs as are deemed necessary, will be borne by the Contractor. All expenses incurred by the City for emergency repairs will be deducted from the progress payments and the final payment due to the Contractor. Such remedial measures by the City will not relieve the Contractor from full responsibility for public safety. 7-15 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL The following Subsection will be added to Section 7 of the Greenbook: For any excavation, which extends more than four feet below existing grade, the Contractor will promptly, and before the conditions are disturbed, notify the Engineer, in writing, of 1) any material that the Contractor believes may be hazardous waste, as defined in Health and Safety Code § 25117, which is required to be removed to a Class I, Class II, or Class III disposal site in accordance with provisions of existing law, 2) subsurface or latent physical conditions at the site differing from those indicated, or 3) unknown physical conditions at the site of any unusual nature, different materially from those ordinarily encountered and generally recognized as inherent in work of the character provided for in the Contract Documents. After receiving notice from the Contractor, the Engineer will promptly investigate any condition identified by the Contractor as being hazardous. The rights and obligations of the City and the Contractor with regard to such conditions (including, without limitation, the procedures for procuring change orders and filing claims) will be specified by the provisions of Subsection 3-4 (Changed Conditions) of the Greenbook. If a dispute arises between the City and the Contractor whether the conditions materially differ, involve hazardous waste, or cause a change in the Contractor's cost or time required for performance of the work, the Contractor will not be excused from any scheduled completion date provided for by the contract, but will proceed with all II-B-32 Agreement No. 6462 work to be performed under the contract. The Contractor will retain all rights provided by Subsection 3-5, Disputed Work, of the Greenbook. If the Engineer determines that material called to the Engineer's attention by the Contractor is hazardous waste, or if the Engineer otherwise discovers the existence of hazardous waste, the Contractor will be responsible for removal and disposal of the hazardous waste by qualified personnel and appropriate equipment in the manner required by law as directed by the Engineer, subject to the provisions of Section 3 (Changes in Work) of the Greenbook. 9-2 LUMP SUM WORK Subsection 9-2, Lump Sum Work, of the Greenbook is deleted in its entirety and replaced by the following: Items for which quantities are indicated as "Lump Sum," "L.S.," or "Job" will be paid for at the price indicated in the Proposal. Such payment will be full compensation for all costs for labor, equipment, materials and plant necessary to furnish, construct and install the lump sum item of work, complete, in place, and for all necessary appurtenant work, including, but not limited to, all necessary cutting, patching, repair and modification of existing facilities, and clean up of site. Contractor will furnish three copies of a detailed schedule, which breaks down the lump sum work into its component parts and cost for each part, in a form and sufficiently detailed as to satisfy Engineer that it correctly represents a reasonable apportionment of the lump sum. This schedule is subject to approval by Engineer as to both the components into which the lump sum item is broken down, and the proportion of cost attributable to each component. This schedule will be the basis for progress payments for the lump sum work. 9-3.2 PARTIAL AND FINAL PAYMENTS The text of Subsection 9-3.2 of the Standard Specifications is hereby deleted and replaced with the following: The closure date for the purpose of making partial progress payments will be the last working day of each month. The Contractor will prepare the partial payment invoice with measurement of the work performed through the closure date and submit it to the CITY for approval. When work is complete, the Contractor will determine the final quantities of the work performed and prepare the final progress payment, and submit it to the Engineer for approval. It will take a minimum of thirty-five (35) calendar days from the date of approving the II-B-33 Agreement No. 6462 Contractor's invoice to make the payment to the Contractor. However, payments will be withheld pending receipt of any outstanding reports required by the contract documents, or legal release of filed Stop Payment Notices against the Contractor. In addition, the final progress payment will not be released until the Contractor returns the control set of Plans and Specifications showing the as -built conditions. The full five percent (5%) retention will be deducted from all progress payments. The Contractor will make a payment request for the retained amount, for approval by the City, upon field acceptance of the work by the City Engineer. The City Engineer upon field acceptance and receipt of the final as -built plans and any other reports or documents required to be provided by the Contractor will process a recommendation to the City Council for acceptance of the work. Not less than thirty-five (35) calendar days from the City Council acceptance of the work, the Contractor's final payment will be made provided Stop Payment Notices or other claims have not been filed against the Contractor and/or the City by material suppliers, sub -contractors, other governmental agencies, and private property owners. Until these Stop Payment Notices are released and claims are resolved the stop payment/claim amount will be withheld from the final payment. The Contractor, however, may receive interest on the retention for the length of construction, or receive the retention itself as long as the retention is substituted with escrow holder surety or equal value. At the request and expense of the Contractor, surety equivalent to the retention may be deposited with the State Treasurer, or a State or Federally chartered bank, as the escrow agent, who will pay such surety to the Contractor upon satisfactory completion of the contract. Pursuant to PCC § 22300, the Contractor may substitute securities for retention monies held by the City or request that the City place such monies into an escrow account. The Contractor is notified, pursuant to PCC § 22300, that any such election will be at the Contractor's own expense and will include costs incurred by the City to accommodate the Contractor's request. Progress payment paid by the City as contemplated herein, will be contingent upon the Contractor submitting, in addition to any additional documents, an updated Contract Schedule in the form prescribed by these Contract Documents. Failure of the Contractor to submit an acceptable updated Contract Schedule will result in the City withholding partial payment, without liability to the City, until such an acceptable updated Contract Schedule is submitted. Nothing herein will allow the Contractor to suspend or slow progress of the Work. A City Council resolution established a Project Payment Account, encumbered money in the current budget, and assigned that money to the Project Payment Account which is the sole source of funds available for payment of the Contract Sum. Contractor understands and agrees that Contractor will be paid only from this special fund and if II-B-34 Agreement No. 6462 for any reason this fund is not sufficient to pay Contractor, Contractor will not be entitled to payment. The availability of money in this fund, and City's ability to draw from this fund, are conditions precedent to City's obligation to make payments to Contractor. 9-3.3 DELIVERED MATERIALS Materials and equipment delivered or stored, but not incorporated into the work, will not be approved for progress payments. 100-1 TERMINATION OF AGENCY LIABILITY Before receiving final payment, the Contractor will execute a Release on Contract" form which will operate as, and will be a release to the City, the City Council, and each member of the City Council and their agencies, from all claims and liability to the Contractor for anything done or furnished for, or relating to, the work or for any act of neglect of the City of any person relating to or affecting the work, except the claim against the City for the remainder, if any there be, of the amounts kept or retained as provided in Subsections 9-3 of the Standard Specifications and except for any unsettled claims listed on said form which have been filed in compliance with the requirements for making claims. - END OF SECTION - II-B-35 Agreement No. 6462 SECTION III — SPECIAL PROVISIONS 1-0. GENERAL SCOPE, TIME FOR COMPLETION, AND LOCATION OF WORK 1-1. General Scope of Work: The work to be done consists of replacing the existing chiller, piping, valves, gauges, controls, service connections, structural frame, electrical wiring and installation of a like -for -like structural steel frame, expansion fittings, butterfly valves, gate valves, hangers and supports, hydronic piping, insulation meters, gauges, vibration and seismic controls, air cooled chiller, heating and hot water pumps, exterior painting of steel frame components, like -for -like wiring, breakers, circuit disconnects, testing and commissioning. 1-2. Location of the Work: The project will occur at Police Department, 348 Main Street, El Segundo, CA 90245 1-3. Working Days and Time for Completion: 1. Contractor will commence work on date specified in the Notice to Proceed to be issued to the Contractor by City of El Segundo Public Works Department and shall complete work within Twenty (20) working days after the date of commencement.. 2-0. NOTIFICATIONS The CONTRACTOR will notify all agencies listed here in a minimum of forty-eight (48) hours before start of operation. The following list of names and telephone numbers are intended for the convenience of the CONTRACTOR and the City does not guarantee either the completeness or correctness of this list. OPERATION OFFICE TELEPHONE 1. Start of work, Arianne Bola, Project Manager 310-524-2364 shutdown of work, Lifan Xu, City Engineer 310-524-2368 or resumption of Elias Sassoon, Director of Public Works 310-524-2356 work after shutdown 2. Closing of streets El Segundo Police Department** 310-524-2200 El Segundo Fire Department* * 310-524-2236 ** The CONTRACTOR will notify the Engineering Division before notifying these offices. The following information is provided for CONTRACTOR'S use to notify agencies if their 111-A-1 Agreement No. 6462 facilities are affected by CONTRACTOR'S work: 2-1 2-2 1. Underground Service Alert (all excavation in public right-of-way) 800-227-2600 2. City of El Segundo — Water Division 310-524-2742 3. City of El Segundo - Wastewater Division 4. City of El Segundo - Recreation and Parks 5. Southern California Gas Company 6. Southern California Edison Company (SCE) 7. AT&T 8. Time Warner Communication (Cable) 9. Los Angeles County Sanitation District 10. El Segundo Unified School District NO PARKING NOTIFICATIONS 310-524-2754 310-524-2707 310-671-9002 310-417-3366 310-515-4430 310-768-0400 Extension 414 310-699-7411 310-615-2650 The CONTRACTOR shall post City -approved temporary NO PARKING notices a minimum of seventy-two (72) hours before the start of operation. The CONTRACTOR shall promptly notify City staff once posting is completed in order to ensure the 72-hour requirement has been met. The dates and times on the signs shall be site specific and shall cover the minimum time required for "NO PARKING" to facilitate construction. Generic long-term "NO PARKING' time designations are not acceptable. Parking shall not be restricted during any period when construction activity is not scheduled at this particular site. NOTIFICATION OF RESIDENTS The City will require the Contractor to distribute one (1) "Public Notice" to each resident affected by the construction. Notice must be approved by the City prior to distribution. The notice shall be distributed minimum five (5) calendar days prior to the start of any work. Notice shall be attached to a red information hanger provided by the Contractor and hung on the front door knob of every resident on the project streets. Notices shall include the project times, dates, working hours, and description of project activities. If any changes occur to project times, dates or working hours, the Contractor will revise and re -deliver the Notice to affected persons. 3-0. MOBILIZATION Mobilization shall conform to the provisions of Section 9-3.4 of the Standard Specifications. The scope of work under mobilization includes but is not limited to: 111-A-2 Agreement No. 6462 1. Obtaining and paying for all required bonds, insurance, permits, and licenses. 2. Completing and submitting required documents as required per specifications. 3. Moving on to the site of all Contractor's equipment required for operations. 4. Installing and removing of all temporary facilities required for operations. 5. Posting all OSHA required notices. 6. Submittal of Construction Schedule, Contractor Contact List, and Notices to City staff for City approval 7. Notification of City staff, residents, businesses and motorists, including temporary warning and safety signage where construction is or will be occurring. Notification shall be furnished by Contractor and shall be distributed seventy-two (72) hours prior to work in that area. 8. Re -notification of all affected parties for all construction schedule changes 9. Protection of utility facilities, landscapes, pavements, structures, and any existing condition and other public property in place during any construction activities. This includes protection of planter boxes and vegetation. 10. Providing Best Management Practices (BMPs) necessary to comply with NPDES requirements. 11. Bringing unforeseen field conditions to City staff s attention in a timely manner 12. Restoration to existing standard conditions or better, of private and public property damaged during construction. 13. Removal and disposal of any existing unused materials from the project sites. 14. Demobilization 3-1. Clearing, grubbing, and landscape removal shall take place as necessary for all construction activities to occur, including but not limited to Section 300-1 of the Standard Specifications. If applicable, live tree roots shall be inspected by the Recreation and Parks Department after the surface above them has been removed, to ascertain if tree root barrier installation or full tree removal is necessary. Costs for clearing, grubbing, and landscape/tree root removal shall be included in the bid prices for the different bid items. All such removals shall take place prior to any excavation for construction. Where necessary, the contractor shall replace residential landscaping or sprinklers damaged by construction after construction is complete. 3-2. Underground Service Alert, 1-800-227-2600, shall be contacted and the contractor shall determine the exact location of all utilities prior to beginning excavation and construction. If conflicts are discovered, the Contractor shall notify the Engineer immediately. A detailed description of the depth and location of utility conflicts in relation to the proposed storm drain facilities shall be provided to City Inspector as well as the applicable utility agency. A list of utility agency and waste hauler contact number is included in the Appendix. 3-3. Demobilization shall include all activities for the Contractor to remove all equipment, on -site sanitary facilities, etc. from the project areas after construction is complete. Demobilization shall also include general cleanup activities and punch list items and specific activities determined by the City Public Works Inspector, to repair or replace any private or public facilities damaged by the construction and to return public right- of-way to the same or better condition as that existing prior to construction. III-A-3 Agreement No. 6462 4-0. CONSTRUCTION & DEMOLITION MATERIALS RECYCLING REQUIREMENTS The Contractor shall divert all Construction and Demolition (C&D) waste generated from the project in accordance with the California Green (CALGreen) Building Standards Code (pursuant to El Segundo Municipal Code, Title 13, Chapter 11). C&D waste can only be legally collected, removed, or transported by City of El Segundo permitted waste haulers. If the Contractor plans on collecting, removing, or transporting its own waste, approval from the City Engineer or designee is required. Failure to meet the C&D waste recycling requirements will result in the assessment of penalties pursuant to El Segundo Municipal Code. Contractor shall prepare a C&D Debris Management Plan as follows: PART1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: procedures for ensuring optimal diversion of construction and demolition (C&D) waste materials generated by the Work within the limits of the Construction Schedule and Contract Sum. The Integrated Solid Waste Management Act of 1989 ("AB 939"), requires that localities throughout the state develop source reduction, reuse, recycling, and composting programs to reduce the tonnage of solid waste disposed in landfills by 50%; this requirement may increase in the future. C&D waste materials generated by the Work are targeted to achieve these diversion rates. 2. A minimum of 50% by weight of the solid wastes generated in the Work shall be diverted from landfill disposal through a combination of reuse, recycling, and composting activities. 3. This section includes requirements for submittal of C&D Debris Management Plan prior to the commencement of the Work, and during the project, submittal of Contractor's quantitative reports for construction and demolition waste materials generated by the Contractor as a condition of approval of progress payments submitted to the Contracting Officer, and following completion of the project, as a condition of the release of final project retention. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. Class III Landfill. A landfill that accepts non -hazardous waste such as household, commercial, and industrial waste, resulting from construction, remodeling, repair, and demolition operations. A Class III landfill must have a solid waste facilities permit from the California Department of Resources Recycling and Recovery (CalRecycle) and be regulated by the Enforcement Agency. III-A-4 Agreement No. 6462 B. Construction and Demolition Debris or C&D Debris. Building materials and solid waste resulting from construction, remodeling, repair, cleanup, or demolition operations that are not hazardous as defined in California Code of Regulations, Title 22, Section 66261.3 et seq. This term includes, but is not limited to, asphalt, concrete, Portland cement, brick, lumber, gypsum wallboard, cardboard and other associated packaging, roofing material, ceramic tile, carpeting, plastic pipe, and steel. The debris may be commingled with rock, soil, tree stumps, and other vegetative matter resulting from land clearing and landscaping for construction or land development projects. C. Contracting Officer. The City of El Segundo City Engineer or designee. D. C&D Recycling Center. A facility that receives only C&D material that has been separated for reuse prior to receipt, in which the residual (disposed) amount of waste in the material is less than 10% of the amount separated for reuse or recycling, by weight. E. Disposal. Final deposition of C&D or inert debris into land, including stockpiling onto land of construction and demolition debris that has not been sorted for further processing or resale, if such stockpiling is for a period of time greater than 30 days; and construction and demolition debris that has been sorted for further processing or resale, if such stockpiling is for a period of time greater than one year, or stockpiling onto land of inert debris that is for a period of time greater than one year. F. Diversion or Divert. The reuse or recycling of construction and demolition debris to avoid disposal in a landfill. G. Enforcement Agency (EA). Enforcement agency as defined in Public Resources Code 40130. H. Inert Disposal Facility or Inert Waste Landfill. A disposal facility that accepts only inert waste such as soil and rock, fully cured asphalt paving, uncontaminated concrete (including fiberglass or steel reinforcing rods embedded in the concrete), brick, glass, and ceramics, for land disposal. I. Inert Solids or Inert Waste. Non -liquid solid wastes including, but not limited to, soil and concrete that do not contain hazardous waste or soluble pollutants at concentrations in excess of water quality objectives established by a regional Water Board pursuant to Division 7 (Sections 13000 et seq) of the California Water Code and does not contain significant quantities of decomposable solid resources. Mixed C&D Debris. Loads that include commingled recyclable and non -recyclable C&D debris generated at the construction site. K. Mixed Debris Recycling Facility. A processing facility that accepts loads of solid waste and/or recycling materials for the purpose of recovering reusable, recyclable, and compostable materials and disposing the non -recyclable residual materials. III-A-S Agreement No. 6462 L. Recycling. The process of sorting, cleansing, treating and reconstituting materials for the purpose of using the altered form in the manufacture of a new product. Recycling does not include burning, incinerating or thermally destroying solid waste. M. Reuse. The use of a material that might otherwise be discarded, in the same or similar form as it was produced. N. Separated for Reuse. Materials, including commingled recyclables, that have been separated or kept separate from the solid waste stream for the purpose of additional sorting or processing of those materials for reuse or recycling in order to return them to the economic mainstream in the form of raw material for new, reused, or reconstituted products which meet the quality standards necessary to be used in the marketplace, and includes materials that have been "source separated." O. Solid Waste. Refer to Public Resources Code Section 40191. P. Source -Separated. Materials, including commingled recyclables, that have been separated or kept separate from the solid waste stream at the point of generation, for the purpose of additional sorting or processing of those materials for reuse or recycling in order to return them to the economic mainstream in the form of raw materials for new, reused, or reconstituted products which meet the quality standards necessary to be used in the marketplace. PART 2 PRODUCTS Not Used. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 SALVAGE, REUSE, RECYCLING AND PROCEDURES A. Identify reuse, salvage, and recycling facilities: Refer to the City's website for a list of local organizations and companies. https:// .elsegundo.org/ government/departments/public-works/trash-recyglin B. Develop and implement procedures to reuse, salvage, and recycle new construction and excavation materials, based on the Contract Documents, the C&D Debris Waste Management Plan, estimated quantities of available materials, and availability of recycling facilities. Procedures may include on -site recycling, source separated recycling, and/or mixed debris recycling efforts. Identify materials that are feasible for salvage, determine requirements for site storage, and transportation of materials to a salvage facility. 2. Explore the possibility of reusing project job -site inert materials, such as rock, concrete, dirt and aggregate, on -site for road base or other similar uses. uir_QO Agreement No. 6462 3. Source separate new construction, excavation and demolition materials including, but not limited to the following types: a. Asphalt b. Concrete, concrete block, slump stone (decorative concrete block), and rocks. Red Clay Brick d. Soils Other materials, as appropriate, such as wood and corrugated cardboard. 4. Develop and implement a program to transport loads of mixed (commingled) new construction materials that cannot be feasibly source - separated to a mixed materials recycling facility. Contractor may develop their own C&D Debris Management Plan based on CALGreen requirements or use available City forms as follows: a. Form PW-A — Project Information b. Form PW-B — Pre -Project Worksheet Form PW-B 1 — Pre -Project Worksheet (This form is to be completed only if you plan to use your own company -owned bins/trucks for disposition of material.) d. Form PW-C — Post -Project Summary Form PW-D — Exemption Request — only use if it is infeasible to comply with requirements. 3.2 DISPOSAL OPERATIONS AND WASTE HAULING A. Legally transport and dispose of materials that cannot be delivered to a source - separated or mixed recycling facility to a transfer station or disposal facility that can legally accept the materials for the purpose of disposal. B. Use a permitted waste hauler or Contractor's trucking services and personnel. To confirm valid permitted status of waste haulers, visit the City of El Segundo website: https://www.elsegundo.org/ government/departments/public-works/trash-rec clin C. Become familiar with the conditions for acceptance of new construction, excavation and demolition materials at recycling facilities, prior to delivering materials. uir_en Agreement No. 6462 D. Legally transport and deliver to facilities that can legally accept new construction, excavation and demolition materials for purpose of re -use, recycling, or composting. E. Do not burn, bury or otherwise dispose of solid waste on the prof ect j ob-site. 3.3 REUSE AND DONATION OPTIONS A. Implement a reuse program to the greatest extent feasible. Options for reuse may include, but are not limited to: Los Angeles County Materials Exchange (LACOMax) LACoMAX is a free service provided by the Los Angeles County Department of Public Works, Environmental Programs Division, designed to help residents, businesses, and organizations in Los Angeles County find markets for their industrial by-products, surplus materials, and other would-be discards. All exchanges are coordinated between the parties. The site can be accessed at http://www.ladpw.org/epd/lacomax. 2. California Materials Exchange (CalMAX) is a free service provided by the State of California, Department of Resources Recycling and Recovery (CalRecycle) that connects businesses, organizations, manufacturers, schools, and individuals with online resources for exchanging materials. The site can be accessed at www.calrecvcle.ca.aov/CaIMAX. 3. Habitat for Humanity ReStore resale outlets accept donated home improvement goods like furniture, home accessories, building materials and appliances. The materials are sold to the general public. The proceeds help local Habitat affiliates fund the construction of Habitat homes within their communities. Locations of ReStores can be found at: www.habitat. ora/restores. 3.4 REVENUE A. Revenues or other savings obtained from recycled, re -used, or salvaged materials shall accrue to Contractor unless otherwise noted in the Contract Documents. - END SECTION — 5-0. WORK SCHEDULE Contractor shall be responsible for providing a workable construction schedule that incorporates the following conditions: 1. The schedule for the work is subject to the approval of the Public Works Department. III--M Agreement No. 6462 2. All work shall take place Monday through Friday between the hours of 7:00 am and 4:00 pm unless previously approved by the Public Works Director, City Engineer, or Project Engineer for any other day of the week. The Contractor shall coordinate all inspections and final sign -offs for permits and the project with Public Works Department and Building Safety staff. 6-0. EXAMINATION OF JOB SITE AND MEASUREMENT VERIFICATION The BIDDER shall make a detailed physical inspection of the project site before submitting the proposal. It is understood that the BIDDER has thoroughly examined the specifications, sites and conditions under which work will be performed before submitting a proposal and has satisfied himself regarding existing conditions and existing access conditions which may affect bid prices for the proposed work. Measurement Verification: Contractor shall verify all field measurements and determine quantities prior to ordering materials. Contractor shall procure all material and confirm all parts are onsite prior to beginning installation. 7-0. INSPECTION Section 4-1.3 on page II-B-9 of these Specifications is supplemented by the following additional requirements: 1. On all questions relating to quantities, the acceptability of material, or work, the execution, progress or sequence of work, and the interpretation of specifications or plans, the decision of the Engineer or City Inspector is final and binding, and shall be precedent to any payment under the contract. 2. All work and materials are subject to inspection and approval of the Engineer or City Inspector. 3. Legible copies of material/weight certification shall be turned over to the City Inspector on a daily basis. 4. Inspection of the work shall not relieve the Contractor of the obligations to fulfill all conditions of the contract. 8-0. WORK AREA SAFETY All work shall conform to all applicable State, local, regional and Federal codes, ordinances, and regulations as prescribed by the City. 1. The Contractor shall conform to the rules and regulations pertaining to safety established by the California Division of Occupational Safety and Health of the Industrial Relations Department (CAL -OSHA). Agreement No. 6462 2. The CONTRACTOR shall place and maintain signs, cones, barricades, security fences, and other safety devices as needed for the safety of and the general public, City personnel, and the Contractor. 8-0. USE OF PRIVATE PROPERTY AND PROTECTION OF EXISTING M'ROVEMENTS The use of any private property or utilities on private property by the Contractor is prohibited. The prohibited uses include, but not limited to Contractor's use of water, electricity or natural gas from the private property, and storage of material or equipment, and turning around/parking of his vehicles on private property. Existing public and/or private improvements, adj acent property, utility and other facilities and trees and plants shall be protected from injury or damage. 2. Any damage to the facilities, public, or private property that takes place as a result of the contractor's work shall be repair or replaced to the City's satisfaction by the contractor at no cost to the City. 3. Access to driveway shall be maintained at all times for residents. 9-0. STORAGE OF MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT 1. No material or equipment shall be stored in public right-of-way. 2. The contractor shall be responsible for obtaining a site for storage of material and equipment. The site shall not be within or adjoining the residential areas of the City. Site shall be subject to approval by the City. 3. The sites for stockpiling and batching materials shall be clean and free from objectionable material. 4. The City does not have nor does it guarantee any designated property within the City for storage of materials. If the Contractor finds a private property for storage of his materials, the Contractor shall furnish the City a letter of approval and a letter of release (at the end of the job and cleanup of the storage site) from the property owner for this purpose. 10-0. DISPOSAL OF REMOVALS There are no authorized dump facilities within the City of El Segundo. All removed material shall become the property of the Contractor and shall be legally disposed of by Contractor at the end of each work day away from the site of work. 111-A-10 Agreement No. 6462 11-0. PUBLIC WORKS ENCROACHMENT PERMITS The Contractor will be required to apply and obtain applicable permits from the Public Works. The Contractor's work shall adhere to the City standards and applicable codes including the California Building Code, Plumbing Code, Electrical Code, and Mechanical Code. The Contractor shall call the Inspector at least 24 hours in advance for inspections. All noted deficiencies on permits shall be corrected by contractor. The project will not be accepted as complete until contractor obtains a final sign -off for all permits. 12-0. NPDES COMPLIANCE Contractor shall comply with the latest version of the Los Angeles Regional Water Quality Control Board (LA RWQCB) NPDES MS4 Permit for storm water and non -storm water discharges. Contractor shall not discharge or permit to be discharged to any street, channel, river, storm drain, or any appurtenances thereof, any non -rain water or other liquid substance from the project or from operations pertaining to the project site, unless the discharge is specifically listed as exempt or conditionally exempt in the most current MS4 Permit issued by the Regional Water Quality Control Board, Los Angeles Region. Contractor shall implement all necessary Best Management Practices (BMPs) to ensure that any conditionally exempt discharge meets all current requirements of the LA RWQCB MS4 Permit. City may prohibit or restrict any discharge if, in its sole discretion, the discharge is polluting, unsafe, or causes a nuisance condition to be created. Depending on the size of the project and/or construction activities of the project, the Contractor may be required to comply with the State Water Resources Control Board (SWRCB) Construction General Permit (Adopted Order 2009-0009-DWQ and subsequent amendments). Contractor shall refer to the SWRCB Construction General Permit for construction activities covered and be responsible for implementing requirements if subject to the Construction General Permit. 13-0. COMPLETION Upon completion of work at each site, the Contractor shall conduct careful inspection with the City Inspector and shall correct all defective work to the satisfaction of the Owner. The Contractor shall coordinate all inspections and final sign -offs for Encroachment Permits with City staff. All scrap, litter and debris resulting from operations specified herein, shall be removed and the premises left in a clean and satisfactory condition. III -A- I I Agreement No. 6462 14-0. WARRANTY The Contractor and/or manufacturer shall warrant all work performed under this Contract for a minimum of one (1) years from the date of Owner's acceptance of completed job. Any defects in materials or workmanship appearing during this period shall be corrected without cost to the City. - END OF SECTION - III-A-12 Agreement No. 6462 APPENDIX A Technical Specifications Agreement No. 6462 13 May 2022 100% Submittal CHILLER REPLACEMENT EL SEGUNDO POLICE DEPARTMENT EL SEGUNDO, CALIFORNIA SPECIFICATIONS Prepared for: CITY OF EL SEGUNDO 350 Main Street El Segundo, CA, 90245 Prepared by: J.C. CHANG & ASSOCIATES, INC. Engineers ■ Architects ■ Planners 385 Van Ness Avenue, Suite 208 Torrance, California 90501 Phone: (310) 212-7644 www.jccainc.com JCCA #22042-1 Agreement No. 6462 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. El Segundo Police Department JCCA No. 22042-1 Chiller Replacement TABLE OF CONTENTS DIVISION 00 - PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS (NOTE: TO BE FURNISHED BY EL SEGUNDO POLICE DEPARTMENT) DIVISION O1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS (NOTE: TO BE FURNISHED BY EL SEGUNDO POLICE DEPARTMENT) DIVISION 05 - METALS 051200 Structural Steel Framing DIVISION 23 - HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING (HVAC) 230516 Expansion Fittings and Loops for HVAC Piping 230519 Meters and Gauges for HVAC Piping 230523.11 Globe Valves for HVAC Piping 230523.13 Butterfly Valves for HVAC Piping 230548 Vibration and Seismic Controls for HVAC 230719 HVAC Piping Insulation 230800 Commissioning of HVAC 232113 Hydronic Piping 232123 Hydronic Pumps 236426.13 Air -Cooled, Rotary -Screw Water Chillers DIVISION 26 - ELECTRICAL 260519 Low -Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables 260523 Control -Voltage Electrical Power Cables 260529 Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems 260533 Raceway and Boxes for Electrical Systems 260553 Identification for Electrical Systems 262816 Enclosed Switches and Circuit Breakers END OF TABLE OF CONTENTS TABLE OF CONTENTS 1 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. JCCA No. 22042-1 SECTION 051200 STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Structural steel. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 099113 Exterior Painting. Agreement No. 6462 El Segundo Police Department Chiller Replacement 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. Structural Steel: Elements of the structural frame indicated on Drawings and as described in ANSI/AISC 303. 1.3 COORDINATION A. Coordinate selection of shop primers with topcoats to be applied over them. Comply with paint and coating manufacturers' written recommendations to ensure that shop primers and topcoats are compatible with one another. B. Coordinate installation of anchorage items to be embedded in or attached to other construction without delaying the Work. Provide setting diagrams, sheet metal templates, instructions, and directions for installation. 1.4 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS A. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site. 1.5 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: 1. Structural -steel materials. 2. Shop primer. B. Shop Drawings: Show fabrication of structural -steel components. STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING 051200 - 1 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. JCCA No. 22042-1 Agreement No. 6462 El Segundo Police Department Chiller Replacement 1. Include details of cuts, connections, splices, camber, holes, and other pertinent data. 2. Include embedment Drawings. 3. Indicate welds by standard AWS symbols, distinguishing between shop and field welds, and show size, length, and type of each weld. Show backing bars that are to be removed and supplemental fillet welds where backing bars are to remain. 4. Indicate type, size, and length of bolts, distinguishing between shop and field bolts. Identify pretensioned and slip -critical, high -strength bolted connections. 5. Identify members not to be shop primed. C. Welding Procedure Specifications (WPSs) and Procedure Qualification Records (PQRs): Provide in accordance with AWS D1.1/D1.1M for each welded prequalified joint, including the following: 1. Power source (constant current or constant voltage). 2. Electrode manufacturer and trade name, for demand -critical welds. 1.6 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Qualification Data: For Installer, fabricator, testing agency. B. Welding certificates. C. Paint Compatibility Certificates: From manufacturers of topcoats applied over shop primers, certifying that shop primers are compatible with topcoats. D. Mill test reports for structural -steel materials, including chemical and physical properties. E. Product Test Reports: For the following: 1. Bolts, nuts, and washers, including mechanical properties and chemical analysis. 2. Direct -tension indicators. F. Survey of existing conditions. G. Source quality -control reports. H. Field quality -control reports. 1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Fabricator Qualifications: A qualified fabricator that participates in the AISC Quality Certification Program and is designated an AISC-Certified Plant, Category BU or is accredited by the IAS Fabricator Inspection Program for Structural Steel (Acceptance Criteria 172). B. Installer Qualifications: A qualified Installer who participates in the AISC Quality Certification Program and is designated an AISC-Certified Erector, Category ACSE and Category CSE. STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING 051200 - 2 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. JCCA No. 22042-1 Agreement No. 6462 El Segundo Police Department Chiller Replacement C. Shop -Painting Applicators: Qualified in accordance with AISC's Sophisticated Paint Endorsement P1 Endorsement P2 Endorsement P3 or to SSPC-QP 3. "Standard Procedure for Evaluating Qualifications of Shop Painting Applicators." D. Welding Qualifications: Qualify procedures and personnel in accordance with AWS D1.1/D1.1M. 1. Welders and welding operators performing work on bottom -flange, demand -critical welds shall pass the supplemental welder qualification testing, as required by AWS D1.8/D1.8M. FCAW-S and FCAW-G shall be considered separate processes for welding personnel qualification. 1.8 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Store materials to permit easy access for inspection and identification. Keep steel members off ground and spaced by using pallets, dunnage, or other supports and spacers. Protect steel members and packaged materials from corrosion and deterioration. 1. Do not store materials on structure in a manner that might cause distortion, damage, or overload to members or supporting structures. Repair or replace damaged materials or structures as directed. B. Store fasteners in a protected place in sealed containers with manufacturer's labels intact. 1. Fasteners may be repackaged provided Owner's testing and inspecting agency observes repackaging and seals containers. 2. Clean and relubricate bolts and nuts that become dry or rusty before use. 3. Comply with manufacturers' written recommendations for cleaning and lubricating ASTM F3125/F3125M, Grade F1852 bolt assemblies and for retesting bolt assemblies after lubrication. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Comply with applicable provisions of the following specifications and documents: 1. ANSUAISC 303. 2. ANSUAISC 341. 3. ANSUAISC 360. 4. RCSC's "Specification for Structural Joints Using High -Strength Bolts." B. Connection Design Information: 1. Option 1: Connection designs have been completed and connections indicated on the Drawings. STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING 051200 - 3 Agreement No. 6462 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. El Segundo Police Department JCCA No. 22042-1 Chiller Replacement 2. Option 2: Fabricator's experienced steel detailer shall select or complete connections in accordance with ANSUAISC 303. 2.2 STRUCTURAL -STEEL MATERIALS A. W-Shapes: ASTM A992/A992M B. Steel Castings: ASTM A216/A216M, Grade WCB, with supplementary requirement 511. C. Steel Forgings: ASTM A668/A668M. D. Welding Electrodes: Comply with AWS requirements. 2.3 BOLTS AND CONNECTORS A. Zinc -Coated High -Strength A325 Bolts, Nuts, and Washers: ASTM F3125, Grade A325, Type 1, heavy -hex steel structural bolts; ASTM A563, Grade DH, heavy -hex carbon -steel nuts; and ASTM F436/F436M, Type 1, hardened carbon -steel washers. 1. Finish: Mechanically deposited zinc coating. 2. Direct -Tension Indicators: ASTM F959, Type 325-1, compressible -washer type with mechanically deposited zinc coating finish. 2.4 PRIMER A. Galvanized -Steel Primer: MPI926, MPI980, MPI9134. 1. Etching Cleaner: MPI925, for galvanized steel. 2. Galvanizing Repair Paint: MPI919, ASTM A780. 2.5 FABRICATION A. Structural Steel: Fabricate and assemble in shop to greatest extent possible. Fabricate in accordance with ANSUAISC 303 and to ANSUAISC 360. 1. Camber structural -steel members where indicated. 2. Fabricate beams with rolling camber up. 3. Identify high -strength structural steel in accordance with ASTM A6/A6M and maintain markings until structural -steel framing has been erected. 4. Mark and match -mark materials for field assembly. 5. Complete structural -steel assemblies, including welding of units, before starting shop - priming operations. B. Thermal Cutting: Perform thermal cutting by machine to greatest extent possible. 1. Plane thermally cut edges to be welded to comply with requirements in AWS D1.1/D1.1M. STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING 051200 - 4 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. JCCA No. 22042-1 Agreement No. 6462 El Segundo Police Department Chiller Replacement C. Bolt Holes: Cut, drill, or punch standard bolt holes perpendicular to metal surfaces. D. Finishing: Accurately finish ends of columns and other members transmitting bearing loads. E. Cleaning: Clean and prepare steel surfaces that are to remain unpainted in accordance with SSPC-SP 2. F. Holes: Provide holes required for securing other work to structural steel and for other work to pass through steel members. 1. Cut, drill, or punch holes perpendicular to steel surfaces. Do not thermally cut bolt holes or enlarge holes by burning. 2. Baseplate Holes: Cut, drill, mechanically thermal cut, or punch holes perpendicular to steel surfaces. 3. Weld threaded nuts to framing and other specialty items indicated to receive other work. 2.6 SHOP CONNECTIONS A. High -Strength Bolts: Shop install high -strength bolts in accordance with RCSC's "Specification for Structural Joints Using High -Strength Bolts" for type of bolt and type of joint specified. 1. Joint Type: Pretensioned. B. Weld Connections: Comply with AWS D1.1/D1.1M for tolerances, appearances, welding procedure specifications, weld quality, and methods used in correcting welding work. 1. Assemble and weld built-up sections by methods that maintain true alignment of axes without exceeding tolerances in ANSI/AISC 303 for mill material. 2.7 SHOP PRIMING A. Shop prime steel surfaces, except the following: 1. Surfaces embedded in concrete or mortar. Extend priming of partially embedded members to a depth of 2 inches (50 mm). 2. Surfaces to be field welded. 3. Surfaces of high -strength bolted, slip -critical connections. 4. Galvanized surfaces unless indicated to be painted. 5. Corrosion -resisting (weathering) steel surfaces. 6. Surfaces enclosed in interior construction. B. Surface Preparation of Steel: Clean surfaces to be painted. Remove loose rust and mill scale and spatter, slag, or flux deposits. Prepare surfaces in accordance with the following specifications and standards: 1. SSPC-SP 2. 2. SSPC-SP 3. 3. SSPC-SP 7 (WAB)/NACE WAB-4. STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING 051200 - 5 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. JCCA No. 22042-1 4. SSPC-SP 14 (WAB)/NACE WAB-8. 5. SSPC-SP 11. 6. SSPC-SP 6 (WAB)/NACE WAB-3. 7. SSPC-SP 10 (WAB)/NACE WAB-2. 8. SSPC-SP 5 (WAB)/NACE WAB-I. 9. SSPC-SP 8. Agreement No. 6462 El Segundo Police Department Chiller Replacement C. Surface Preparation of Galvanized Steel: Prepare galvanized -steel surfaces for shop priming by thoroughly cleaning steel of grease, dirt, oil, flux, and other foreign matter, and treating with etching cleaner or in accordance with SSPC-SP 16. D. Priming: Immediately after surface preparation, apply primer in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions and at rate recommended by SSPC to provide a minimum dry film thickness of 1.5 mils (0.038 mm). Use priming methods that result in full coverage of joints, corners, edges, and exposed surfaces. 1. Stripe paint corners, crevices, bolts, welds, and sharp edges. 2. Apply two coats of shop paint to surfaces that are inaccessible after assembly or erection. Change color of second coat to distinguish it from first. 2.8 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL 1. Allow testing agency access to places where structural -steel work is being fabricated or produced to perform tests and inspections. 2. Bolted Connections: Inspect shop -bolted connections in accordance with RCSC's "Specification for Structural Joints Using High -Strength Bolts." 3. Welded Connections: Visually inspect shop -welded connections in accordance with AWS DI. 1/D1.1M and the following inspection procedures, at testing agency's option:. a. Liquid Penetrant Inspection: ASTM E165/E165M. b. Magnetic Particle Inspection: ASTM E709; performed on root pass and on finished weld. Cracks or zones of incomplete fusion or penetration are not accepted. C. Ultrasonic Inspection: ASTM E164. d. Radiographic Inspection: ASTM E94/E94M. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify, with certified steel erector present, elevations of concrete- and masonry -bearing surfaces and locations of anchor rods, bearing plates, and other embedments for compliance with requirements. Prepare a certified survey of existing conditions. Include bearing surfaces, anchor rods, bearing plates, and other embedments showing dimensions, locations, angles, and elevations. STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING 051200 - 6 Agreement No. 6462 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. El Segundo Police Department JCCA No. 22042-1 Chiller Replacement B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Provide temporary shores, guys, braces, and other supports during erection to keep structural steel secure, plumb, and in alignment against temporary construction loads and loads equal in intensity to design loads. Remove temporary supports when permanent structural steel, connections, and bracing are in place unless otherwise indicated on Drawings. Do not remove temporary shoring supporting composite deck construction and structural - steel framing until cast -in -place concrete has attained its design compressive strength. 3.3 ERECTION A. Set structural steel accurately in locations and to elevations indicated and in accordance with ANSUAISC 303 and ANSUAISC 360. B. Baseplates Bearing Plates and Leveling Plates: Clean concrete- and masonry -bearing surfaces of bond -reducing materials, and roughen surfaces prior to setting plates. Clean bottom surface of plates. I . Set plates for structural members on wedges, shims, or setting nuts as required. 2. Weld plate washers to top of baseplate. 3. Snug -tighten Pretension anchor rods after supported members have been positioned and plumbed. Do not remove wedges or shims but, if protruding, cut off flush with edge of plate before packing with grout. 4. Promptly pack shrinkage -resistant grout solidly between bearing surfaces and plates, so no voids remain. Neatly finish exposed surfaces; protect grout and allow to cure. Comply with manufacturer's written installation instructions for grouting. C. Maintain erection tolerances of structural steel within ANSUAISC 303. D. Align and adjust various members that form part of complete frame or structure before permanently fastening. Before assembly, clean bearing surfaces and other surfaces that are in permanent contact with members. Perform necessary adjustments to compensate for discrepancies in elevations and alignment. I. Level and plumb individual members of structure. Slope roof framing members to slopes indicated on Drawings. 2. Make allowances for difference between temperature at time of erection and mean temperature when structure is completed and in service. E. Splice members only where indicated. F. Do not use thermal cutting during erection unless approved by Architect. Finish thermally cut sections within smoothness limits in AWS D1.I/D1.1M. STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING 051200 - 7 Agreement No. 6462 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. El Segundo Police Department JCCA No. 22042-1 Chiller Replacement G. Do not enlarge unfair holes in members by burning or using drift pins. Ream holes that must be enlarged to admit bolts. 3.4 FIELD CONNECTIONS A. High -Strength Bolts: Install high -strength bolts in accordance with RCSC's "Specification for Structural Joints Using High -Strength Bolts" for bolt and joint type specified. 1. Joint Type: Pretensioned. B. Weld Connections: Comply with AWS D1.1 and AWS D1.8 for tolerances, appearances, welding procedure specifications, weld quality, and methods used in correcting welding work. 1. Comply with ANSI/AISC 303 and ANSUAISC 360 for bearing, alignment, adequacy of temporary connections, and removal of paint on surfaces adjacent to field welds. 2. Remove backing bars or runoff tabs where indicated, back gouge, and grind steel smooth. 3. Assemble and weld built-up sections by methods that maintain true alignment of axes without exceeding tolerances in ANSUAISC 303 for mill material. 3.5 REPAIR A. Galvanized Surfaces: Clean areas where galvanizing is damaged or missing, and repair galvanizing to comply with ASTM A780/A780M. B. Touchup Painting: Immediately after erection, clean exposed areas where primer is damaged or missing, and paint with the same material as used for shop painting to comply with SSPC-PA 1 for touching up shop -painted surfaces. 1. Clean and prepare surfaces by SSPC-SP 2 hand -tool cleaning or SSPC-SP 3 power -tool cleaning. 3.6 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Bolted Connections: Inspect and test bolted connections in accordance with RCSC's "Specification for Structural Joints Using High -Strength Bolts." B. Welded Connections: Visually inspect field welds in accordance with AWS D1.1/D1.1M. 1. In addition to visual inspection, test and inspect field welds in accordance with AWS D1.1/D1.1M and the following inspection procedures, at testing agency's option: a. Liquid Penetrant Inspection: ASTM E165/E165M b. Magnetic Particle Inspection: ASTM E709; performed on root pass and on finished weld. Cracks or zones of incomplete fusion or penetration are not accepted. C. Ultrasonic Inspection: ASTM E164. d. Radiographic Inspection: ASTM E94/E94M. END OF SECTION 051200 STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING 051200 - 8 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. JCCA No. 22042-1 PART 1 - GENERAL Agreement No. 6462 El Segundo Police Department Chiller Replacement SECTION 230516 EXPANSION FITTINGS AND LOOPS FOR HVAC PIPING 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Packed expansion joints. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. 1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Maintenance Data: For expansion joints to include in maintenance manuals. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Compatibility: Products shall be suitable for piping service fluids, materials, working pressures, and temperatures. B. Capability: Products to absorb 200 percent of maximum axial movement between anchors. 2.2 PACKLESS EXPANSION JOINTS A. Metal -Bellows Packless Expansion Joints: 1. Manufacture: Metraflex, Flexicraft, U.S. Bellows, Inc or approved equal. 2. Standards: ASTM F1120 and EJMA's "Standards of the Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association, Inc." 3. Type: Circular, corrugated bellows. EXPANSION FITTINGS AND LOOPS FOR HVAC PIPING 230516 - 1 Agreement No. 6462 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. El Segundo Police Department JCCA No. 22042-1 Chiller Replacement 4. Minimum Pressure Rating: 150 psig (1035 kPa), unless otherwise indicated. 5. Configuration: Single joint (es), unless otherwise indicated. 6. Expansion Joints for Steel Piping: Single or multi -ply stainless -steel bellows, steel pipe ends, and carbon -steel shroud. a. End Connections for Steel Pipe NPS 2 (DN 50) and Smaller: Threaded. b. End Connections for Steel Pipe NPS 2-1/2 (DN 65) and Larger: Flanged PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION OF EXPANSION JOINTS A. Install expansion joints of sizes matching sizes of piping in which they are installed. B. Install packed -type expansion joints with packing suitable for fluid service. C. Install metal -bellows expansion joints according to EJMA's "Standards of the Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association, Inc." D. Install rubber packless expansion joints according to FSA-PSJ-703. E. Install grooved -joint expansion joints to grooved -end steel piping. END OF SECTION 230516 EXPANSION FITTINGS AND LOOPS FOR HVAC PIPING 230516 - 2 Agreement No. 6462 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. El Segundo Police Department JCCA No. 22042-1 Chiller Replacement SECTION 230519 METERS AND GAGES FOR HVAC PIPING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Bimetallic -actuated thermometers. 2. Thermowells. 3. Dial -type pressure gages. 4. Gage attachments. 5. Flowmeters. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. 1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Operation and Maintenance Data: For meters and gages to include in operation and maintenance manuals. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 BIMETALLIC -ACTUATED THERMOMETERS A. Manufacture: 1. Ashcroft Inc. 2. Marsh Bellofram 3. Watts B. Standard: ASME B40.200. C. Case: sealed type; stainless steel with 3-inch (76-mm) nominal diameter. METERS AND GAGES FOR HVAC PIPING 230519 - 1 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. JCCA No. 22042-1 Agreement No. 6462 El Segundo Police Department Chiller Replacement D. Dial: Nonreflective aluminum with permanently etched scale markings and scales in deg F (deg Q. E. Connector Type: Union joint, adjustable angle with unified -inch screw threads. F. Connector Size: 1/2 inch (13 mm), with ASME B1.1 screw threads. G. Stem: 0.25 or 0.375 inch (6.4 or 9.4 mm) in diameter; stainless steel. H. Window: Plain glass. I. Ring: Stainless steel. J. Element: Bimetal coil. K. Pointer: Dark -colored metal. L. Accuracy: Plus or minus 1.5 percent of scale range. 2.2 THERMOWELLS A. Thermowells: 1. Standard: ASME B40.200. 2. Description: Pressure -tight, socket -type fitting made for insertion in piping tee fitting. 3. Material for Use with Steel Piping: CRES. 4. Type: Stepped shank unless straight or tapered shank is indicated. 5. External Threads: NPS 1/2, NPS 3/4, or NPS 1, (DN 15, DN 20, or NPS 25) ASME B1.20.1 pipe threads. 6. Internal Threads: 1/2, 3/4, and 1 inch (13, 19, and 25 mm), with ASME B1.1 screw threads. 7. Bore: Diameter required to match thermometer bulb or stem. 8. Insertion Length: Length required to match thermometer bulb or stem. 9. Lagging Extension: Include on thermowells for insulated piping and tubing. 10. Bushings: For converting size of thermowell's internal screw thread to size of thermometer connection. 2.3 DIAL -TYPE PRESSURE GAGES A. Direct -Mounted, Metal -Case, Dial -Type Pressure Gages: 1. Manufacture: a. Ametek U.S. Gauge b. Ashcroft Inc. C. Marsh Bellofram 2. Standard: ASME B40.100. METERS AND GAGES FOR HVAC PIPING 230519 - 2 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. JCCA No. 22042-1 Agreement No. 6462 El Segundo Police Department Chiller Replacement 3. Case: Solid -front, pressure relief type; cast aluminum or drawn steel; 4-1/2-inch (114- mm) nominal diameter. 4. Pressure -Element Assembly: Bourdon tube unless otherwise indicated. 5. Pressure Connection: Brass, with NPS 1/4 (DN 8), ASME B1.20.1 pipe threads and bottom -outlet type unless back -outlet type is indicated. 6. Movement: Mechanical, with link to pressure element and connection to pointer. 7. Dial: Nonreflective aluminum with permanently etched scale markings graduated in psi (kPa). 8. Pointer: Dark -colored metal. 9. Window: Glass. 10. Ring: Stainless steel. 11. Accuracy: Grade A, plus or minus 1 percent of middle half of scale range. 2.4 GAGE ATTACHMENTS A. Snubbers: ASME B40.100, brass; with NPS 1/4 or NPS 1/2 (DN 8 or DN 15, ASME B1.20.1 pipe threads and piston type surge -dampening device. Include extension for use on insulated piping. B. Siphons: Loop -shaped section of stainless -steel pipe with NPS 1/4 or NPS 1/2 (DN 8 or DN 15) pipe threads. C. Valves: Brass or stainless -steel needle, with NPS 1/4 or NPS 1/2 (DN 8 or DN 15) ASME B1.20.1 pipe threads. 2.5 FLOWMETERS A. Orifice Flowmeters: 1. Manufacture: a. ABB b. Bell & Gossett C. Meriam Process Technologies 2. Description: Flowmeter with sensor, hoses or tubing, fittings, valves, indicator, and conversion chart. 3. Flow Range: Sensor and indicator shall cover operating range of equipment or system served. 4. Sensor: Wafer -orifice -type, calibrated, flow -measuring element; for installation between pipe flanges. a. Design: Differential -pressure -type measurement for water. b. Construction: Cast-iron body, brass valves with integral check valves and caps, and calibrated nameplate. C. Minimum Pressure Rating: 300 psig (2070 kPa). d. Minimum Temperature Rating: 250 deg F (121 deg Q. METERS AND GAGES FOR HVAC PIPING 230519 - 3 Agreement No. 6462 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. El Segundo Police Department JCCA No. 22042-1 Chiller Replacement 5. Permanent Indicators: Meter suitable for wall or bracket mounting, calibrated for connected sensor and having 6-inch- (152-mm-) diameter, or equivalent, dial with fittings and copper tubing for connecting to sensor. a. Scale: Gallons per minute (Liters per second). b. Accuracy: Plus or minus 1 percent between 20 and 80 percent of scale range. 6. Display: Shows rate of flow. 7. Conversion Chart: Flow rate data compatible with sensor and indicator. 8. Operating Instructions: Include complete instructions with each flowmeter. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install thermowells with socket extending center of pipe and in vertical position in piping tees. B. Install thermowells of sizes required to match thermometer connectors. Include bushings if required to match sizes. C. Install thermowells with extension on insulated piping. D. Fill thermowells with heat -transfer medium. E. Install direct -mounted thermometers in thermowells and adjust vertical and tilted positions. F. Install remote -mounted thermometer bulbs in thermowells and install cases on panels; connect cases with tubing and support tubing to prevent kinks. Use minimum tubing length. G. Install duct -thermometer mounting brackets in walls of ducts. Attach to duct with screws. H. Install direct -mounted pressure gages in piping tees with pressure gage located on pipe at the most readable position. I. Install remote -mounted pressure gages on panel. J. Install valve and snubber in piping for each pressure gage for fluids (except steam). K. Install valve and syphon fitting in piping for each pressure gage for steam. L. Install test plugs in piping tees. M. Install flow indicators in piping systems in accessible positions for easy viewing. N. Assemble and install connections, tubing, and accessories between flow -measuring elements and flowmeters according to manufacturer's written instructions. O. Install flowmeter elements in accessible positions in piping systems. METERS AND GAGES FOR HVAC PIPING 230519 - 4 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. JCCA No. 22042-1 Agreement No. 6462 El Segundo Police Department Chiller Replacement P. Install wafer -orifice flowmeter elements between pipe flanges. Q. Install differential -pressure -type flowmeter elements, with at least minimum straight lengths of pipe, upstream and downstream from element according to manufacturer's written instructions. R. Install permanent indicators on walls or brackets in accessible and readable positions. S. Install connection fittings in accessible locations for attachment to portable indicators. 3.2 CONNECTIONS A. Install meters and gages adjacent to machines and equipment to allow space for service and maintenance of meters, gages, machines, and equipment. B. Connect flowmeter-system elements to meters. C. Connect flowmeter transmitters to meters. 3.3 ADJUSTING A. After installation, calibrate meters according to manufacturer's written instructions. B. Adjust faces of meters and gages to proper angle for best visibility. 3.4 THERMOMETER SCHEDULE A. Thermometers at inlet and outlet of each hydronic zone shall be the following: 1. bimetallic -actuated type. B. Thermometer stems shall be of length to match thermowell insertion length. 3.5 THERMOMETER SCALE -RANGE SCHEDULE A. Scale Range for Chilled -Water Piping: 0 to 100 deg F (Minus 20 to plus 50 deg C) 3.6 PRESSURE -GAGE SCALE -RANGE SCHEDULE A. Scale Range for Chilled -Water Piping: 0 to 160 psi (0 to 1100 kPa). END OF SECTION 230519 METERS AND GAGES FOR HVAC PIPING 230519 - 5 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. JCCA No. 22042-1 Agreement No. 6462 El Segundo Police Department Chiller Replacement THIS PAGE IS INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK METERS AND GAGES FOR HVAC PIPING 230519 - 6 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. JCCA No. 22042-1 SECTION 230523.11 GLOBE VALVES FOR HVAC PIPING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS Agreement No. 6462 El Segundo Police Department Chiller Replacement A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Iron globe valves. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. CWP: Cold working pressure. 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of valve. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Prepare valves for shipping as follows: 1. Protect internal parts against rust and corrosion. 2. Protect threads, flange faces, grooves, and weld ends. 3. Set angle and globe valves closed to prevent rattling. B. Use the following precautions during storage: 1. Maintain valve end protection. 2. Store valves indoors and maintain at higher -than -ambient dew point temperature. If outdoor storage is necessary, store valves off the ground in watertight enclosures. C. Use sling to handle large valves; rig sling to avoid damage to exposed parts. Do not use handwheels or stems as lifting or rigging points. GLOBE VALVES FOR HVAC PIPING 230523.11 - 1 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. JCCA No. 22042-1 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR VALVES Agreement No. 6462 El Segundo Police Department Chiller Replacement A. Source Limitations for Valves: Obtain each type of valve from single source from single manufacturer. B. ASME Compliance: 1. ASME B1.20.1 for threads for threaded -end valves. 2. ASME B16.1 for flanges on iron valves. 3. ASME B16.10 and ASME B16.34 for ferrous valve dimensions and design criteria. 4. ASME B16.18 for solder joint. 5. ASME B31.1 for power piping valves. 6. ASME B31.9 for building services piping valves. C. Refer to drawings for applications of valves. D. Valve Pressure and Temperature Ratings: Not less than indicated and as required for system pressures and temperatures. E. Valve Sizes: Same as upstream piping unless otherwise indicated. F. Valves in Insulated Piping: With 2-inch (50-mm) stem extensions. G. Iron Globe Valves, Class 125: 1. Manufacture: Milwaukee Valve Company, Griswold Controls, Nutech Hydronic Specialty Products, Apollo Valves, a part of Aalberts Integrated Piping System, NIBCO INC. 2. Description: a. Standard: MSS SP-85, Type I. b. CWP Rating: 200 psig (1380 kPa). C. Body Material: ASTM A126, gray iron with bolted bonnet. d. Ends: Flanged. e. Trim: Bronze. f. Packing and Gasket: Asbestos free. g. Operator: Handwheel or chainwheel. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine valve interior for cleanliness, freedom from foreign matter, and corrosion. Remove special packing materials, such as blocks, used to prevent disc movement during shipping and handling. GLOBE VALVES FOR HVAC PIPING 230523.11 - 2 Agreement No. 6462 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. El Segundo Police Department JCCA No. 22042-1 Chiller Replacement B. Operate valves in positions from fully open to fully closed. Examine guides and seats made accessible by such operations. C. Examine threads on valve and mating pipe for form and cleanliness. D. Examine mating flange faces for conditions that might cause leakage. Check bolting for proper size, length, and material. Verify that gasket is of proper size, that its material composition is suitable for service, and that it is free from defects and damage. E. Do not attempt to repair defective valves; replace with new valves. 3.2 VALVE INSTALLATION A. Install valves with unions or flanges at each piece of equipment arranged to allow service, maintenance, and equipment removal without system shutdown. B. Locate valves for easy access and provide separate support where necessary. C. Install valves in horizontal piping with stem at or above center of pipe. D. Install valves in position to allow full stem movement. 3.3 ADJUSTING A. Adjust or replace valve packing after piping systems have been tested and put into service but before final adjusting and balancing. Replace valves if persistent leaking occurs. 3.4 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR VALVE APPLICATIONS A. If valves with specified CWP ratings are unavailable, the same types of valves with higher CWP ratings may be substituted. B. Select valves with the following end connections: 1. For Copper Tubing, NPS 2 (DN 50) and Smaller: Threaded ends except where solder - joint valve -end option is indicated in valve schedules. 2. For Copper Tubing, NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 4 (DN 65 to DN 100): Flanged ends except where threaded valve -end option is indicated in valve schedules. 3. For Copper Tubing, NPS 5 (DN 125) and Larger: Flanged ends. 4. For Steel Piping, NPS 2 (DN 50) and Smaller: Threaded ends. 5. For Steel Piping, NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 4 (DN 65 to DN 100): Flanged ends except where threaded valve -end option is indicated in valve schedules. 6. For Steel Piping, NPS 5 (DN 125) and Larger: Flanged ends. 3.5 CHILLED -WATER VALVE SCHEDULE A. Pipe NPS 2-1/2 (DN 65) and Larger: Iron globe valves, Class 125, with flanged ends. GLOBE VALVES FOR HVAC PIPING 230523.11 - 3 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. JCCA No. 22042-1 3.6 HEATING -WATER VALVE SCHEDULE Agreement No. 6462 El Segundo Police Department Chiller Replacement A. Pipe NPS 2 (DN 50) and Smaller: Bronze angle or globe valves, Class 125, with bronze PTFE disc, and threaded ends. END OF SECTION 230523.11 GLOBE VALVES FOR HVAC PIPING 230523.11 - 4 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. JCCA No. 22042-1 PART 1 - GENERAL Agreement No. 6462 El Segundo Police Department Chiller Replacement SECTION 230523.13 BUTTERFLY VALVES FOR HVAC PIPING 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Iron, single -flange butterfly valves. 2. Chainwheels. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. CWP: Cold working pressure. B. EPDM: Ethylene propylene copolymer rubber. C. NBR: Acrylonitrile-butadiene, Buna-N, or nitrile rubber. D. SWP: Steam working pressure. 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of valve. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Prepare valves for shipping as follows: 1. Protect internal parts against rust and corrosion. 2. Protect threads, flange faces, grooves, and weld ends. 3. Set butterfly valves closed or slightly open. B. Use the following precautions during storage: 1. Maintain valve end protection. 2. Store valves indoors and maintain at higher -than -ambient -dew -point temperature. If outdoor storage is necessary, store valves off the ground in watertight enclosures. BUTTERFLY VALVES FOR HVAC PIPING 230523.13 - 1 Agreement No. 6462 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. El Segundo Police Department JCCA No. 22042-1 Chiller Replacement C. Use sling to handle large valves; rig sling to avoid damage to exposed parts. Do not use handwheels or stems as lifting or rigging points. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR VALVES A. Source Limitations for Valves: Obtain each type of valve from single source from single manufacturer. B. ASME Compliance: 1. ASME B16.1 for flanges on iron valves. 2. ASME B16.5 for pipe flanges and flanged fittings, NPS 1/2 through NPS 24. 3. ASME B16.10 and ASME B16.34 for ferrous valve dimensions and design criteria. 4. ASME B31.1 for power piping valves. 5. ASME B31.9 for building services piping valves. C. AWWA Compliance: Comply with AWWA C606 for grooved -end connections. D. Valve Pressure -Temperature Ratings: Not less than indicated and as required for system pressures and temperatures. E. Valve Sizes: Same as upstream piping unless otherwise indicated. F. Valve Actuator Types: 1. Gear Actuator: For valves NPS 8 (DN 200) and larger. 2. Handlever: For valves NPS 6 (DN 150) and smaller. 3. Chainwheel: Device for attachment to gear, stem, or other actuator of size and with chain for mounting height, according to "Valve Installation" Article. G. Valves in Insulated Piping: With 2-inch (50-mm) stem extensions with extended necks. 2.2 IRON, SINGLE -FLANGE BUTTERFLY VALVES A. Iron, Single -Flange Butterfly Valves with Stainless -Steel Disc: 1. Milwaukee Valve Company, Griswold Controls, Nutech Hydronic Specialty Products, Apollo Valves, a part of Aalberts Integrated Piping System, NIBCO INC. 2. Description: a. Standard: MSS SP-67, Type I. b. CWP Rating: 200 psig (1380 kPa). C. Body Design: Lug type; suitable for bidirectional dead-end service at rated pressure without use of downstream flange. d. Body Material: ASTM A126, cast iron or ASTM A536, ductile iron. BUTTERFLY VALVES FOR HVAC PIPING 230523.13 - 2 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. JCCA No. 22042-1 e. Seat: EPDM. f. Stem: One- or two-piece stainless steel. g. Disc: Stainless steel. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION Agreement No. 6462 El Segundo Police Department Chiller Replacement A. Examine valve interior for cleanliness, freedom from foreign matter, and corrosion. Remove special packing materials, such as blocks, used to prevent disc movement during shipping and handling. B. Operate valves in positions from fully open to fully closed. Examine guides and seats made accessible by such operations. C. Examine mating flange faces for damage. Check bolting for proper size, length, and material. Verify that gasket is of proper size, that its material composition is suitable for service, and that it is free from defects and damage. D. Do not attempt to repair defective valves; replace with new valves. 3.2 VALVE INSTALLATION A. Install valves with unions or flanges at each piece of equipment arranged to allow service, maintenance, and equipment removal without system shutdown. B. Locate valves for easy access and provide separate support where necessary. C. Install valves in horizontal piping with stem at or above center of pipe. D. Install valves in position to allow full stem movement. 3.3 ADJUSTING A. Adjust or replace valve packing after piping systems have been tested and put into service but before final adjusting and balancing. Replace valves if persistent leaking occurs. 3.4 CHILLED -WATER VALVE SCHEDULE A. Pipe NPS 2-1/2 (DN 65) and Larger: 1. Iron, Single -Flange Butterfly Valves, NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 12 (DN 65 to DN 300): Stainless -steel disc, 200 CWP, and EPDM seat. END OF SECTION 230523.13 BUTTERFLY VALVES FOR HVAC PIPING 230523.13 - 3 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. JCCA No. 22042-1 Agreement No. 6462 El Segundo Police Department Chiller Replacement THIS PAGE IS INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK BUTTERFLY VALVES FOR HVAC PIPING 230523.13 - 4 Agreement No. 6462 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. El Segundo Police Department JCCA No. 22042-1 Chiller Replacement SECTION 230548 VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR HVAC PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Elastomeric isolation pads. 2. Elastomeric isolation mounts. 3. Restrained elastomeric isolation mounts. 4. Open -spring isolators. 5. Housed -spring isolators. 6. Restrained -spring isolators. 7. Housed -restrained -spring isolators. 8. Pipe -riser resilient support. 9. Resilient pipe guides. 10. Air -spring isolators. 11. Restrained -air -spring isolators. 12. Elastomeric hangers. 13. Spring hangers. 14. Snubbers. 15. Restraints - rigid type. 16. Restraints - cable type. 17. Restraint accessories. 18. Post -installed concrete anchors. 19. Concrete inserts. 20. Vibration isolation equipment bases. 21. Restrained isolation roof -curb rails. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 220548 "Vibration and Seismic Controls for Plumbing Piping and Equipment" for devices for plumbing equipment and systems. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Designated Seismic System: An HVAC component that requires design in accordance with ASCE/SEI 7, Ch. 13, and for which the Component Importance Factor is greater than 1.0. VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR HVAC 230548 - 1 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. JCCA No. 22042-1 B. IBC: International Building Code. Agreement No. 6462 El Segundo Police Department Chiller Replacement C. OSHPD: Office of Statewide Health Planning and Development (for the State of California owned and regulated medical facilities). 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. 1. Include rated load, rated deflection, and overload capacity for each vibration isolation device. 2. Illustrate and indicate style, material, strength, fastening provision, and finish for each type and size of vibration isolation device and seismic restraint component. 3. Annotate types and sizes of seismic restraints and accessories, complete with listing markings or report numbers and load rating in tension and compression as evaluated by an agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 4. Annotate to indicate application of each product submitted and compliance with requirements. 5. Interlocking Snubbers: Include ratings for horizontal, vertical, and combined loads. B. Shop Drawings: 1. Detail fabrication and assembly of equipment bases. 2. Vibration Isolation Base Details: Detail fabrication including anchorages and attachments to structure and to supported equipment. Include adjustable motor bases, rails, and frames for equipment mounting. C. Delegated -Design Submittal: For each seismic -restraint device, including seismic -restrained mounting, restraint, and seismic -restraint accessory that is required by this Section or is indicated on Drawings, submit the following: a. Seismic Restraint, and Vibration Isolation Base Selection: Select vibration isolators, seismic restraints, and vibration isolation bases complying with performance requirements, design criteria, and analysis data. b. Riser Supports: Include riser diagrams and calculations showing anticipated expansion and contraction at each support point, initial and final loads on building structure, spring deflection changes, and seismic loads. Include certification by professional engineer that riser system was examined for excessive stress and that none exists. C. Concrete Anchors and Inserts: Include calculations showing anticipated seismic and wind loads. Include certification that device is approved by an NRTL for seismic reinforcement use. d. Seismic Design Calculations: Submit all input data and loading calculations prepared under "Seismic Design Calculations" Paragraph in "Performance Requirements" Article. VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR HVAC 230548 - 2 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. JCCA No. 22042-1 Agreement No. 6462 El Segundo Police Department Chiller Replacement e. Wind -Load Design Calculations: Submit all static and dynamic loading calculations prepared under "Wind -Load Design Calculations" Paragraph in "Performance Requirements" Article. f. Qualified Professional Engineer: All designated -design submittals for seismic- and wind -restraint calculations are to be signed and sealed by qualified professional engineer responsible for their preparation. 2. Seismic -Restraint Detail Drawing: a. Design Analysis: To support selection and arrangement of seismic restraints. Include calculations of combined tensile and shear loads. b. Details: Indicate fabrication and arrangement. Detail attachments of restraints to restrained items and to the structure. Show attachment locations, methods, and spacings. Identify components, list their strengths, and indicate directions and values of forces transmitted to the structure during seismic events. Indicate association with vibration isolation devices. C. Coordinate seismic -restraint and vibration isolation details with wind -restraint details required for equipment mounted outdoors. Comply also with requirements in other Sections for equipment mounted outdoors. 3. All delegated -design submittals for seismic- and wind -restraint detail Drawings are to be signed and sealed by qualified professional engineer responsible for their preparation. 4. Product Listing, Preapproval, and Evaluation Documentation: By an agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, showing maximum ratings of restraint items and basis for approval (tests or calculations). 5. Design Calculations for Vibration Isolation Devices: Calculate static and dynamic loading due to equipment weight and operating forces required to select proper vibration isolators, and to design vibration isolation bases. 6. Riser Supports: Include riser diagrams and calculations showing anticipated expansion and contraction at each support point, initial and final loads on building structure, and spring deflection changes. Include certification that riser system was examined for excessive stress and that none exists. 1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Coordination Drawings: Show coordination of vibration isolation device installation and seismic bracing for HVAC piping and equipment with other systems and equipment in the vicinity, including other supports and restraints, if any. B. Qualification Data: For professional engineer. C. Welding certificates.. D. Field quality -control reports. VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR HVAC 230548 - 3 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. JCCA No. 22042-1 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE Agreement No. 6462 El Segundo Police Department Chiller Replacement A. Testing Agency Qualifications: An independent agency, with the experience and capability to conduct testing indicated, be an NRTL as defined by OSHA in 29 CFR 1910.7, and be acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. B. Welding Qualifications: Qualify procedures and personnel in accordance with AWS D1.1/D1.1M, "Structural Welding Code - Steel." C. Seismic -Restraint Device Load Ratings: Devices to be tested and rated in accordance with applicable code requirements and authorities having jurisdiction. Devices to be listed by a nationally recognized third party that requires periodic follow-up inspections and has a listing directory available to the public. Provide third -parry listing by one or more of the following: agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Delegated Design: Engage a qualified professional engineer, as defined in Section 014000 "Quality Requirements," to design seismic load control system. Seismic Performance: Equipment shall withstand the effects of earthquake motions determined in accordance with ASCE/SEI 7-05. B. Seismic Design Calculations: Perform calculations to obtain force information necessary to properly select seismic - restraint devices, fasteners, and anchorage. Perform calculations using methods acceptable to applicable code authorities and as presented in ASCE/SEI7-05. Where "ASCE/SEI 7" is used throughout this Section, it is to be understood that the edition referred to in this subparagraph is the edition intended as reference throughout the Section Text. a. Data indicated below to be determined by Delegated -Design Contractor must be obtained by Contractor and must be included in individual component submittal packages. b. Coordinate seismic design calculations with wind -load calculations for equipment mounted outdoors. Comply with requirements in other Sections in addition to those in this Section for equipment mounted outdoors. C. Building Occupancy Category: See Seismic Design Parameters Table located on drawing sheet SO.1 for building -specific Occupancy Category. d. Building Site Classification: See Seismic Design Parameters Table located on drawing sheet SO.1 for building -specific Site Classification. VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR HVAC 230548 - 4 Agreement No. 6462 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. El Segundo Police Department JCCA No. 22042-1 Chiller Replacement 2.2 HOUSED -RESTRAINED -SPRING ISOLATORS A. Freestanding, Steel, Open -Spring Isolators with Vertical -Limit Stop Restraint in Two -Part Telescoping Housing: 1. Manufacture: Mason Industries, Model C2-1210 or approved equal 2. Two -Part Telescoping Housing: A steel top and bottom frame separated by an elastomeric material and enclosing the spring isolators. Housings are equipped with adjustable snubbers to limit vertical movement. a. Drilled base housing for bolting to structure. Bases shall limit floor load to 500 psig (3447 kPa). b. Threaded top housing with adjustment bolt and cap screw to fasten equipment. 3. Outside Spring Diameter: Not less than 80 percent of the compressed height of the spring at rated load. 4. Minimum Additional Travel: 50 percent of the required deflection at rated load. 5. Lateral Stiffness: More than 80 percent of rated vertical stiffness. 6. Overload Capacity: Support 200 percent of rated load, fully compressed, without deformation or failure. 2.3 RESTRAINTS - RIGID TYPE A. Manufacture: California Dynamic Corporation, TOLCO, Hilti, Inc. B. Description: Shop- or field -fabricated bracing assembly made of AISI S 110-07-S I slotted steel channels, ANSI/ASTM A53/A53M steel pipe as per NFPA 13, or other rigid steel brace member. Includes accessories for attachment to braced component at one end and to building structure at the other end and other matching components and with corrosion -resistant coating; rated in tension, compression, and torsion forces. 2.4 RESTRAINTS - CABLE TYPE A. Manufacture: California Dynamic Corporation, TOLCO, Hilti, Inc. B. Source Limitations: Obtain cable -type restraints from single manufacture. C. Seismic -Restraint Cables: ASTM A1023/A1023M galvanized or ASTM A492 stainless steel cables. End connections made of steel assemblies with thimbles, brackets, swivel, and bolts designed for seismic -restraining cable service; with fittings attached by means of poured socket, swaged socket or mechanical (Flemish eye) loop. D. Restraint cable assembly with cable fittings must comply with ASCE/SEI 19. All cable fittings and complete cable assembly must maintain the minimum cable breaking force. U-shaped cable clips and wedge -type end fittings do not comply and are unacceptable. VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR HVAC 230548 - 5 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. JCCA No. 22042-1 2.5 RESTRAINT ACCESSORIES Agreement No. 6462 El Segundo Police Department Chiller Replacement A. Manufacture: California Dynamic Corporation, TOLCO, Hilti, Inc. B. Hanger -Rod Stiffener: Steel tube or steel slotted -support -system sleeve with internally bolted connections to hanger rod. Non-metallic stiffeners are unacceptable. C. Hinged and Swivel Brace Attachments: Multifunctional steel connectors for attaching hangers to rigid channel bracings. D. Bushings for Floor -Mounted Equipment Anchor Bolts: Neoprene bushings designed for rigid equipment mountings, and matched to type and size of anchor bolts and studs. E. Bushing Assemblies for Wall -Mounted Equipment Anchorage: Assemblies of neoprene elements and steel sleeves designed for rigid equipment mountings, and matched to type and size of attachment devices used. F. Resilient Isolation Washers and Bushings: One-piece, molded, oil- and water-resistant neoprene, with a flat washer face. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine areas and equipment to receive vibration isolation and seismic control devices for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. B. Examine roughing -in of reinforcement and cast -in -place anchors to verify actual locations before installation. C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 APPLICATIONS A. Multiple Pipe Supports: Secure pipes to trapeze member with clamps approved for application by an agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. B. Hanger -Rod Stiffeners: Install where indicated or scheduled on Drawings to receive them and where required to prevent buckling of hanger rods due to seismic forces. C. Strength of Support and Seismic -Restraint Assemblies: Where not indicated, select sizes of components so strength is adequate to carry present and future static, and seismic loads within specified loading limits. VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR HVAC 230548 - 6 Agreement No. 6462 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. El Segundo Police Department JCCA No. 22042-1 Chiller Replacement 3.3 INSTALLATION OF VIBRATION -CONTROL, AND SEISMIC -RESTRAINT DEVICES A. Provide vibration -control devices for systems and equipment where indicated in Equipment Schedules or Vibration -Control Devices Schedules, where indicated on Drawings, or where Specifications indicate they are to be installed on specific equipment and systems. B. Provide seismic -restraint devices for systems and equipment where indicated in Equipment Schedules or Seismic -Restraint Devices Schedules, where indicated on Drawings, where Specifications indicate they are to be installed on specific equipment and systems, and where required by applicable codes. C. Coordinate location of embedded connection hardware with supported equipment attachment and mounting points and with requirements for concrete reinforcement and formwork specified in Section 033000 "Cast -in -Place Concrete." D. Installation of vibration isolators, must not cause any change of position of equipment, piping, or ductwork resulting in stresses or misalignment. E. Comply with requirements in Section 077200 "Roof Accessories" for installation of roof curbs, equipment supports, and roof penetrations. F. Equipment Restraints: 1. Install resilient bolt isolation washers on equipment anchor bolts where clearance between anchor and adjacent surface exceeds 0.125 inch (3.2 mm). 2. Install seismic -restraint, devices using methods approved by an agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction that provides required submittals for component. G. Piping Restraints: 1. Comply with requirements in MSS SP-127.. 2. Space lateral supports a maximum of 40 feet (12 m) o.c., and longitudinal supports a maximum of 80 feet (24 m) o.c. 3. Brace a change of direction longer than 12 feet (3.7 m). H. Install seismic -restraint cables so they do not bend across edges of adjacent equipment or building structure. I. Install seismic -restraint devices using methods approved by an agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction that provides required submittals for component. J. Install bushing assemblies for anchor bolts for floor -mounted equipment, arranged to provide resilient media between anchor bolt and mounting hole in concrete base. K. Install bushing assemblies for mounting bolts for wall -mounted equipment, arranged to provide resilient media where equipment or equipment -mounting channels are attached to wall. L. Attachment to Structure: If specific attachment is not indicated, anchor bracing to structure at flanges of beams, at upper truss chords of bar joists, or at concrete members. VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR HVAC 230548 - 7 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. JCCA No. 22042-1 M. Mechanical Anchor Bolts: Agreement No. 6462 El Segundo Police Department Chiller Replacement 1. Identify position of reinforcing steel and other embedded items prior to drilling holes for anchors. Do not damage existing reinforcing or embedded items during coring or drilling. Notify structural engineer if reinforcing steel or other embedded items are encountered during drilling. Locate and avoid prestressed tendons, electrical and telecommunications conduit, and gas lines. 2. Do not drill holes in concrete or masonry until concrete, mortar, or grout has achieved full design strength. 3. Wedge -Type Anchor Bolts: Protect threads from damage during anchor installation. Heavy-duty sleeve anchors shall be installed with sleeve fully engaged in the structural element to which anchor is to be fastened. 4. Adhesive -Type Anchor Bolts: Clean holes to remove loose material and drilling dust prior to installation of adhesive. Place adhesive in holes proceeding from the bottom of the hole and progressing toward the surface in such a manner as to avoid introduction of air pockets in the adhesive. 5. Set anchors to manufacturer's recommended torque, using a torque wrench. 6. Install zinc -coated steel anchors for interior and stainless steel anchors for exterior applications. 3.4 ACCOMMODATION OF DIFFERENTIAL SEISMIC MOTION A. Provide flexible connections in piping systems where they cross structural seismic joints and other point where differential movement may occur. Provide adequate flexibility to accommodate differential movement as determined in accordance with ASCE/SEI 7. Comply with requirements in Section 232113 "Hydronic Piping" and Section 232116 "Hydronic Piping Specialties" for piping flexible connections. 3.5 INSTALLATION OF VIBRATION ISOLATION EQUIPMENT BASES A. Coordinate location of embedded connection hardware with supported equipment attachment and mounting points and with requirements for concrete reinforcement and formwork specified in Section 033000 "Cast -in -Place Concrete." B. Coordinate dimensions of steel equipment rails and bases, concrete inertia bases, and restrained isolation roof -curb rails with requirements of isolated equipment specified in this and other Sections. Where dimensions of these bases are indicated on Drawings, dimensions may require adjustment to accommodate actual isolated equipment. 3.6 ADJUSTING A. Adjust isolators after system is at operating weight. B. Adjust limit stops on restrained -spring isolators to mount equipment at normal operating height. After equipment installation is complete, adjust limit stops so they are out of contact during normal operation. VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR HVAC 230548 - 8 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. JCCA No. 22042-1 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL Agreement No. 6462 El Segundo Police Department Chiller Replacement A. Testing Agency: Owner will engage a qualified testing agency to perform tests and inspection B. Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage a factory -authorized service representative to test and inspect components, assemblies, and equipment installations, including connections. C. Tests and Inspections: 1. Perform tests and inspections. 2. Provide evidence of recent calibration of test equipment by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 3. Schedule test with Owner, through Architect, before connecting anchorage device to restrained component (unless postconnection testing has been approved), and with at least seven days' advance notice. 4. Obtain Architect's approval before transmitting test loads to structure. Provide temporary load -spreading members. 5. Test no fewer than four of each type and size of installed anchors and fasteners selected by Architect. 6. Test to 90 percent of rated proof load of device. 7. Measure isolator restraint clearance. 8. Measure isolator deflection. 9. Verify snubber minimum clearances. 10. Test and adjust restrained -air -spring isolator controls and safeties. D. Remove and replace malfunctioning units and retest as specified above. E. Units will be considered defective if they do not pass tests and inspections. F. Prepare test and inspection reports. END OF SECTION 230548 VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR HVAC 230548 - 9 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. JCCA No. 22042-1 Agreement No. 6462 El Segundo Police Department Chiller Replacement THIS PAGE IS INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR HVAC 230548 - 10 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. JCCA No. 22042-1 SECTION 230719 HVAC PIPING INSULATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS Agreement No. 6462 El Segundo Police Department Chiller Replacement A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes insulation for HVAC piping systems. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. Include thermal conductivity, water -vapor permeance thickness, and jackets (both factory and field applied if any). B. Shop Drawings: Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and attachments to other work. 1. Detail application of protective shields, saddles, and inserts at hangers for each type of insulation and hanger. 2. Detail attachment and covering of heat tracing inside insulation. 3. Detail insulation application at pipe expansion joints for each type of insulation. 4. Detail insulation application at elbows, fittings, flanges, valves, and specialties for each type of insulation. 5. Detail removable insulation at piping specialties. 6. Detail application of field -applied jackets. C. Samples: For each type of insulation and jacket indicated. Identify each Sample, describing product and intended use. 1. Preformed Pipe Insulation Materials: 12 inches (300 mm) long by NPS 2 (DN 50). 2. Sheet Form Insulation Materials: 12 inches (300 mm) square. 3. Jacket Materials for Pipe: 12 inches (300 mm) long by NPS 2 (DN 50). 4. Sheet Jacket Materials: 12 inches (300 mm) square. 5. Manufacturer's Color Charts: For products where color is specified, show the full range of colors available for each type of finish material. 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Qualification Data: For qualified Installer. HVAC PIPING INSULATION 230719 - 1 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. JCCA No. 22042-1 Agreement No. 6462 El Segundo Police Department Chiller Replacement B. Material Test Reports: From a qualified testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction indicating, interpreting, and certifying test results for compliance of insulation materials, sealers, attachments, cements, and jackets, with requirements indicated. Include dates of tests and test methods employed. C. Field quality -control reports. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: Skilled mechanics who have successfully completed an apprenticeship program or another craft training program certified by the Department of Labor, Bureau of Apprenticeship and Training. B. Surface -Burning Characteristics: For insulation and related materials, as determined by testing identical products in accordance with ASTM E84, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. Factory label insulation and jacket materials and adhesive, mastic, tapes, and cement material containers, with appropriate markings of applicable testing agency. 1. Insulation Installed Indoors: Flame -spread index of 25 or less, and smoke -developed index of 50 or less. 2. Insulation Installed Outdoors: Flame -spread index of 75 or less, and smoke -developed index of 150 or less. 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Packaging: Insulation material containers shall be marked by manufacturer with appropriate ASTM standard designation, type and grade, and maximum use temperature. 1.7 COORDINATION A. Coordinate clearance requirements with piping Installer for piping insulation application. Before preparing piping Shop Drawings, establish and maintain clearance requirements for installation of insulation and field -applied jackets and finishes and for space required for maintenance. 1.8 SCHEDULING A. Schedule insulation application after pressure testing systems and, where required, after installing and testing heat tracing. Insulation application may begin on segments that have satisfactory test results. B. Complete installation and concealment of plastic materials as rapidly as possible in each area of construction. HVAC PIPING INSULATION 230719 - 2 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. JCCA No. 22042-1 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 INSULATION MATERIALS Agreement No. 6462 El Segundo Police Department Chiller Replacement A. Products shall not contain asbestos, lead, mercury, or mercury compounds. B. Products that come into contact with stainless steel shall have a leachable chloride content of less than 50 ppm when tested in accordance with ASTM C871. C. Insulation materials for use on austenitic stainless steel shall be qualified as acceptable in accordance with ASTM C795. D. Foam insulation materials shall not use CFC or HCFC blowing agents in the manufacturing process. E. Calcium Silicate: Preformed Pipe Sections: Flat-, curved-, and grooved -block sections of noncombustible, inorganic, hydrous calcium silicate with a non -asbestos fibrous reinforcement. Comply with ASTM C533, Type I. 1. Prefabricated Fitting Covers: Comply with ASTM C450 and ASTM C585 for dimensions used in preforming insulation to cover valves, elbows, tees, and flanges. F. Cellular Glass: Inorganic, incombustible, foamed or cellulated glass with annealed, rigid, hermetically sealed cells. Comply with ASTM C552. 1. Preformed Pipe Insulation without Jacket: Type II, Class 1, without jacket. 2. Preformed Pipe Insulation with Jacket: Type II, Class 2, with factory -applied ASJ jacket. 3. Factory fabricate shapes in accordance with ASTM C450 and ASTM C585. 4. Factory -applied jacket requirements are specified in "Factory -Applied Jackets" Article. 5. Preformed Pipe Insulation: Type I, Grade A with factory -applied ASJ. 6. 850 deg F (454 deg Q. 7. Factory fabricate shapes in accordance with ASTM C450 and ASTM C585. 8. Factory -applied jacket requirements are specified in "Factory -Applied Jackets" Article. G. Polyisocyanurate: Preformed, rigid cellular polyisocyanurate material intended for use as thermal insulation. Comply with ASTM C591. 1. Preformed insulation with factory -applied ASJ. 2. Type IV, except thermal conductivity (k-value) shall not exceed 0.19 Btu (0.027 W/m x K) at 75 deg F (24 deg C) after 180 days of aging. 3. Flame -spread index shall be 25 or less, and smoke -developed index shall be 50 or less for thicknesses of up to 1 inch (25 mm) as tested in accordance with ASTM E84. 4. Fabricate shapes in accordance with ASTM C450 and ASTM C585. 5. Factory -applied jacket requirements are specified in "Factory -Applied Jackets" Article. 2.2 INSULATING CEMENTS A. Mineral -Fiber Insulating Cement: Comply with ASTM C195. HVAC PIPING INSULATION 230719 - 3 Agreement No. 6462 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. El Segundo Police Department JCCA No. 22042-1 Chiller Replacement B. Expanded or Exfoliated Vermiculite Insulating Cement: Comply with ASTM C196. C. Mineral -Fiber, Hydraulic -Setting Insulating and Finishing Cement: Comply with ASTM C449. 2.3 ADHESIVES A. Materials shall be compatible with insulation materials, jackets, and substrates and for bonding insulation to itself and to surfaces to be insulated unless otherwise indicated. B. Calcium Silicate Adhesive: Fibrous, sodium -silicate -based adhesive with a service temperature range of 50 to 800 deg F (10 to 427 deg C). C. Cellular -Glass Adhesive: Two -component, thermosetting urethane adhesive containing no flammable solvents, with a service temperature range of minus 100 to plus 200 deg F (minus73 to plus 93 deg C). D. Phenolic and Polyisocyanurate Adhesive: Solvent -based resin adhesive, with a service temperature range of minus 75 to plus 300 deg F (minus 59 to plus 149 deg C). E. Flexible Elastomeric and Polyolefin Adhesive: Solvent -based adhesive. 1. Flame -spread index shall be 25 or less and smoke -developed index shall be 50 or less as tested in accordance with ASTM E84. 2. Wet Flash Point: Below 0 deg F (minus 18 deg C). 3. Service Temperature Range: 40 to 200 deg F (4 to plus 93 deg C). 4. Color: Black. F. Mineral -Fiber Adhesive: Comply with MIL-A-3316C, Class 2, Grade A. G. Polystyrene Adhesive: Solvent- or water -based, synthetic resin adhesive with a service temperature range of minus 20 to plus 140 deg F (29 to plus 60 deg C). H. ASJ Adhesive and FSK and PVDC Jacket Adhesive: Comply with MIL-A-3316C, Class 2, Grade A, for bonding insulation jacket lap seams and joints. I. PVC Jacket Adhesive: Compatible with PVC jacket. 2.4 MASTICS AND COATINGS A. Materials shall be compatible with insulation materials, jackets, and substrates. B. Vapor -Retarder Mastic, Water Based: Suitable for indoor use on below -ambient services. I. Water -Vapor Permeance: Comply with ASTM E96/E96M or ASTM F1249. 2. Comply with MIL-PRF-19565C, Type II, for permeance requirements, with supplier listing on DOD QPD - Qualified Products Database. 3. Color: White. HVAC PIPING INSULATION 230719 - 4 Agreement No. 6462 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. El Segundo Police Department JCCA No. 22042-1 Chiller Replacement C. Vapor -Retarder Mastic, Solvent Based, Indoor Use: Suitable for indoor use on below -ambient services. 1. Water -Vapor Permeance: Comply with ASTM E96/E96M or ASTM F1249. 2. Service Temperature Range: 0 to 180 deg F (Minus 18 to plus 82 deg Q. 3. Color: White. D. Vapor -Retarder Mastic, Solvent Based, Outdoor Use: Suitable for outdoor use on below - ambient services. 1. Water -Vapor Permeance: Comply with ASTM E96/E96M or ASTM F1249. 2. Service Temperature Range: Minus 50 to plus 220 deg F (Minus 46 to plus 104 deg Q. 3. Color: White. E. Breather Mastic: Water based; suitable for indoor and outdoor use on above -ambient services. 1. Water -Vapor Permeance: ASTM E96/E96M, greater than 1.0 perm (0.66 metric perm) at manufacturer's recommended dry film thickness. 2.5 LAGGING ADHESIVES A. Adhesives shall comply with MIL-A-3316C, Class I, Grade A, and shall be compatible with insulation materials, jackets, and substrates. 1. Fire-resistant, water -based lagging adhesive and coating for use indoors to adhere fire- resistant lagging cloths over pipe insulation. 2.6 SEALANTS A. Materials shall be as recommended by the insulation manufacturer and shall be compatible with insulation materials, jackets, and substrates. B. Joint Sealants: 1. Permanently flexible, elastomeric sealant. a. Service Temperature Range: Minus 150 to plus 250 deg F (Minus 101 to plus 121 deg Q. b. Color: White or gray. C. FSK and Metal Jacket Flashing Sealants: 1. Fire- and water-resistant, flexible, elastomeric sealant. 2. Service Temperature Range: Minus 40 to plus 250 deg F (Minus 40 to plus 121 deg Q. 3. Color: Aluminum. D. ASJ Flashing Sealants and PVDC and PVC Jacket Flashing Sealants: 1. Fire- and water-resistant, flexible, elastomeric sealant. HVAC PIPING INSULATION 230719 - 5 Agreement No. 6462 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. El Segundo Police Department JCCA No. 22042-1 Chiller Replacement 2. Service Temperature Range: Minus 40 to plus 250 deg F (Minus 40 to plus 121 deg Q. 3. Color: White. 2.7 FACTORY -APPLIED JACKETS A. Insulation system schedules indicate factory -applied jackets on various applications. When factory -applied jackets are indicated, comply with the following: 1. ASJ: White, kraft-paper, fiberglass -reinforced scrim with aluminum -foil backing; complying with ASTM C1136, Type I. 2. ASJ-SSL: ASJ with self-sealing, pressure -sensitive, acrylic -based adhesive covered by a removable protective strip; complying with ASTM C1136, Type I. 3. FSK Jacket: Aluminum -foil, fiberglass -reinforced scrim with kraft-paper backing; complying with ASTM C1136, Type II. 2.8 FIELD -APPLIED REINFORCING MESH A. Woven Glass -Fiber Mesh: Approximately 2 oz./sq. yd. (68 g/sq. m) with a thread count of 10 strands by 10 strands/sq. in. (4 strands by 4 strands/sq. mm) for covering pipe and pipe fittings. B. Woven Polyester Mesh: Approximately 1 oz./sq. yd. (34 g/sq. m) with a thread count of 10 strands by 10 strands/sq. in. (4 strands by 4 strands/sq. mm), in a Leno weave, for pipe. 2.9 FIELD -APPLIED CLOTHS A. Woven Glass -Fiber Cloth: Comply with MIL-C-20079H, Type I, plain weave, and presized a minimum of 8 oz./sq. yd. (271 g/sq. m). 2.10 FIELD -APPLIED JACKETS A. Field -applied jackets shall comply with ASTM C1136, Type I, unless otherwise indicated. B. FSK Jacket: Aluminum -foil -face, fiberglass -reinforced scrim with kraft-paper backing. C. PVC Jacket: High -impact -resistant, UV -resistant PVC complying with ASTM D1784, Class 16354-C; 20 mil; roll stock ready for shop or field cutting and forming. Thickness is indicated in field -applied jacket schedules. 1. Adhesive: As recommended by jacket material manufacturer. 2. Color: White. 3. Factory -fabricated fitting covers to match jacket if available; otherwise, field fabricate. a. Shapes: 45- and 90-degree, short- and long -radius elbows, tees, valves, flanges, unions, reducers, end caps, soil -pipe hubs, traps, mechanical joints, and P-trap and supply covers for lavatories. HVAC PIPING INSULATION 230719 - 6 Agreement No. 6462 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. El Segundo Police Department JCCA No. 22042-1 Chiller Replacement b. Moisture Barrier for Indoor Applications 3-mil- (0.075-mm-) thick, heat -bonded polyethylene and kraft paper. C. Moisture Barrier for Outdoor Applications: 3-mil- (0.075-mm-) thick, heat -bonded polyethylene and kraft paper. d. Factory -Fabricated Fitting Covers: 1) Same material, finish, and thickness as jacket. 2) Preformed two-piece or gore, 45- and 90-degree, short- and long -radius elbows. 3) Tee covers. 4) Flange and union covers. 5) End caps. 6) Beveled collars. 7) Valve covers. 8) Field fabricate fitting covers only if factory -fabricated fitting covers are not available. D. Underground Direct -Buried Jacket: 125-mil- (3.2-mm-) thick vapor barrier and waterproofing membrane, consisting of a rubberized bituminous resin reinforced with a woven -glass fiber or polyester scrim and laminated aluminum foil. E. Self -Adhesive Outdoor Jacket: 60-mil- (1.5-mm-) thick, laminated vapor barrier and waterproofing membrane for installation over insulation located aboveground outdoors; consisting of a rubberized bituminous resin on a cross -laminated polyethylene film covered with white aluminum -foil facing. F. PVDC Jacket for Outdoor Applications: 6-mil- (0.15-mm-) thick, white PVDC biaxially oriented barrier film with a permeance at 0.01 perm (0.007 metric perm) when tested in accordance with ASTM E96/E96M and with a flame -spread index of 25 and a smoke -developed index of 50 when tested in accordance with ASTM E84. G. PVDC-SSL Jacket: PVDC jacket with a self-sealing, pressure -sensitive, acrylic -based adhesive covered by a removable protective strip. 2.11 TAPES A. ASJ Tape: White vapor -retarder tape matching factory -applied jacket with acrylic adhesive, complying with ASTM C1136. 1. Width: 3 inches (75 mm) . 2. Thickness: 11.5 mils (0.29 mm). 3. Adhesion: 90 ounces force/inch (1.0 N/mm) in width. 4. Elongation: 2 percent. 5. Tensile Strength: 40 lbf/inch (7.2 N/mm) in width. 6. ASJ Tape Disks and Squares: Precut disks or squares of ASJ tape. HVAC PIPING INSULATION 230719 - 7 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. JCCA No. 22042-1 2.12 SECUREMENTS A. Bands: Agreement No. 6462 El Segundo Police Department Chiller Replacement 1. Stainless Steel: ASTM A240/A240M; 0.015 inch (0.38 mm) thick, 3/4 inch (19 mm) wide with wing seal or closed seal. 2. Aluminum: ASTM B209 (ASTM B209M), Alloy 3003, 3005, 3105, or 5005; Temper H- 14, 0.020 inch (0.51 mm) thick, 3/4 inch (19 mm) wide with wing seal or closed seal. 3. Springs: Twin spring set constructed of stainless steel, with ends flat and slotted to accept metal bands. Spring size is determined by manufacturer for application. B. Staples: Outward -clinching insulation staples, nominal 3/4 inch (19 mm) wide, stainless steel or Monel. C. Wire: 0.062-inch (1.6-mm) soft -annealed, stainless steel soft -annealed, galvanized steel. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates and conditions for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of insulation application. 1. Verify that systems to be insulated have been tested and are free of defects. 2. Verify that surfaces to be insulated are clean and dry. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Clean and prepare surfaces to be insulated. Before insulating, apply a corrosion coating to insulated surfaces as follows: 1. Stainless Steel: Coat 300 series stainless steel with an epoxy primer 5 mils (0.127 mm) thick and an epoxy finish 5 mils (0.127 mm) thick if operating in a temperature range between 140 and 300 deg F (60 and 149 deg Q. Consult coating manufacturer for appropriate coating materials and application methods for operating temperature range. 2. Carbon Steel: Coat carbon steel operating at a service temperature of between 32 and 300 deg F (0 and 149 deg C) with an epoxy coating. Consult coating manufacturer for appropriate coating materials and application methods for operating temperature range. B. Coordinate insulation installation with the tradesman installing heat tracing. Comply with requirements for heat tracing that apply to insulation. C. Mix insulating cements with clean potable water; if insulating cements are to be in contact with stainless steel surfaces, use demineralized water. HVAC PIPING INSULATION 230719 - 8 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. JCCA No. 22042-1 3.3 GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS Agreement No. 6462 El Segundo Police Department Chiller Replacement A. Install insulation materials, accessories, and finishes with smooth, straight, and even surfaces; free of voids throughout the length of piping, including fittings, valves, and specialties. B. Install insulation materials, forms, vapor barriers or retarders, jackets, and of thicknesses required for each item of pipe system, as specified in insulation system schedules. C. Install accessories compatible with insulation materials and suitable for the service. Install accessories that do not corrode, soften, or otherwise attack insulation or jacket in either wet or dry state. D. Install insulation with longitudinal seams at top and bottom of horizontal runs. E. Install multiple layers of insulation with longitudinal and end seams staggered. F. Do not weld brackets, clips, or other attachment devices to piping, fittings, and specialties. G. Keep insulation materials dry during storage, application, and finishing. Replace insulation materials that get wet. H. Install insulation with tight longitudinal seams and end joints. Bond seams and joints with adhesive recommended by insulation material manufacturer. I. Install insulation with least number of joints practical. J. Where vapor barrier is indicated, seal joints, seams, and penetrations in insulation at hangers, supports, anchors, and other projections with vapor -barrier mastic. 1. Install insulation continuously through hangers and around anchor attachments. 2. For insulation application where vapor barriers are indicated, extend insulation on anchor legs from point of attachment to supported item to point of attachment to structure. Taper and seal ends attached to structure with vapor -barrier mastic. 3. Install insert materials and insulation to tightly join the insert. Seal insulation to insulation inserts with adhesive or sealing compound recommended by insulation material manufacturer. 4. Cover inserts with jacket material matching adjacent pipe insulation. Install shields over jacket, arranged to protect jacket from tear or puncture by hanger, support, and shield. K. Apply adhesives, mastics, and sealants at manufacturer's recommended coverage rate and wet and dry film thicknesses. L. Install insulation with factory -applied jackets as follows: 1. Draw jacket tight and smooth. 2. Cover circumferential joints with 3-inch- (75-mm-) wide strips, of same material as insulation jacket. Secure strips with adhesive and outward -clinching staples along both edges of strip, spaced 4 inches (100 mm) o.c. HVAC PIPING INSULATION 230719 - 9 Agreement No. 6462 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. El Segundo Police Department JCCA No. 22042-1 Chiller Replacement 3. Overlap jacket longitudinal seams at least 1-1/2 inches (38 mm). Install insulation with longitudinal seams at bottom of pipe. Clean and dry surface to receive self-sealing lap. Staple laps with outward -clinching staples along edge at 2 inches (50 mm) o.c. a. For below -ambient services, apply vapor -barrier mastic over staples. 4. Cover joints and seams with tape, in accordance with insulation material manufacturer's written instructions, to maintain vapor seal. 5. Where vapor barriers are indicated, apply vapor -barrier mastic on seams and joints and at ends adjacent to pipe flanges and fittings. M. Cut insulation in a manner to avoid compressing insulation more than 25 percent of its nominal thickness. N. Finish installation with systems at operating conditions. Repair joint separations and cracking due to thermal movement. O. Repair damaged insulation facings by applying same facing material over damaged areas. Extend patches at least 4 inches (100 mm) beyond damaged areas. Adhere, staple, and seal patches in similar fashion to butt joints. P. For above -ambient services, do not install insulation to the following: 1. Vibration -control devices. 2. Testing agency labels and stamps. 3. Nameplates and data plates. 3.4 PENETRATIONS A. Insulation Installation at Roof Penetrations: Install insulation continuously through roof penetrations. 1. Seal penetrations with flashing sealant. 2. For applications requiring only indoor insulation, terminate insulation above roof surface and seal with joint sealant. For applications requiring indoor and outdoor insulation, install insulation for outdoor applications tightly joined to indoor insulation ends. Seal joint with joint sealant. 3. Extend jacket of outdoor insulation outside roof flashing at least 2 inches (50 mm) below top of roof flashing. 4. Seal jacket to roof flashing with flashing sealant. B. Insulation Installation at Underground Exterior Wall Penetrations: Terminate insulation flush with sleeve seal. Seal terminations with flashing sealant. C. Insulation Installation at Aboveground Exterior Wall Penetrations: Install insulation continuously through wall penetrations. 1. Seal penetrations with flashing sealant. HVAC PIPING INSULATION 230719 - 10 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. JCCA No. 22042-1 Agreement No. 6462 El Segundo Police Department Chiller Replacement 2. For applications requiring only indoor insulation, terminate insulation inside wall surface and seal with joint sealant. For applications requiring indoor and outdoor insulation, install insulation for outdoor applications tightly joined to indoor insulation ends. Seal joint with joint sealant. 3. Extend jacket of outdoor insulation outside wall flashing and overlap wall flashing at least 2 inches (50 mm). 4. Seal jacket to wall flashing with flashing sealant. D. Insulation Installation at Interior Wall and Partition Penetrations (That Are Not Fire Rated): Install insulation continuously through walls and partitions. 3.5 GENERAL PIPE INSULATION INSTALLATION A. Requirements in this article generally apply to all insulation materials, except where more specific requirements are specified in various pipe insulation material installation articles. B. Insulation Installation on Fittings, Valves, Strainers, Flanges, Mechanical Couplings, and Unions: 1. Install insulation over fittings, valves, strainers, flanges, mechanical couplings, unions, and other specialties with continuous thermal and vapor -retarder integrity unless otherwise indicated. 2. Insulate pipe elbows using preformed fitting insulation made from same material and density as that of adjacent pipe insulation. Each piece shall be butted tightly against adjoining piece and bonded with adhesive. Fill joints, seams, voids, and irregular surfaces with insulating cement finished to a smooth, hard, and uniform contour that is uniform with adjoining pipe insulation. 3. Insulate tee fittings with preformed fitting insulation of same material and thickness as that used for adjacent pipe. Cut sectional pipe insulation to fit. Butt each section closely to the next and hold in place with tie wire. Bond pieces with adhesive. 4. Insulate valves using preformed fitting insulation of same material, density, and thickness as that used for adjacent pipe. Overlap adjoining pipe insulation by not less than 2 times the thickness of pipe insulation, or one pipe diameter, whichever is thicker. For valves, insulate up to and including the bonnets, valve stuffing -box studs, bolts, and nuts. Fill joints, seams, and irregular surfaces with insulating cement. 5. Insulate strainers using preformed fitting insulation of same material, density, and thickness as that used for adjacent pipe. Overlap adjoining pipe insulation by not less than 2 times the thickness of pipe insulation, or one pipe diameter, whichever is thicker. Fill joints, seams, and irregular surfaces with insulating cement. Insulate strainers, so strainer basket flange or plug can be easily removed and replaced without damaging the insulation and jacket. Provide a removable reusable insulation cover. For below -ambient services, provide a design that maintains vapor barrier. 6. Insulate flanges, mechanical couplings, and unions using a section of oversized preformed pipe insulation to fit. Overlap adjoining pipe insulation by not less than 2 times the thickness of pipe insulation, or one pipe diameter, whichever is thicker. Stencil or label the outside insulation jacket of each union with the word "union" matching size and color of pipe labels. 7. Cover segmented insulated surfaces with a layer of finishing cement and coat with a mastic. Install vapor -barrier mastic for below -ambient services and a breather mastic for HVAC PIPING INSULATION 230719 - 11 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. JCCA No. 22042-1 Agreement No. 6462 El Segundo Police Department Chiller Replacement above -ambient services. Reinforce the mastic with reinforcing mesh. Trowel the mastic to a smooth and well -shaped contour. For services not specified to receive a field -applied jacket, except for flexible elastomeric and polyolefin, install fitted PVC cover over elbows, tees, strainers, valves, flanges, and unions. Terminate ends with PVC end caps. Tape PVC covers to adjoining insulation facing, using PVC tape. C. Insulate instrument connections for thermometers, pressure gages, pressure temperature taps, test connections, flow meters, sensors, switches, and transmitters on insulated pipes. Shape insulation at these connections by tapering it to and around the connection with insulating cement and finish with finishing cement, mastic, and flashing sealant. D. Install removable insulation covers. Installation shall conform to the following: 1. Make removable flange and union insulation from sectional pipe insulation of same thickness as that on adjoining pipe. Install same insulation jacket as that of adjoining pipe insulation. 2. When flange and union covers are made from sectional pipe insulation, extend insulation from flanges or union at least 2 times the insulation thickness over adjacent pipe insulation on each side of flange or union. Secure flange cover in place with stainless steel or aluminum bands. Select band material compatible with insulation and jacket. 3. Construct removable valve insulation covers in same manner as for flanges, except divide the two-part section on the vertical center line of valve body. 4. When covers are made from block insulation, make two halves, each consisting of mitered blocks wired to stainless steel fabric. Secure this wire frame, with its attached insulation, to flanges with tie wire. Extend insulation at least 2 inches (50 mm) over adjacent pipe insulation on each side of valve. Fill space between flange or union cover and pipe insulation with insulating cement. Finish cover assembly with insulating cement applied in two coats. After first coat is dry, apply and trowel second coat to a smooth finish. 5. Unless a PVC jacket is indicated in field -applied jacket schedules, finish exposed surfaces with a metal jacket. 3.6 INSTALLATION OF CELLULAR -GLASS INSULATION A. Insulation Installation on Straight Pipes and Tubes: 1. Secure each layer of insulation to pipe with wire or bands, and tighten bands without deforming insulation materials. 2. Where vapor barriers are indicated, seal longitudinal seams, end joints, and protrusions with vapor -barrier mastic and joint sealant. 3. For insulation with factory -applied jackets on above -ambient services, secure laps with outward -clinched staples at 6 inches (150 mm) o.c. 4. For insulation with factory -applied jackets on below -ambient services, do not staple longitudinal tabs. Instead, secure tabs with additional adhesive, as recommended by insulation material manufacturer, and seal with vapor -barrier mastic and flashing sealant. B. Insulation Installation on Pipe Flanges: HVAC PIPING INSULATION 230719 - 12 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. JCCA No. 22042-1 Agreement No. 6462 El Segundo Police Department Chiller Replacement 1. Install preformed pipe insulation to outer diameter of pipe flange. 2. Make width of insulation section same as overall width of flange and bolts, plus twice the thickness of pipe insulation. 3. Fill voids between inner circumference of flange insulation and outer circumference of adjacent straight pipe segments with cut sections of cellular -glass block insulation of same thickness as that of pipe insulation. 4. Install jacket material with manufacturer's recommended adhesive, overlap seams at least 1 inch (25 mm), and seal joints with flashing sealant. C. Insulation Installation on Pipe Fittings and Elbows: 1. Install preformed sections of same material as that of straight segments of pipe insulation when available. Secure according to manufacturer's written instructions. 2. When preformed sections of insulation are not available, install mitered sections of cellular -glass insulation. Secure insulation materials with wire or bands. D. Insulation Installation on Valves and Pipe Specialties: 1. Install preformed sections of cellular -glass insulation to valve body. 2. Arrange insulation to permit access to packing and to allow valve operation without disturbing insulation. 3. Install insulation to flanges as specified for flange insulation application. 3.7 INSTALLATION OF FLEXIBLE ELASTOMERIC INSULATION A. Seal longitudinal seams and end joints with manufacturer's recommended adhesive to eliminate openings in insulation that allow passage of air to surface being insulated. B. Insulation Installation on Pipe Flanges: 1. Install pipe insulation to outer diameter of pipe flange. 2. Make width of insulation section same as overall width of flange and bolts, plus twice the thickness of pipe insulation. 3. Fill voids between inner circumference of flange insulation and outer circumference of adjacent straight pipe segments with cut sections of sheet insulation of same thickness as that of pipe insulation. 4. Secure insulation to flanges and seal seams with manufacturer's recommended adhesive to eliminate openings in insulation that allow passage of air to surface being insulated. C. Insulation Installation on Pipe Fittings and Elbows: 1. Install mitered sections of pipe insulation. 2. Secure insulation materials and seal seams with manufacturer's recommended adhesive to eliminate openings in insulation that allow passage of air to surface being insulated. D. Insulation Installation on Valves and Pipe Specialties: Install preformed valve covers manufactured of same material as that of pipe insulation when available. HVAC PIPING INSULATION 230719 - 13 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. JCCA No. 22042-1 Agreement No. 6462 El Segundo Police Department Chiller Replacement 2. When preformed valve covers are not available, install cut sections of pipe and sheet insulation to valve body. Arrange insulation to permit access to packing and to allow valve operation without disturbing insulation. 3. Install insulation to flanges as specified for flange insulation application. 4. Secure insulation to valves and specialties, and seal seams with manufacturer's recommended adhesive to eliminate openings in insulation that allow passage of air to surface being insulated. 3.8 INSTALLATION OF POLYISOCYANURATE INSULATION A. Insulation Installation on Straight Pipes and Tubes: 1. Secure each layer of insulation to pipe with tape or bands and tighten without deforming insulation materials. Orient longitudinal joints between half sections in 3- and 9-o'clock positions on the pipe. 2. For insulation with factory -applied jackets with vapor barriers, do not staple longitudinal tabs. Instead, secure tabs with additional adhesive or tape, as recommended by insulation material manufacturer, and seal with vapor -barrier mastic. 3. All insulation shall be tightly butted and free of voids and gaps at all joints. Vapor barrier must be continuous. Before installing jacket material, install vapor -barrier system. B. Insulation Installation on Pipe Flanges: 1. Install preformed pipe insulation to outer diameter of pipe flange. 2. Make width of insulation section same as overall width of flange and bolts, and same thickness as that of adjacent pipe insulation, not to exceed 1-1/2-inch (38-mm) thickness. 3. Fill voids between inner circumference of flange insulation and outer circumference of adjacent straight pipe segments with cut sections of polyisocyanurate block insulation of same thickness as that of pipe insulation. C. Insulation Installation on Fittings and Elbows: Install preformed sections of same material as that of straight segments of pipe insulation. Secure according to manufacturer's written instructions. D. Insulation Installation on Valves and Pipe Specialties: 1. Install preformed sections of polyisocyanurate insulation to valve body. 2. Arrange insulation to permit access to packing and to allow valve operation without disturbing insulation. 3. Install insulation to flanges as specified for flange insulation application. 3.9 INSTALLATION OF FIELD -APPLIED JACKETS A. Where glass -cloth jackets are indicated, install directly over bare insulation or insulation with factory -applied jackets. 1. Draw jacket smooth and tight to surface with 2-inch (50-mm) overlap at seams and joints. HVAC PIPING INSULATION 230719 - 14 Agreement No. 6462 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. El Segundo Police Department JCCA No. 22042-1 Chiller Replacement 2. Embed glass cloth between two 0.062-inch- (1.6-mm-) thick coats of lagging adhesive. 3. Completely encapsulate insulation with coating, leaving no exposed insulation. B. Where PVC jackets are indicated and for horizontal applications, install with I -inch (25-mm) overlap at longitudinal seams and end joints. Seal with manufacturer's recommended adhesive. Apply two continuous beads of adhesive to seams and joints, one bead under lap and the finish bead along seam and joint edge. C. Where PVDC jackets are indicated, install as follows: I. Apply three separate wraps of filament tape per insulation section to secure pipe insulation to pipe prior to installation of PVDC jacket. 2. Wrap factory-presized jackets around individual pipe insulation sections, with one end overlapping the previously installed sheet. Install presized jacket with an approximate overlap at butt joint of 2 inches (50 mm) over the previous section. Adhere lap seal using adhesive or SSL, and then apply 1-1/4 circumferences of appropriate PVDC tape around overlapped butt joint. 3. Continuous jacket can be spiral -wrapped around a length of pipe insulation. Apply adhesive or PVDC tape at overlapped spiral edge. When electing to use adhesives, refer to manufacturer's written instructions for application of adhesives along this spiral edge to maintain a permanent bond. 4. Jacket can be wrapped in cigarette fashion along length of roll for insulation systems with an outer circumference of 33-1/2 inches (850 mm) or less. The 33-1/2-inch- (850-mm-) circumference limit allows for 2-inch- (50-mm-) overlap seal. Using the length of roll allows for longer sections of jacket to be installed at one time. Use adhesive on the lap seal. Visually inspect lap seal for "fishmouthing," and use PVDC tape along lap seal to secure joint. 5. Repair holes or tears in PVDC jacket by placing PVDC tape over the hole or tear and wrapping a minimum of 1-1/4 circumferences to avoid damage to tape edges. 3.10 FINISHES A. Insulation with ASJ, Glass -Cloth, or Other Paintable Jacket Material: Paint jacket with paint system identified below. Flat Acrylic Finish: Two finish coats over a primer that is compatible with jacket material and finish coat paint. Add fungicidal agent to render fabric mildew proof. a. Finish Coat Material: Interior, flat, latex -emulsion size. B. Flexible Elastomeric Thermal Insulation: After adhesive has fully cured, apply two coats of insulation manufacturer's recommended protective coating. C. Color: Final color as selected by Architect. Vary first and second coats to allow visual inspection of the completed Work. D. Do not field paint aluminum or stainless steel jackets. HVAC PIPING INSULATION 230719 - 15 Agreement No. 6462 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. El Segundo Police Department JCCA No. 22042-1 Chiller Replacement 3.11 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Owner will engage a qualified testing agency to perform tests and inspections. B. Engage a qualified testing agency to perform tests and inspections. C. Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage a factory -authorized service representative to test and inspect components, assemblies, and equipment installations, including connections. D. Perform tests and inspections with the assistance of a factory -authorized service representative. E. Tests and Inspections: Inspect pipe, fittings, strainers, and valves, randomly selected by Architect, by removing field -applied jacket and insulation in layers in reverse order of their installation. Extent of inspection shall be limited to three locations of straight pipe, three locations of threaded fittings, three locations of welded fittings, two locations of threaded strainers, two locations of welded strainers, three locations of threaded valves, and three locations of flanged valves for each pipe service defined in the "Piping Insulation Schedule, General" Article. F. All insulation applications will be considered defective if they do not pass tests and inspections. G. Prepare test and inspection reports. END OF SECTION 230719 HVAC PIPING INSULATION 230719 - 16 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. JCCA No. 22042-1 SECTION 230800 COMMISSIONING OF HVAC PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS Agreement No. 6462 El Segundo Police Department Chiller Replacement A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes Cx process requirements for the following HVAC systems, assemblies, and equipment:. 1. Cooling generation systems. 2. Air, steam, and hydronic distribution systems. 3. HVAC controls. B. Related Requirements: 1. For construction checklists, comply with requirements in various Division 23 Sections specifying HVAC systems, system components, equipment, and products. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. BAS: Building automation system. B. IgCC: International Green Construction Code. C. "Systems," "Assemblies," "Subsystems," 'Equipment," and "Components": Where these terms are used together or separately, they mean "as -built" systems, assemblies, subsystems, equipment, and components. D. TAB: Testing, adjusting, and balancing. 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Qualification Data: For BAS and HVAC testing technician. B. Construction Checklists: C. Test Equipment and Instruments: For all test equipment and instruments to be used in conducting Cx tests by Div. 23 Subcontractor, provide the following: COMMISSIONING OF HVAC 230800 - 1 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. JCCA No. 22042-1 Agreement No. 6462 El Segundo Police Department Chiller Replacement 1. Equipment/instrument identification number. 2. Planned Cx application or use. 3. Manufacturer, make, model, and serial number. 4. Calibration history, including certificates from agencies that calibrate the equipment and instrumentation. 5. Equipment manufacturers' proprietary instrumentation and tools. For each instrument or tool, identify the following: a. Instrument or tool identification number. b. Equipment schedule designation of equipment for which the instrument or tool is required. C. Manufacturer, make, model, and serial number. d. Calibration history, including certificates from agencies that calibrate the instrument or tool, where appropriate. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. BAS Testing Technician Qualifications: Technicians performing BAS Construction Checklist verification tests, Construction Checklist verification test demonstrations, Cx tests, and Cx test demonstrations are to have the following minimum qualifications: 1. Journey level or equivalent skill level with knowledge of BAS, HVAC, electrical concepts, and building operations. 2. Minimum three years experience installing, servicing, and operating systems manufactured by approved manufacturer. 3. International Society of Automation (ISA)-Certified Control Systems Technician (CCST) Level I. B. HVAC Testing Technician Qualifications: Technicians to perform HVAC Construction Checklist verification tests, Construction Checklist verification test demonstrations, Cx tests, and Cx test demonstrations shall have the following minimum qualifications: 1. Journey level or equivalent skill level; vocational school four -year -program graduate or an Associate's degree in mechanical systems, air conditioning, or similar field. Degree may be offset by three years' experience in servicing mechanical systems in the HVAC industry. Generally, required knowledge includes HVAC systems, electrical concepts, building operations, and application and use of tools and instrumentation to measure performance of HVAC equipment, assemblies, and systems. 2. Minimum three years experience that is to include installing, servicing, and operating systems manufactured by approved manufacturer. C. Testing Equipment and Instrumentation Quality and Calibration: I. Capable of testing and measuring performance within the specified acceptance criteria. 2. Be calibrated at manufacturer's recommended intervals with current calibration tags permanently affixed to the instrument being used. 3. Be maintained in good repair and operating condition throughout duration of use on Project. 4. Be recalibrated/repaired if dropped or damaged in any way since last calibrated. COMMISSIONING OF HVAC 230800 - 2 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. JCCA No. 22042-1 D. Proprietary Test Instrumentation and Tools: Agreement No. 6462 El Segundo Police Department Chiller Replacement 1. Equipment Manufacturer's Proprietary Instrumentation and Tools: For installed equipment included in the Cx process, test instrumentation and tools manufactured or prescribed by equipment manufacturer to service, calibrate, adjust, repair, or otherwise work on its equipment or required as a condition of equipment warranty, shall comply with the following: a. Be calibrated by manufacturer with current calibration tags permanently affixed. b. Include a separate list of proprietary test instrumentation and tools in operation and maintenance manuals. 2. HVAC proprietary test instrumentation and tools become property of Owner at the time of Substantial Completion. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 Cx PROCESS: A. Perform Cx process in accordance with Section 019113 "General Commissioning Requirements" for BAS and HVAC and in accordance with the following: 1. IgCC, which requires compliance with ASHRAE 202. 2. ASHRAE 202. 3. Commissioning standards acceptable to the authority having jurisdiction. 3.2 CONSTRUCTION CHECKLISTS A. Preliminary detailed construction checklists are to be prepared under Section 019113 "General Commissioning Requirements" for each BAS and HVAC system, assembly, subsystem, equipment, and component required to be commissioned, as detailed in IgCC and ASHRAE 202. Contractor performs the following: 1. Review BAS and HVAC preliminary construction checklists and provide written comments on checklist items where appropriate. 2. Return preliminary Construction Checklist with review comments within 10 days of receipt. 3. When review comments have been resolved, the CxA will provide final construction checklists marked "Approved for Use, (date)." 4. Use only construction checklists marked "Approved for Use, (date)" When performing tests. Mark construction checklists in the appropriate place as indicated Project events are completed, and provide pertinent details and other information. COMMISSIONING OF HVAC 230800 - 3 Agreement No. 6462 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. El Segundo Police Department JCCA No. 22042-1 Chiller Replacement B. Prepare preliminary detailed construction checklists for each BAS and HVAC system, assembly, subsystem, equipment, and component required to be commissioned, as detailed in IgCC and ASHRAE 202. 1. Submit preliminary construction checklists to CxA and Designer for review. 2. When review comments have been resolved, the CxA will provide final construction checklists marked "Approved for Use, (date)." 3. Use only construction checklists, marked "Approved for Use, (date)" when performing tests. Mark construction checklists in the appropriate place, as indicated Project events are completed and provide pertinent details and other information. C. Systems required to be commissioned under IgCC: 1. Heating, ventilating, air-conditioning, and refrigeration systems (mechanical and/or passive) and associated controls. 2. Water -pumping and -mixing systems over 5 hp (4 kW) and purification systems. 3. Energy and building management and demand -control systems. D. Additional systems required to be commissioned: 1. Cooling generation systems, including the following: a. Water chillers. 2. Steam and hydronic distribution systems, including the following: a. Condensate piping systems, including condensate pumps and all accessories. b. Hydronic piping systems and all accessories. C. Pumps and all accessories. d. Meters and gauges. e. General -duty and specialty valves. f. Hangers and supports 3. Vibration isolation systems. 4. Controls and instrumentation, including the following: a. Energy monitoring and recording system. b. Controllers and sensors. C. Automatic control valves, dampers, and actuators. d. Control interface with fans, pumps, dampers, and other equipment and systems. e. Demand -control systems. 5. Documentation: a. Mechanical systems manuals. b. Documentation of required commissioning. 6. Mechanical insulation, including the following: a. Duct and plenum insulation. COMMISSIONING OF HVAC 230800 - 4 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. JCCA No. 22042-1 b. HVAC piping insulation. 3.3 Cx TESTING PREPARATION Agreement No. 6462 El Segundo Police Department Chiller Replacement A. Certify that HVAC systems, subsystems, and equipment have been installed, calibrated, and started and that they are operating in accordance with the Contract Documents and approved submittals. B. Certify that HVAC instrumentation and control systems have been completed and calibrated, point-to-point checkout has been successfully completed, and systems are operating in accordance with their design sequence of operation, Contract Documents, and approved submittals. Certify that all sensors are operating within specified accuracy and all systems are set to and maintaining set points as required by the design documents. C. Set systems, subsystems, and equipment into operating mode to be tested in accordance with approved test procedures (e.g., normal shutdown, normal auto position, normal manual position, unoccupied cycle, emergency power, and alarm conditions). 3.4 Cx TEST CONDITIONS A. Perform tests using design conditions, whenever possible. 1. Simulated conditions may, with approval of Architect, be imposed using an artificial load when it is impractical to test under design conditions. Before simulating conditions, calibrate testing instruments. Provide equipment to simulate loads. Set simulated conditions as directed by CxA, and document simulated conditions and methods of simulation. After tests, return configurations and settings to normal operating conditions. 2. Cx test procedures may direct that set points be altered when simulating conditions is impractical. 3. Cx test procedures may direct that sensor values be altered with a signal generator when design or simulating conditions and altering set points are impractical. B. If tests cannot be completed because of a deficiency outside the scope of the HVAC system, document the deficiency and report it to Architect. After deficiencies are resolved, reschedule tests. C. If seasonal testing is specified, complete appropriate initial performance tests and documentation, and schedule seasonal tests. 3.5 Cx TESTS COMMON TO HVAC SYSTEMS A. Measure capacities and effectiveness of systems, assemblies, subsystems, equipment, and components, including operational and control functions, to verify compliance with acceptance criteria. COMMISSIONING OF HVAC 230800 - 5 Agreement No. 6462 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. El Segundo Police Department JCCA No. 22042-1 Chiller Replacement B. Test systems, assemblies, subsystems, equipment, and components for operating modes, interlocks, control responses, responses to abnormal or emergency conditions, and response in accordance with acceptance criteria. C. Coordinate schedule with, and perform Cx activities at the direction of, CxA. D. Comply with Construction Checklist requirements, including material verification, installation checks, startup, and performance test requirements specified in Division 23 Sections specifying HVAC systems and equipment. E. Provide technicians, instrumentation, tools, and equipment to perform and document the following: 1. Cx Construction Checklist verification tests. 2. Cx Construction Checklist verification test demonstrations. 3.6 CONSTRUCTION CHECKLIST EXAMPLES A. Vibration Isolation in HVAC Systems: 1. Prerequisites: Acceptance of results of construction checklists for vibration and seismic control devices specified in Section 230548 "Vibration and Seismic Controls for HVAC Piping and Equipment 2. Components to Be Tested: a. Vibration isolation control devices in HVAC systems. b. Support systems. 3. Test Purpose: Evaluate effectiveness of vibration isolation control devices. 4. Test Conditions, Constant Speed Equipment: Measure vibration of the facility structure at three locations designated by Owner's witness while the isolated equipment operates. 5. Test Conditions, Variable Speed Equipment: Measure vibration of the facility structure at three locations designated by Owner's witness at the following operating conditions: a. Maximum speed. b. Minimum speed. C. Critical speed. 6. Acceptance Criteria: Structure -borne vibration not to exceed specified performance. 3.7 CHILLER SYSTEM Cx TESTS A. Start -and -Stop Condenser -Water Pump(s): 1. Prerequisites: Installation verification of the following: a. Startup of condenser -water pump(s). b. Startup of cooling tower. COMMISSIONING OF HVAC 230800 - 6 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. JCCA No. 22042-1 Agreement No. 6462 El Segundo Police Department Chiller Replacement C. Input Device: Water pressure transducer. d. Input Device: DDC system outdoor -air temperature. e. Input Device: DDC system time schedule. f. Output Device: Hard wired through motor starter; DDC system binary output. g. Output Device: Time clock. h. Display the following at the operator's workstation: 1) Low-level cooling -tower sump alarm. 2) Outdoor -air temperature. 3) Cooling (software) demand indication. 4) Time and time schedule. 5) Condenser -water pump(s) on -off status. 6) Condenser -water pump(s) on -off indication. 7) Condenser -water flow indication. 2. Scope: a. Condenser -water system, including condenser -water pump(s), cooling towers, and associated controls. 3. Purpose: a. Condenser -water pump(s) lockout. b. Condenser -water pump(s) start. C. Condenser -water pump(s) shutdown. d. Low-level cooling -tower sump alarm. e. Condenser -water pump(s) time -of -day schedule. 4. Conditions of the Test: a. Verify Lockout: Start with condenser -water pump enable -input devices in the "disable" state to prevent pump start. One by one, place the enable -input devices in the "enable" state, and then return each to the "disable" state before placing the next enable -input device to the "enable" state. b. Verify Start: Start with condenser -water pump enable -input devices in the "disable" state to prevent pump start. One by one, place the enable -input devices in the "enable" state. C. Verify Shutdown: Place all enable -input devices in the "enable" state to allow the pump(s) to start. One by one, place the enable -input devices in the "disable" state, and then return each to the "enable" state before placing the next enable -input device to the "disable" state. d. Verify Schedule: Compare condenser -water pump start -and -stop schedule times with Owner -approved time -of -day schedule. 5. Acceptance Criteria: a. Lockout: No single enable -input device starts the pump(s) when released to the "enable" state. b. Start: Condenser -water pump(s) start when, and only when, all enable -input devices are in the "enable" state. COMMISSIONING OF HVAC 230800 - 7 Agreement No. 6462 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. El Segundo Police Department JCCA No. 22042-1 Chiller Replacement C. Shutdown: Each enable -input device stops the condenser -water pump(s) when placed in the "disable" state, regardless of the state of other enable -input devices. d. Schedule: Condenser -water pump start -and -stop schedule times agree with Owner - approved time -of -day schedule. B. Start -and -Stop Chilled -Water Pump(s): I . Prerequisites: Installation verification of the following: a. Startup of chilled -water pump(s) . b. Startup of condenser -water pump(s). C. Startup of cooling tower. d. Input Device: Flow switch in condenser -water circuit. e. Output Device: DDC system command to starter relay. f. Display one of the following at the operator's workstation: 1) Chilled -water flow indication. 2) Condenser -water flow indication. 3) Chilled -water pump(s) on -off status. 4) Chilled -water pump(s) on -off indication. 2. Scope: Chilled -water system, including chilled -water pump(s), associated controls, and condenser -water system controls. 3. Purpose: a. Chilled -water pump(s) start. b. Chilled -water pump(s) shutdown. 4. Conditions of the Test: a. Verify Start: Start with chilled -water pump enable -input device in the "disable" state to prevent pump start. Place the enable -input device in the "enable" state. b. Verify Shutdown: Start with the enable -input device in the "enable" state to allow the pump(s) to run. Then place the enable -input device in the "disable" state. 5. Acceptance Criteria: a. Start: Chilled -water pump(s) start when, and only when, the enable -input device is in the "enable" state. b. Shutdown: The enable -input device stops the chilled -water pump(s) when placed in the "disable" state. C. Start -and -Stop Cooling -Tower Fans(s): 1. Prerequisites: Installation verification of the following: a. Input Device: Flow switch in condenser -water circuit. b. Output Device: DDC system command to starter relay. C. Display: COMMISSIONING OF HVAC 230800 - 8 Agreement No. 6462 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. El Segundo Police Department JCCA No. 22042-1 Chiller Replacement 1) Condenser -water flow indication. 2) Cooling -tower fan(s) on -off indication. 2. Scope: Condenser -water system, including cooling tower, condenser -water pump(s), and associated controls. 3. Purpose: a. Cooling -tower fan(s) start. b. Cooling -tower fan(s) shutdown. 4. Conditions of the Test: a. Verify Start: Start with cooling -tower fan enable -input device in the "disable" state to prevent fan(s) start. Place the enable -input device in the "enable" state. b. Verify Shutdown: Start with the enable -input device in the "enable" state to allow the fan(s) to run. Then place the enable -input device in the "disable" state. 5. Acceptance Criteria: a. Start: Chilled -water pump(s) start when, and only when, the enable -input device is in the "enable" state. b. Shutdown: The enable -input device stops the chilled -water pump(s) when placed in the "disable" state. END OF SECTION 230800 COMMISSIONING OF HVAC 230800 - 9 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. JCCA No. 22042-1 Agreement No. 6462 El Segundo Police Department Chiller Replacement THIS PAGE IS INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK COMMISSIONING OF HVAC 230800 - 10 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. JCCA No. 22042-1 SECTION 232113 HYDRONIC PIPING PART 1 - GENERAL Agreement No. 6462 El Segundo Police Department Chiller Replacement 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Copper tube and fittings. 2. Steel pipe and fittings. 3. Joining materials. 4. Dielectric fittings. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of the following: 1. Pipe and tube. 2. Fittings. 3. Joining materials. 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Coordination Drawings: Piping layout, or BIM model, drawn to scale, showing the items described in this Section, and coordinated with all building trades. B. Qualification Data: For Installer. C. Welding certificates. D. Field quality -control reports. E. Preconstruction Test Reports: 1. Water Analysis: Submit a copy of the water analysis to illustrate water quality available at Project site. HYDRONIC PIPING 232113 - 1 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. JCCA No. 22042-1 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: Agreement No. 6462 El Segundo Police Department Chiller Replacement B. Steel Support Welding: Qualify procedures and personnel according to AWS D1.1/D1.1M, "Structural Welding Code - Steel." C. Pipe Welding: Qualify procedures and operators according to ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code: Section IX. 1. Comply with ASME B31.9, "Building Services Piping," for materials, products, and installation. 2. Certify that each welder has passed AWS qualification tests for welding processes involved and that certification is current. 1.6 PRECONSTRUCTION TESTING A. Preconstruction Testing Service: Owner will engage a qualified testing agency to perform preconstruction testing on water quality. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Hydronic piping components and installation shall be capable of withstanding the following minimum working pressure and temperature unless otherwise indicated: 1. Hot -Water Heating Piping: 150 psig ( 1034), 180 deg F (82 deg C). 2. Chilled -Water Piping: 150 psig (1034 kPa), 73 deg F (22 deg C). 3. Condensate -Drain Piping: 150 deg F (66 deg C) 4. Air -Vent Piping: 200 deg F (93 deg C). 5. Safety -Valve -Inlet and -Outlet Piping: Equal to the pressure of the piping system to which it is attached. 2.2 COPPER TUBE AND FITTINGS A. Drawn -Temper Copper Tube: ASTM B88, Type L (ASTM B88M, Type B) B. Wrought -Copper, Solder -Joint Fittings: ASME B16.22, pressure fittings. C. Wrought Copper Unions: ASME B 16.22. D. Copper -Tube, Mechanically Formed Tee Fitting: For forming T-branch on copper water tube. 1. Description: Tee formed in copper tube in accordance with ASTM F2014. HYDRONIC PIPING 232113 - 2 Agreement No. 6462 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. El Segundo Police Department JCCA No. 22042-1 Chiller Replacement 2.3 STEEL PIPE AND FITTINGS A. Steel Pipe: ASTM A53/A53M, black steel with plain ends; welded and seamless, Grade B, and wall thickness as indicated in "Piping Applications" Article. B. Cast -Iron Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings: ASME B16.1, Classes 25, 125, and 250; raised ground face, and bolt holes spot faced as indicated in "Piping Applications" Article. C. Wrought Cast- and Forged -Steel Flanges and Flanged Fittings: ASME B16.5, including bolts, nuts, and gaskets of the following material group, end connections, and facings: 1. Material Group: 1.1. 2. End Connections: Butt welding. 3. Facings: Raised face. D. Steel Pipe Nipples: ASTM A733, made of same materials and wall thicknesses as pipe in which they are installed. 2.4 JOINING MATERIALS A. Pipe -Flange Gasket Materials: Suitable for chemical and thermal conditions of piping system contents. 1. ASME B16.21, nonmetallic, flat, asbestos free, 1/8-inch (3.2-mm) maximum thickness unless otherwise indicated. a. Full -Face Type: For flat -face, Class 125, cast-iron and cast -bronze flanges. b. Narrow -Face Type: For raised -face, Class 250, cast-iron and steel flanges. B. Flange Bolts and Nuts: ASME B18.2.1, carbon steel, unless otherwise indicated. C. Plastic, Pipe -Flange Gasket, Bolts, and Nuts: Type and material recommended by piping system manufacturer unless otherwise indicated. D. Solder Filler Metals: ASTM B32, lead-free alloys. Include water-flushable flux according to ASTM B813. E. Welding Filler Metals: Comply with AWS D10.12M/D10.12 for welding materials appropriate for wall thickness and chemical analysis of steel pipe being welded. 2.5 DIELECTRIC FITTINGS A. General Requirements: Assembly of copper alloy and ferrous materials with separating nonconductive insulating material. Include end connections compatible with pipes to be joined. B. Dielectric Unions: 1. Description: a. Standard: ASSE 1079. HYDRONIC PIPING 232113 - 3 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. JCCA No. 22042-1 Agreement No. 6462 El Segundo Police Department Chiller Replacement Pressure Rating: 175 psig (1200 kPa) minimum at 180 deg F (82 deg C) PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PIPING APPLICATIONS A. Hot-water heating and Chilled -water piping, aboveground, NPS 2 (DN 50) and smaller, shall be the following: 1. Type L (Type B), drawn -temper copper tubing, wrought -copper fittings, and soldered joints. 2. Schedule 40 Grade B steel pipe; Class 150, malleable -iron fittings; cast-iron flanges and flange fittings; and threaded joints. B. Hot-water heating piping and Chilled -water piping, aboveground, NPS 2-1/2 (DN 65) and larger, shall be the following: 1. Schedule 40 steel pipe, wrought -steel fittings and wrought -cast or forged -steel flanges and flange fittings, and welded and flanged joints. 3.2 INSTALLATION OF PIPING A. Install piping in concealed locations unless otherwise indicated and except in equipment rooms and service areas. B. Install piping indicated to be exposed and piping in equipment rooms and service areas at right angles or parallel to building walls. Diagonal runs are prohibited unless specifically indicated otherwise. C. Install piping above accessible ceilings to allow sufficient space for ceiling panel removal. D. Install piping to permit valve servicing. E. Install piping at indicated slopes. F. Install piping free of sags and bends. G. Install fittings for changes in direction and branch connections. H. Install piping to allow application of insulation. I. Select system components with pressure rating equal to or greater than system operating pressure. J. Install groups of pipes parallel to each other, spaced to permit applying insulation and servicing of valves. HYDRONIC PIPING 232113 - 4 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. JCCA No. 22042-1 Agreement No. 6462 El Segundo Police Department Chiller Replacement K. Install drains, consisting of a tee fitting, NPS 3/4 (DN 20) ball valve, and short NPS 3/4 (DN 20) threaded nipple with cap, at low points in piping system mains and elsewhere as required for system drainage. L. Install piping at a uniform grade of 0.2 percent upward in direction of flow. M. Reduce pipe sizes using eccentric reducer fitting installed with level side up. N. Install branch connections to mains using mechanically formed tee fittings in main pipe, with the branch connected to the bottom of the main pipe. For up -feed risers, connect the branch to the top of the main pipe. O. Install valves according to the following: 1. Section 230523.11 "Globe Valves for HVAC Piping." 2. Section 230523.13 "Butterfly Valves for HVAC Piping." P. Install unions in piping, NPS 2 (DN 50) and smaller, adjacent to valves, at final connections of equipment, and elsewhere as indicated. Q. Install flanges in piping, NPS 2-1/2 (DN 65) and larger, at final connections of equipment and elsewhere as indicated. R. Install shutoff valve immediately upstream of each dielectric fitting. S. Comply with requirements in Section 230516 "Expansion Fittings and Loops for HVAC Piping" for installation of expansion loops, expansion joints, anchors, and pipe alignment guides. T. Comply with requirements in Section 230553 "Identification for HVAC Piping and Equipment" for identifying piping. U. Install sleeves for piping penetrations of walls, ceilings, and floors. Comply with requirements for sleeves specified in Section 230517 "Sleeves and Sleeve Seals for HVAC Piping." V. Install escutcheons for piping penetrations of walls, ceilings, and floors. Comply with requirements for escutcheons specified in Section 230518 "Escutcheons for HVAC Piping." 3.3 JOINT CONSTRUCTION A. Ream ends of pipes and tubes and remove burrs. Bevel plain ends of steel pipe. B. Remove scale, slag, dirt, and debris from inside and outside of pipe and fittings before assembly. C. Soldered Joints: Apply ASTM B813, water-flushable flux, unless otherwise indicated, to tube end. Construct joints according to ASTM B828 or CDA's "Copper Tube Handbook," using lead-free solder alloy complying with ASTM B32. HYDRONIC PIPING 232113 - 5 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. JCCA No. 22042-1 Agreement No. 6462 El Segundo Police Department Chiller Replacement D. Threaded Joints: Thread pipe with tapered pipe threads according to ASME B1.20.1. Cut threads full and clean using sharp dies. Ream threaded pipe ends to remove burrs and restore full ID. Join pipe fittings and valves as follows: 1. Apply appropriate tape or thread compound to external pipe threads unless dry seal threading is specified. 2. Damaged Threads: Do not use pipe or pipe fittings with threads that are corroded or damaged. Do not use pipe sections that have cracked or open welds. E. Welded Joints: Construct joints according to AWS D10.12M/D10.12, using qualified processes and welding operators according to "Quality Assurance" Article. F. Flanged Joints: Select appropriate gasket material, size, type, and thickness for service application. Install gasket concentrically positioned. Use suitable lubricants on bolt threads. 3.4 INSTALLATION OF DIELECTRIC FITTINGS A. Install dielectric fittings in piping at connections of dissimilar metal piping and tubing. B. Dielectric Fittings for NPS 2 (DN 50) and Smaller: Use dielectric unions. C. Dielectric Fittings for NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 4 (DN 65 to DN 100): Use dielectric flanges. 3.5 INSTALLATION OF HANGERS AND SUPPORTS A. Comply with requirements for seismic -restraint devices specified in Section 230548 "Vibration and Seismic Controls for HVAC." B. Comply with requirements in Section 230529 "Hangers and Supports for HVAC Piping and Equipment" for hangers, supports, and anchor devices. C. Install hangers for copper tubing and steel piping, with maximum horizontal spacing and minimum rod diameters, to comply with MSS-58, locally enforced codes, and authorities having jurisdiction requirements, whichever are most stringent. D. Support horizontal piping within 12 inches (300 mm) of each fitting and coupling. E. Support vertical runs of copper tubing and steel piping to comply with MSS-58, locally enforced codes, and authorities having jurisdiction requirements, whichever are most stringent. 3.6 TERMINAL EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS A. Sizes for supply and return piping connections shall be the same as or larger than equipment connections. B. Install control valves in accessible locations close to connected equipment. HYDRONIC PIPING 232113 - 6 Agreement No. 6462 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. El Segundo Police Department JCCA No. 22042-1 Chiller Replacement C. Install bypass piping with globe valve around control valve. If parallel control valves are installed, only one bypass is required. D. Install ports for pressure gauges and thermometers at coil inlet and outlet connections. Comply with requirements in Section 230519 "Meters and Gages for HVAC Piping." 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Prepare hydronic piping according to ASME B31.9 and as follows: I. Leave joints, including welds, uninsulated and exposed for examination during test. 2. Provide temporary restraints for expansion joints that cannot sustain reactions due to test pressure. If temporary restraints are impractical, isolate expansion joints from testing. 3. Flush hydronic piping systems with clean water; then remove and clean or replace strainer screens. 4. Isolate equipment from piping. If a valve is used to isolate equipment, its closure shall be capable of sealing against test pressure without damage to valve. Install blinds in flanged joints to isolate equipment. 5. Install safety valve, set at a pressure no more than one-third higher than test pressure, to protect against damage by expanding liquid or other source of overpressure during test. B. Perform the following tests on hydronic piping: 1. Use ambient temperature water as a testing medium unless there is risk of damage due to freezing. Another liquid that is safe for workers and compatible with piping may be used. 2. While filling system, use vents installed at high points of system to release air. Use drains installed at low points for complete draining of test liquid. 3. Isolate expansion tanks and determine that hydronic system is full of water. 4. Subject piping system to hydrostatic test pressure that is not less than 1.5 times the system's working pressure. Test pressure shall not exceed maximum pressure for any vessel, pump, valve, or other component in system under test. Verify that stress due to pressure at bottom of vertical runs does not exceed 90 percent of specified minimum yield strength or 1.7 times the "SE" value in Appendix A in ASME B31.9, "Building Services Piping." 5. After hydrostatic test pressure has been applied for at least 10 minutes, examine piping, joints, and connections for leakage. Eliminate leaks by tightening, repairing, or replacing components, and repeat hydrostatic test until there are no leaks. 6. Prepare written report of testing. C. Perform the following before operating the system: I. Open manual valves fully. 2. Inspect pumps for proper rotation. 3. Set makeup pressure -reducing valves for required system pressure. 4. Inspect air vents at high points of system and determine if all are installed and operating freely (automatic type), or bleed air completely (manual type). 5. Set temperature controls so all coils are calling for full flow. 6. Inspect and set operating temperatures of hydronic equipment, such as boilers, chillers, cooling towers, to specified values. HYDRONIC PIPING 232113 - 7 Agreement No. 6462 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. El Segundo Police Department JCCA No. 22042-1 Chiller Replacement 7. Verify lubrication of motors and bearings. END OF SECTION 232113 HYDRONIC PIPING 232113 - 8 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. JCCA No. 22042-1 SECTION 232123 HYDRONIC PUMPS PART 1 - GENERAL Agreement No. 6462 El Segundo Police Department Chiller Replacement 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Separately coupled, base -mounted, end -suction centrifugal pumps. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. ECM: Electronically commutated motor. B. EPDM: Ethylene propylene diene monomer. C. EPR: Ethylene propylene rubber. D. FKM: Fluoroelastomer polymer. E. HI: Hydraulic Institute. F. NBR: Nitrile rubber or Buna-N. 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of pump. 1. Include certified performance curves and rated capacities, operating characteristics, furnished specialties, final impeller dimensions, and accessories for each type of product indicated. 2. Indicate pump's operating point on curves. B. Shop Drawings: For each pump. 1. Show pump layout and connections. 2. Include setting drawings with templates for installing foundation and anchor bolts and other anchorages. HYDRONIC PUMPS 232123 - 1 Agreement No. 6462 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. El Segundo Police Department JCCA No. 22042-1 Chiller Replacement 3. Include diagrams for power, signal, and control wiring. 1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Coordination Drawings: Plans, or BIM model, drawn to scale, showing the items described in this Section, and coordinated with all building trades. B. Seismic Qualification Data: Certificates for pumps, accessories, and components, from manufacturer. 1. Basis for Certification: Indicate whether withstand certification is based on actual test of assembled components or on calculation. 2. Dimensioned Outline Drawings of Equipment Unit: Identify center of gravity and locate and describe mounting and anchorage provisions. 3. Detailed description of equipment anchorage devices on which the certification is based and their installation requirements. C. Field quality -control reports. 1.6 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Operation and Maintenance Data: For pumps to include in emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals. 1.7 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS A. Furnish extra materials that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents. I . Mechanical Seals: One mechanical seal(s) for each pump. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. B. Delegated Design: Engage a qualified professional engineer, as defined in Section 014000 "Quality Requirements," to design vibration isolation and seismic restraints. C. Seismic Performance: Pumps shall withstand the effects of earthquake motions determined in accordance with ASCE/SEI 7. HYDRONIC PUMPS 232123 - 2 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. JCCA No. 22042-1 Agreement No. 6462 El Segundo Police Department Chiller Replacement 1. The term "withstand" means "the unit will remain in place without separation of any parts from the device when subjected to the seismic forces specified and the unit will be fully operational after the seismic event. 2. Component Importance Factor: 1.5. 2.2 SEPARATELY COUPLED, HORIZONTALLY MOUNTED, IN -LINE CENTRIFUGAL PUMPS A. Manufactures: 1. Bell & Gossett (Basis of Design) 2. Taco Comfort Solutions 3. Aurora Pump 4. Peerless Pump Company 5. Or approved equal B. Basis of Design: Bell & Gossett Series 1510 C. Source Limitations: Obtain pumps from single source from single manufacturer. D. Description: Factory -assembled and -tested, centrifugal, overhung -impeller, separately coupled, in -line pump as defined in HI 1.1-1.2 and HI 1.3; designed for installation with pump and motor shafts mounted horizontally. E. Pump Construction: 1. Casing: Radially split, cast iron, with threaded gauge tappings at inlet and outlet, and threaded companion -flange connections. 2. Impeller: ASTM B584, cast bronze; statically and dynamically balanced, and keyed to shaft. For pumps that are not frequency -drive controlled, trim impeller to match specified performance. 3. Pump Shaft: Type 304 stainless steel or Type 316 stainless steel. 4. Seal: Mechanical seal consisting of carbon rotating ring against a ceramic seat held by a stainless steel spring, and EPR, FKM bellows and gasket. 5. Pump Bearings: Permanently lubricated ball bearings. F. Shaft Coupling: Center drop -out spacer coupling capable of absorbing vibration. G. Motor: Comply with NEMA designation, temperature rating, service factor, and efficiency requirements for motors specified in Section 230513 "Common Motor Requirements for HVAC Equipment." 1. Enclosure Type: Totally enclosed, fan cooled. 2. NEMA Premium Efficient motors as defined in NEMA MG 1. 3. Motor Sizes: Minimum size as indicated. If not indicated, large enough so driven load will not require motor to operate in service factor range above 1.0. 4. Controllers, Electrical Devices, and Wiring: Comply with requirements for electrical devices and connections specified in electrical Sections. 5. Single speed motor. HYDRONIC PUMPS 232123 - 3 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. JCCA No. 22042-1 6. Provide integral pump motor variable -speed controller. 2.3 ELECTRONICALLY COMMUTATED MOTOR (ECM) A. Provide pumps so they are specified or scheduled with ECM. Agreement No. 6462 El Segundo Police Department Chiller Replacement 1. Synchronous, constant torque, ECM with permanent magnet rotor. Rotor magnets to be time -stable, nontoxic ceramic magnets (Sr -Fe). 2. Driven by a frequency converter with an integrated power factor correction filter. Conventional induction motors will not be acceptable. 3. Each motor with an integrated variable -frequency drive, tested as one unit by manufacturer. 4. Motor speed adjustable over full range from 0 rpm to maximum scheduled speed. 5. Variable motor speed to be controlled by a 0- to 10 V-dc or 4- to 20-mA input. 6. Integrated motor protection verified by UL to protect the pump against over- /undervoltage, overtemperature of motor and/or electronics, overcurrent, locked rotor, and dry run (no-load condition). PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine equipment foundations and anchor -bolt locations for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. B. Examine roughing -in for piping systems to verify actual locations of piping connections before pump installation. C. Examine foundations and inertia bases for suitable conditions where pumps will be installed. D. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PUMP INSTALLATION A. Comply with HI 1.4 and HI 2.4. B. Install pumps to provide access for periodic maintenance including removing motors, impellers, couplings, and accessories. C. Independently support pumps and piping so weight of piping is not supported by pumps and weight of pumps is not supported by piping. D. Automatic Condensate Pump Units: Install units for collecting condensate and extend to open drain. E. Equipment Mounting: HYDRONIC PUMPS 232123 - 4 Agreement No. 6462 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. El Segundo Police Department JCCA No. 22042-1 Chiller Replacement 1. Comply with requirements for vibration isolation and seismic -control devices specified in Section 230548 "Vibration and Seismic Controls for HVAC." F. Equipment Mounting: Install in -line pumps with continuous -thread hanger rods and elastomeric hangers, spring hangers, spring hangers with vertical -limit stop of size required to support weight of in -line pumps. 1. Comply with requirements for seismic -restraint devices specified in Section 230548 "Vibration and Seismic Controls for HVAC." 3.3 ALIGNMENT A. Engage a factory -authorized service representative to perform alignment service. B. Perform alignment service. When required by manufacturer to maintain warranty coverage, engage a factory -authorized service representative to perform it. C. Comply with requirements in HI standards for alignment of pump and motor shaft. Add shims to the motor feet and bolt motor to base frame. Do not use grout between motor feet and base frame. D. Comply with pump and coupling manufacturers' written instructions. E. After alignment is correct, tighten foundation bolts evenly but not too firmly. Completely fill baseplate with nonshrink, nonmetallic grout while metal blocks and shims or wedges are in place. After grout has cured, fully tighten foundation bolts. 3.4 PIPING CONNECTIONS A. Where installing piping adjacent to pump, allow space for service and maintenance. B. Connect piping to pumps. Install valves that are same size as piping connected to pumps. C. Install suction and discharge pipe sizes equal to or greater than diameter of pump nozzles. D. Install triple -duty valve on discharge side of pumps. E. Install suction diffuser and shutoff valve on suction side of pumps. 1. Use startup strainer for initial system startup. Install permanent strainer element before turnover of system to Owner. F. Install flexible connectors on suction and discharge sides of base -mounted pumps between pump casing and valves. G. Install pressure gauges on pump suction and discharge or at integral pressure -gauge tapping, or install single gauge with multiple -input selector valve. HYDRONIC PUMPS 232123 - 5 Agreement No. 6462 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. El Segundo Police Department JCCA No. 22042-1 Chiller Replacement 3.5 ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS A. Connect wiring in accordance with Section 260519 "Low -Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables." B. Ground equipment in accordance with Section 260526 "Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems." C. Install electrical devices furnished by manufacturer, but not factory mounted, in accordance with NFPA 70 and NECA 1. D. Install nameplate for each electrical connection, indicating electrical equipment designation and circuit number feeding connection. 1. Nameplate shall be laminated acrylic or melamine plastic signs with a black background and engraved white letters at least 1/2 inch (13 mm) high. 3.6 CONTROL CONNECTIONS A. Install control and electrical power wiring to field -mounted control devices. B. Connect control wiring in accordance with Section 260523 "Control -Voltage Electrical Power Cables." 3.7 STARTUP SERVICE A. Engage a factory -authorized service representative to perform startup service. 1. Complete installation and startup checks in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions. 2. Check piping connections for tightness. 3. Clean strainers on suction piping. Use startup strainer for initial startup. 4. Perform the following startup checks for each pump before starting: a. Verify bearing lubrication. b. Verify that pump is free to rotate by hand and that pump for handling hot liquid is free to rotate with pump hot and cold. If pump is bound or drags, do not operate until cause of trouble is determined and corrected. C. Verify that pump is rotating in correct direction. 5. Prime pump by opening suction valves and closing drains and prepare pump for operation. 6. Start motor. 7. Open discharge valve slowly. HYDRONIC PUMPS 232123 - 6 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. JCCA No. 22042-1 Agreement No. 6462 El Segundo Police Department Chiller Replacement 3.8 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing Agency: Engage a qualified testing agency to perform tests and inspections. B. Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage a factory -authorized service representative to test and inspect components, assemblies, and equipment installations, including connections. C. Perform tests and inspections with the assistance of a factory -authorized service representative. D. Hydronic pumps will be considered defective if they do not pass tests and inspections. E. Prepare test and inspection reports. 3.9 DEMONSTRATION A. Engage a factory -authorized service representative to train Owner's maintenance personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain hydronic pumps. END OF SECTION 232123 HYDRONIC PUMPS 232123 - 7 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. JCCA No. 22042-1 Agreement No. 6462 El Segundo Police Department Chiller Replacement THIS PAGE IS INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK HYDRONIC PUMPS 232123 - 8 Agreement No. 6462 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. El Segundo Police Department JCCA No. 22042-1 Chiller Replacement SECTION 236426.13 AIR-COOLED, ROTARY -SCREW WATER CHILLERS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Packaged, air-cooled chillers. 2. Packaged, portable refrigerant recovery units. 3. Heat -exchanger, brush -cleaning system. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. COP: Coefficient of performance. The ratio of the rate of heat removal to the rate of energy input using consistent units for any given set of rating conditions. B. DDC: Direct digital control. C. EER: Energy -efficiency ratio. The ratio of the cooling capacity given in terms of Btu/h to the total power input given in terms of watts at any given set of rating conditions. D. IPLV: Integrated part -load value. A single -number part -load efficiency figure of merit calculated per the method defined by AHRI 550/590 and referenced to AHRI standard rating conditions. E. kW/Ton (kW/kW): The ratio of total power input of the chiller in kilowatts to the net refrigerating capacity in tons (kW) at any given set of rating conditions. F. NPLV: Nonstandard part -load value. A single -number part -load efficiency figure of merit calculated per the method defined by AHRI 550/590 and intended for operating conditions other than AHRI standard rating conditions. 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. AIR-COOLED, ROTARY -SCREW WATER CHILLERS 236426.13 - 1 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. JCCA No. 22042-1 Agreement No. 6462 El Segundo Police Department Chiller Replacement 1. Include refrigerant, rated capacities, operating characteristics, furnished specialties, and accessories. 2. Performance at AHRI standard conditions and at conditions indicated. 3. Performance at AHRI standard unloading conditions. 4. Minimum evaporator flow rate. 5. Refrigerant capacity of chiller. 6. Oil capacity of chiller. 7. Fluid capacity of evaporator. 8. Characteristics of safety relief valves. 9. Minimum entering condenser -air temperature. 10. Maximum entering condenser -air temperature. 11. Performance at varying capacities with constant -design, entering condenser -air temperature. Repeat performance at varying capacities for different entering condenser - air temperatures from design to minimum in 10 deg F (6 deg C) increments. B. Shop Drawings: 1. Include plans, elevations, sections, and attachment details. 2. Include details of equipment assemblies. Indicate dimensions, weights, loads, required clearances, method of field assembly, components, and location and size of each field connection. 3. Include diagrams for power, signal, and control wiring. 1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Coordination Drawings: Floor plans, drawn to scale, on which the following items are shown and coordinated with each other, using input from installers of the items involved: 1. Structural supports. 2. Piping roughing -in requirements. 3. Wiring roughing -in requirements, including spaces reserved for electrical equipment. 4. Access requirements, including working clearances for mechanical controls and electrical equipment, and tube pull and service clearances. B. Product Certificates: For certification required in "Quality Assurance" Article. C. Seismic Qualification Data: Certificate, for chillers, accessories, and components, from manufacturer. 1. Basis for Certification: Indicate whether withstand certification is based on actual test of assembled components or on calculation. 2. Dimensioned Outline Drawings of Equipment Unit: Identify center of gravity and locate and describe mounting and anchorage provisions. 3. Detailed description of equipment anchorage devices on which the certification is based and their installation requirements. D. Source quality -control reports. E. Field Test Reports: Include startup service reports. AIR-COOLED, ROTARY -SCREW WATER CHILLERS 236426.13 - 2 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. JCCA No. 22042-1 F. Sample Warranty: For AHRI special warranty. 1.6 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS Agreement No. 6462 El Segundo Police Department Chiller Replacement A. Operation and Maintenance Data: For each chiller to include in emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals. 1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE. A. AHRI Certification: Certify chiller according to AHRI 590 certification program(s). B. AHRI Rating: Rate chiller performance according to requirements in AHRI 550/590. C. ASHRAE Compliance: 1. ASHRAE 15 for safety code for mechanical refrigeration. 2. ASHRAE 147 for refrigerant leaks, recovery, and handling and storage requirements. D. ASHRAE/IES Compliance: Applicable requirements in ASHRAE/IES 90.1. E. ASME Compliance: Fabricate and label chiller to comply with ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code: Section VIII, Division 1, and include an ASME U-stamp and nameplate certifying compliance. F. Comply with NFPA 70. G. Comply with requirements of UL and UL Canada and include label by a qualified testing agency showing compliance. 1.8 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Ship chillers from the factory fully charged with refrigerant. B. Ship each chiller with a full charge of refrigerant. Charge each chiller with nitrogen if refrigerant is shipped in containers separate from chiller. C. Ship each oil -lubricated chiller with a full charge of oil. 1. Ship oil factory installed in chiller. D. Package chiller for export shipping in totally enclosed crate. 1.9 WARRANTY A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer agrees to repair or replace components of chillers that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. AIR-COOLED, ROTARY -SCREW WATER CHILLERS 236426.13 - 3 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. JCCA No. 22042-1 Agreement No. 6462 El Segundo Police Department Chiller Replacement 1. Extended warranties include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Complete chiller including refrigerant and oil charge. b. Complete compressor and drive assembly including refrigerant and oil charge. C. Refrigerant charge. d. Parts and labor. e. Loss of refrigerant charge for any reason. 2. Warranty Period: Five years from date of Substantial Completion. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Seismic Performance: Chillers shall withstand the effects of earthquake motions determined according to ASCE and SEI 7. 1. The term "withstand" means "the unit will remain in place without separation of any parts when subjected to the seismic forces specified and the unit will be fully operational after the seismic event." B. Site Altitude: Chiller shall be suitable for altitude in which installed without affecting performance indicated. Make adjustments to affected chiller components to account for site altitude. C. Performance Tolerance: Comply with the following in lieu of AHRI 550/590: 1. Allowable Capacity Tolerance: Zero percent. 2. Allowable IPLV/NPLV Performance Tolerance: Zero percent. 2.2 PACKAGED, AIR-COOLED CHILLERS A. Manufacture: 1. Trane (Basis for Design) 2. Johnson Controls 3. Daikin America, Inc 4. Or approved equal B. Description: Factory -assembled and run -tested chiller complete with base and frame, condenser casing, compressors, compressor motors and motor controllers, evaporator, condenser coils, condenser fans and motors, electrical power, controls, and accessories. C. Fabricate base, frame, and attachment to chiller components strong enough to resist chiller movement during a seismic event when chiller base is anchored to field support structure. D. Cabinet: AIR-COOLED, ROTARY -SCREW WATER CHILLERS 236426.13 - 4 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. JCCA No. 22042-1 Agreement No. 6462 El Segundo Police Department Chiller Replacement 1. Base: Galvanized -steel base extending the perimeter of chiller. Secure frame, compressors, and evaporator to base to provide a single -piece unit. 2. Frame: Rigid galvanized -steel frame secured to base and designed to support cabinet, condenser, control panel, and other chiller components not directly supported by base. 3. Casing: Galvanized steel. 4. Finish: Coat base, frame, and casing with a corrosion -resistant coating. 5. Sound -reduction package designed to reduce sound level without affecting performance and consisting of the following: a. Acoustic enclosure around compressors. b. Reduced -speed fans with acoustic treatment. 6. Security Package: Provide removable grilles or louvered panels with fasteners for additional protection of compressors, evaporator, and condenser coils without inhibiting service access. Finish to match cabinet. E. Compressors: 1. Description: Positive displacement, hermetically sealed. 2. Casing: Cast iron, precision machined for minimum clearance about periphery of rotors. 3. Rotors: Manufacturer's standard one- or two -rotor design. 4. Each compressor provided with suction and discharge shutoff valves, crankcase oil heater, and suction strainer. F. Service: Easily accessible for inspection and service. G. Capacity Control: On -off compressor cycling and modulating slide -valve assembly or port unloaders combined with hot -gas bypass, if necessary, to achieve performance indicated. 1. Maintain stable operation throughout range of operation. Configure to achieve most energy -efficient operation possible. 2. Operating Range: From 100 to 10 percent of design capacity. 3. Condenser -Air Unloading Requirements over Operating Range: Constant -design, entering condenser -air temperature H. Oil Lubrication System: Consisting of pump if required, filtration, heater, cooler, factory -wired power connection, and controls. 1. Provide lubrication to bearings, gears, and other rotating surfaces at all operating, startup, shutdown, and standby conditions including power failure. 2. Thermostatically controlled oil heater properly sized to remove refrigerant from oil. 3. Factory -installed and pressure -tested piping with isolation valves and accessories. 4. Oil compatible with refrigerant and chiller components. 5. Positive visual indication of oil level. I. Vibration Control: Vibration Balance: Balance chiller compressors and drive assemblies to provide precision balance that is free of noticeable vibration over the entire operating range. AIR-COOLED, ROTARY -SCREW WATER CHILLERS 236426.13 - 5 Agreement No. 6462 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. El Segundo Police Department JCCA No. 22042-1 Chiller Replacement a. Overspeed Test: 25 percent above design operating speed. Refrigerant Circuits: 1. Refrigerant: Type as indicated on Drawings. 2. Refrigerant Type: R410A. Classified as Safety Group Al according to ASHRAE 34. 3. Refrigerant Compatibility: Chiller parts exposed to refrigerants shall be fully compatible with refrigerants, and pressure components shall be rated for refrigerant pressures. 4. Refrigerant Circuit: Each shall include a thermal- or electronic -expansion valve, refrigerant charging connections, a hot -gas muffler, compressor and discharge shutoff valves, a liquid -line shutoff valve, a replaceable -core filter -dryer, a sight glass with moisture indicator, a liquid -line solenoid valve, and an insulated suction line. 5. Pressure Relief Device: a. Comply with requirements in ASHRAE 15 and in applicable portions of ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code: Section VIII, Division 1. b. ASME-rated, spring -loaded pressure relief valve; single- or multiple-reseating type. K. Evaporator: Description: Shell -and -tube design. a. Direct -expansion type with fluid flowing through the shell, and refrigerant flowing through the tubes within the shell. b. Flooded type with fluid flowing through tubes and refrigerant flowing around tubes within the shell. 2. Code Compliance: Tested and stamped according to ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code: Section VIII, Division 1. 3. Shell Material: Carbon steel. 4. Shell Heads: Removable carbon -steel heads located at each end of the tube bundle. 5. Fluid Nozzles: Terminated with mechanical -coupling end connections for connection to field piping. 6. Tube Construction: Individually replaceable copper tubes with enhanced fin design, expanded into tube sheets. 7. Heater: Factory -installed and -wired electric heater with integral controls designed to protect the evaporator to minus 20 deg F (minus 29 deg Q. 8. Remote Mounting: Designed for remote field mounting where indicated. Provide kit for field installation. L. Air -Cooled Condenser: Plate -fin coil with integral subcooling on each circuit, rated at 650 psig (3103 kPa). a. Construct coil casing of galvanized or stainless steel. b. Construct coils of copper tubes mechanically bonded to aluminum with precoated epoxy -phenolic fins. C. Coat coils with a corrosion -resistant coating after fabrication. AIR-COOLED, ROTARY -SCREW WATER CHILLERS 236426.13 - 6 Agreement No. 6462 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. El Segundo Police Department JCCA No. 22042-1 Chiller Replacement d. Hail Protection: Provide condenser coils with louvers, baffles, or hoods to protect against hail damage. 2. Fans: Direct -drive propeller type with statically and dynamically balanced fan blades, arranged for vertical air discharge. 3. Fan Motors: Totally enclosed nonventilating or totally enclosed air over enclosure, with permanently lubricated bearings. Equip each motor with overload protection integral to either the motor or chiller controls. 4. Fan Guards: Steel safety guards with PVC corrosion -resistant coating. M. Corrosion -Resistant Coating: Apply a corrosion -resistant coating capable of withstanding a 3,000-hour salt -spray test according to ASTM B117 to base, frame, and casing. 1. Standards: a. ASTM B117 for salt spray. b. ASTM D2794 for minimum impact resistance of 100 in -lb (11.3 N-m). C. ASTM B3359 for cross -hatch adhesion of 5B. 2. Application: Immersion. 3. Thickness: 1 mil. 4. Gloss: Minimum of 50 gloss units on a single -angle, 60-degree meter. 5. UV Protection: Spray -applied topcoat. N. Electrical Power: 1. Factory -installed and -wired switches, motor controllers, transformers, and other electrical devices necessary shall provide a single -point, field -power connection to chiller. 2. House in a unit -mounted, NEMA 250, Type 3R enclosure with hinged access door with lock and key or padlock and key. 3. Wiring shall be numbered and color -coded to match wiring diagram. 4. Install factory wiring outside of an enclosure in a raceway. 5. Field -power interface shall be to NEMA KS 1, heavy-duty, nonfused disconnect switch. a. Disconnect means shall be interlocked with door operation. 6. Provide branch power circuit to each motor and to controls with one of the following disconnecting means: a. NEMA KS 1, heavy-duty, fusible switch with rejection -type fuse clips rated for fuses. Select and size fuses to provide Type 2 protection according to IEC 60947- 4-1. b. UL 489, motor -circuit protector (circuit breaker) with field -adjustable, short- circuit -trip set point. 7. Provide each motor with overcurrent protection. 8. Overload relay sized according to UL 1995 or an integral component of chiller control microprocessor. 9. Phase -Failure and Undervoltage Relays: Solid-state sensing with adjustable settings. AIR-COOLED, ROTARY -SCREW WATER CHILLERS 236426.13 - 7 Agreement No. 6462 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. El Segundo Police Department JCCA No. 22042-1 Chiller Replacement 10. Control Transformer: Unit -mounted transformer with primary and secondary fuses and sized with enough capacity to operate electrical load plus spare capacity. a. Power unit -mounted controls where indicated. 11. Control Relays: Auxiliary and adjustable time -delay relays. 12. For chiller electrical power supply, indicate the following: a. Current and phase to phase for all three phases. b. Voltage, phase to phase, and phase to neutral for all three phases. C. Three-phase real power (kilowatts). d. Three-phase reactive power (kilovolt amperes reactive). e. Power factor. f. Running log of total power versus time (kilowatt-hours). g. Fault log, with time and date of each. O. Controls: I . Standalone and microprocessor based. 2. Enclosure: Share enclosure with electrical power devices or provide a separate enclosure for remote mounting in the field. 3. Operator Interface: Multiple -character digital or graphic display with dynamic update of information and with keypad or touch -sensitive display located on front of control enclosure. In either imperial or metric units, display the following information: a. Date and time. b. Operating or alarm status. C. Operating hours. d. Outdoor -air temperature if required for chilled -water reset. e. Temperature and pressure of operating set points. f. Entering and leaving temperatures of chilled water. g. Refrigerant pressures in evaporator and condenser. h. Saturation temperature in evaporator and condenser. i. No cooling load condition. j. Elapsed time meter (compressor run status). k. Pump status. 1. Antirecycling timer status. in. Percent of maximum motor amperage. n. Current -limit set point. o. Number of compressor starts. 4. Control Functions: a. Manual or automatic startup and shutdown time schedule. b. Entering and leaving chilled -water temperatures, control set points, and motor load limits. Chilled -water leaving temperature shall be reset based on return -water temperature. C. Current limit and demand limit. d. External chiller emergency stop. AIR-COOLED, ROTARY -SCREW WATER CHILLERS 236426.13 - 8 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. JCCA No. 22042-1 e. Antirecycling timer. f. Automatic lead -lag switching. g. Variable evaporator flow. h. Thermal storage. Agreement No. 6462 El Segundo Police Department Chiller Replacement 5. Manually Reset Safety Controls: The following conditions shall shut down chiller and require manual reset: a. Low evaporator pressure or high condenser pressure. b. Low chilled -water temperature. C. Refrigerant high pressure. d. High or low oil pressure. e. High oil temperature. f. Loss of chilled -water flow. g. Control device failure. 6. Trending: Capability to trend analog data of up to five parameters simultaneously over an adjustable period and frequency of polling. 7. Security Access: Provide electronic security access to controls through identification and password with at least three levels of access: view only; view and operate; and view, operate, and service. 8. Control Authority: At least four conditions: Off, local manual control at chiller, local automatic control at chiller, and automatic control through a remote source. 9. Interface with DDC System for HVAC: Factory -installed hardware and software to enable the DDC system for HVAC to monitor, control, and display chiller status and alarms. a. Hardwired Points: 1) Monitoring: On -off status, common trouble alarm, electrical power demand (kilowatts), electrical power consumption (kilowatt-hours) 2) Control: On -off operation, chilled -water, discharge temperature set -point adjustment, electrical power demand limit. P. Insulation: 1. Material: Closed -cell, flexible elastomeric, thermal insulation complying with ASTM C534, Type I for tubular materials and Type II for sheet materials. 2. Thickness: 1-1/2 inches (38 mm) . 3. Factory -applied insulation over cold surfaces of chiller components. a. Adhesive: As recommended by insulation manufacturer and applied to 100 percent of insulation contact surface. Seal seams and joints. 4. Apply protective coating to exposed surfaces of insulation to protect insulation from weather. Q. Accessories: 1. Factory -furnished, chilled -water flow switches for field installation. AIR-COOLED, ROTARY -SCREW WATER CHILLERS 236426.13 - 9 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. JCCA No. 22042-1 Agreement No. 6462 El Segundo Police Department Chiller Replacement 2. Individual compressor suction and discharge pressure gages with shutoff valves for each refrigerant circuit. 3. Factory -furnished neoprene or spring isolators for field installation. 4. Tool Kit: Chiller manufacturer shall assemble a tool kit specially designed for use in serving the chiller(s) furnished. Include special tools required to service chiller components not readily available to Owner service personnel in performing routine maintenance. Place tools in a lockable case with hinged cover. Provide a list of each tool furnished and attach the list to underside of case cover. R. Capacities and Characteristics: 1. Capacity: 360,000 Btu (105.5kW). 2. Full -Load Efficiency (EER): 10.17 (Btu/W-H). 3. Part -Load Efficiency (IPLV): 14.19. 4. Part -Load Efficiency (NPLV): 14.9. 5. Low Ambient Operation: Chiller designed for operation to 0 deg F (minus 18 deg C) 6. Evaporator: a. Configuration: Integral to chiller. b. Pressure Rating: 150 psig (1034 kPa). C. Fluid Type: Water. d. Design Fluid Flow Rate: 63.12 gpm. e. Minimum Fluid Flow Rate: 33.40 gpm f. Entering -Fluid Temperature: 53.99 deg F. g. Leaving -Fluid Temperature: 44 deg F. h. Fluid Pressure Drop: 14.4 feet of head. i. Fouling Factor: 0.0001 sq. ft. x h x deg FBtu 7. Site Altitude: 0 feet. 8. Number of Refrigerant Circuits: One 9. Compressor: a. Number of Compressors: 2. b. Rated Load Amperes: 25.00 A. C. Locked -Rotor Amperes: 195.00 A. 2.3 PACKAGED, PORTABLE REFRIGERANT RECOVERY UNITS A. Packaged, portable unit consisting of compressor, air-cooled condenser, recovery system, tank pressure gages, filter -dryer, and valving that allows for switching between liquid and vapor recovery mode. Refrigerant recovery unit shall be factory mounted on an ASME-constructed and -stamped refrigerant storage vessel that is sized to hold the full refrigerant charge of the largest chiller furnished. 2.4 HEAT -EXCHANGER, BRUSH -CLEANING SYSTEM A. Furnish for field installation a brush -cleaning system on each chiller condenser for tube cleaning and improved heat transfer. AIR-COOLED, ROTARY -SCREW WATER CHILLERS 236426.13 - 10 Agreement No. 6462 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. El Segundo Police Department JCCA No. 22042-1 Chiller Replacement B. System shall maintain tube fouling at or below design conditions without interrupting normal equipment operation. C. System shall consist of a brush inserted in each tube and a catch basket attached to each end of the tube. A four-way valve shall operate to reverse the direction of water flow to push the brush through the tube while removing tube deposits. Four-way reversing valve's actuator shall be controlled by a preset time cycle that provides regular tube brushing during equipment operation. Frequency of the brushing cycle shall be set up to match Project requirements. D. Components: I. Brush: Each brush shall have nylon bristles, titanium wires, and polypropylene tips. Brush interference fit with the ID of the tube shall not exceed 0.025 inch (0.6 mm). 2. Basket: Single -piece polypropylene basket with neck OD to press fit ID of tube. Design shall provide for insertion of eddy current probe or removal of brushes without removing baskets from the valve. 3. Four -Way Valve: a. Construct valve body of carbon steel with internal sealing parts of hard rubber and Type 304 stainless steel. b. Configure valve with parallel flow connections to minimize field installation piping. C. Construct to comply with ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code: Section VIII, Division 1, at a system working pressure equal to condenser. d. Pipe connections shall be flanged. e. Valve manufacturer to test and certify a maximum leakage rate of less than 0.05 percent of the design flow rate at operation conditions of maximum differential pressure. f. Hydrostatically test to 1.5 times the design working pressure. g. Design the valve to cause no more than 0.5-psig (3-kPa) pressure drop at design flow conditions. h. Provide valve with valve -mounted indicating/warning light, which shall light before valve begins rotation. i. Valve Actuator: Mount electric actuator to operate valve. j. Valve Actuator: Mount pneumatic piston -type actuator to operate valve. Actuator shall be suitable for operation using field -supplied air pressure. k. Position Switches: Factory mount microswitches on valve to indicate the complete turn of valve in both normal and reverse flow. 4. Control Panel: Factory or field mount a control panel on chiller. Control panel shall include the following features: a. NEMA 250, Type 4x enclosure. b. Timer to automatically initiate the cleaning cycle over a 24-hour period. C. Manual override of preset cleaning cycle. d. Visual indication of "Power On," "Diverter Position," "Normal Flow," "Reverse Flow," and "Valve Malfunction" indicating a slow turn or incomplete valve turn. e. For pneumatic actuators, mount four-way solenoid valve for actuator operation in the control panel. f. Flow switch bypass. AIR-COOLED, ROTARY -SCREW WATER CHILLERS 236426.13 - 11 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. JCCA No. 22042-1 g. Unloading signal to chiller. 2.5 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Perform functional tests of chillers before shipping. Agreement No. 6462 El Segundo Police Department Chiller Replacement B. Factory run test each air-cooled chiller with water flowing through evaporator. C. Factory performance test air-cooled chillers, before shipping, according to AHRI 550/590. 1. Test the following conditions: a. Design conditions indicated. b. Reduction in capacity from design to minimum load in steps of 10 condenser air at design conditions. C. At five point(s) of varying part -load performance to be selected by Owner at time of test. 2. Allow Owner access to place where chillers are being tested. Notify Architect 14 days in advance of testing. 3. Prepare test report indicating test procedures, instrumentation, test conditions, and results. Submit copy of results within one week of test date. D. Factory sound test air-cooled chillers, before shipping, according to AHRI 370. 1. Test the following conditions: a. Design conditions indicated. b. Chiller operating at calculated worst -case sound condition. C. At five point(s) of varying part -load performance to be selected by Owner at time of test. 2. Allow Owner access to place where chillers are being tested. Notify Architect 14 days in advance of testing. 3. Prepare test report indicating test procedures, instrumentation, test conditions, and results. Submit copy of results within one week of test date. E. Factory test and inspect evaporator and condenser according to ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code: Section VIII, Division 1. F. For chillers located indoors, rate sound power level according to AHRI 575. G. For chillers located outdoors, rate sound power level according to AHRI 370. AIR-COOLED, ROTARY -SCREW WATER CHILLERS 236426.13 - 12 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. JCCA No. 22042-1 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION Agreement No. 6462 El Segundo Police Department Chiller Replacement A. Examine chillers before installation. Reject chillers that are damaged. B. Examine roughing -in for equipment support, anchor -bolt sizes and locations, piping, and electrical connections to verify actual locations, sizes, and other conditions affecting chiller performance, maintenance, and operations before equipment installation. 1. Final chiller locations indicated on Drawings are approximate. Determine exact locations before roughing -in for piping and electrical connections. C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 CHILLER INSTALLATION A. Coordinate sizes and locations of concrete bases with actual equipment provided. Cast anchor - bolt inserts into bases. B. Coordinate sizes, locations, and anchoring attachments of structural -steel support structures. C. Coordinate sizes and locations of roof curbs, equipment supports, and roof penetrations with actual equipment provided. D. Install chillers on support structure indicated. E. Equipment Mounting: 1. Comply with requirements for vibration isolation and seismic control devices specified in Section 230548 "Vibration and Seismic Controls for HVAC." F. Maintain manufacturer's recommended clearances for service and maintenance. G. Charge chiller with refrigerant and fill with oil if not factory installed. H. Install separate devices furnished by manufacturer and not factory installed. 3.3 HEAT -EXCHANGER, BRUSH -CLEANING SYSTEM INSTALLATION A. Install brush -cleaning system control panel adjacent to chiller control panel. B. Arrange piping to provide service access to four-way valve assembly without affecting access to chiller. Secure valve to prevent lateral movement and vibration during operation. C. Provide field electric power, as required, to each system control panel and electric actuated valve. AIR-COOLED, ROTARY -SCREW WATER CHILLERS 236426.13 - 13 Agreement No. 6462 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. El Segundo Police Department JCCA No. 22042-1 Chiller Replacement D. Provide pneumatic piping with pressure regulator and isolation valve to each pneumatic supply connection. Coordinate field source of air with manufacturer to ensure that requirements are satisfied for proper valve operation. E. Interconnect brush -cleaning system controls with chiller controls. Coordinate requirements to ensure safe, trouble -free operation. F. Functionally test the entire brush -cleaning system, including the valve, actuator, position indicator, and control panel, with chiller in operation. 3.4 CONNECTIONS A. Install piping adjacent to chiller to allow service and maintenance. B. Evaporator Fluid Connections: Connect to evaporator inlet with shutoff valve, strainer, flexible connector, thermometer, and plugged tee with pressure gage. Connect to evaporator outlet with shutoff valve, balancing valve, flexible connector, flow switch, thermometer, plugged tee with shutoff valve and pressure gage, flow meter, and drain connection with valve. Make connections to chiller with a flange or mechanical coupling. C. Connect each chiller drain connection with a union and drain pipe, and extend pipe, full size of connection, to floor drain. Provide a shutoff valve at each connection. 3.5 STARTUP SERVICE A. Engage a factory -authorized service representative to perform startup service. 1. Complete installation and startup checks according to manufacturer's written instructions. 2. Verify that refrigerant charge is sufficient and chiller has been leak tested. 3. Verify that pumps are installed and functional. 4. Verify that thermometers and gages are installed. 5. Operate chiller for run-in period. 6. Check bearing lubrication and oil levels. 7. For chillers installed indoors, verify that refrigerant pressure relief device is vented outdoors. 8. Verify proper motor rotation. 9. Verify static deflection of vibration isolators, including deflection during chiller startup and shutdown. 10. Verify and record performance of fluid flow and low -temperature interlocks for evaporator and condenser. 11. Verify and record performance of chiller protection devices. 12. Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged or malfunctioning controls and equipment. B. Inspect field -assembled components, equipment installation, and piping and electrical connections for proper assembly, installation, and connection. C. Prepare test and inspection startup reports. AIR-COOLED, ROTARY -SCREW WATER CHILLERS 236426.13 - 14 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. JCCA No. 22042-1 3.6 DEMONSTRATION Agreement No. 6462 El Segundo Police Department Chiller Replacement A. Engage a factory -authorized service representative to train Owner's maintenance personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain chillers. Video record the training sessions. END OF SECTION 236426.13 AIR-COOLED, ROTARY -SCREW WATER CHILLERS 236426.13 - 15 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. JCCA No. 22042-1 Agreement No. 6462 El Segundo Police Department Chiller Replacement THIS PAGE IS INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK AIR-COOLED, ROTARY -SCREW WATER CHILLERS 236426.13 - 16 Agreement No. 6462 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. El Segundo Police Department JCCA No. 22042-1 Chiller Replacement SECTION 260519 LOW -VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Copper building wire. 2. Connectors and splices. 1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. B. Product Schedule: Indicate type, use, location, and termination locations. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 COPPER BUILDING WIRE A. Description: Flexible, insulated and uninsulated, drawn copper current -carrying conductor with an overall insulation layer or.] acket, or both, rated 600 V or less. B. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Alcan Products Corporation; Alcan Cable Division. 2. Alpha Wire. 3. Belden Inc. 4. Encore Wire Corporation. 5. General Cable Technologies Corporation. 6. Southwire Incorporated. 7. Or equal. C. Standards: 1. Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and use. 2. Conductor and Cable Marking: Comply with wire and cable marking according to UL's "Wire and Cable Marking and Application Guide." LOW -VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES 260519 - 1 Agreement No. 6462 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. El Segundo Police Department JCCA No. 22042-1 Chiller Replacement D. Conductors: Copper, complying with ASTM B3 for bare annealed copper and with ASTM B8 for stranded conductors. E. Conductor Insulation: 1. Type THHN: Comply with UL 83. 2.2 CONNECTORS AND SPLICES A. Description: Factory -fabricated connectors, splices, and lugs of size, ampacity rating, material, type, and class for application and service indicated; listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and use. B. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. AFC Cable Systems, Inc. 2. Gardner Bender. 3. Hubbell Power Systems, Inc.. 4. Ideal Industries, Inc.. 5. Ilsco; a branch of Bardes Corporation. 6. NSi Industries LLC 7. O-Z/Gedney; a brand of the EGS Electrical Group. 8. 3M; Electrical Markets Division. 9. Tyco Electronics. 10. Or equal. C. Lugs: One piece, seamless, designed to terminate conductors specified in this Section. 1. Material: Copper. 2. Type: Two hole with standard barrels. 3. Termination: Compression. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 CONDUCTOR MATERIAL APPLICATIONS A. Feeders: 1. Copper; solid for No. 10 AWG and smaller; stranded for No. 8 AWG and larger. B. Branch Circuits: 1. Copper. Solid for No. 10 AWG and smaller; stranded for No. 8 AWG and larger. 2. Copper. Solid for No. 12 AWG and smaller; stranded for No. 10 AWG and larger. LOW -VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES 260519 - 2 Agreement No. 6462 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. El Segundo Police Department JCCA No. 22042-1 Chiller Replacement 3.2 CONDUCTOR INSULATION AND MULTICONDUCTOR CABLE APPLICATIONS AND WIRING METHODS A. Exposed Branch Circuits, Including in Crawlspaces: Type THHN/THWN-2, single conductors in raceway. B. Branch Circuits Concealed in Ceilings, Walls, and Partitions: Type THHN/THWN-2, single conductors in raceway. 3.3 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Conceal cables in finished walls, ceilings, and floors unless otherwise indicated. B. Complete raceway installation between conductor and cable termination points according to Section 260533 "Raceways and Boxes for Electrical Systems" prior to pulling conductors and cables. C. Use manufacturer -approved pulling compound or lubricant where necessary; compound used must not deteriorate conductor or insulation. Do not exceed manufacturer's recommended maximum pulling tensions and sidewall pressure values. D. Use pulling means, including fish tape, cable, rope, and basket -weave wire/cable grips, that will not damage cables or raceway. E. Install exposed cables parallel and perpendicular to surfaces of exposed structural members, and follow surface contours where possible. F. Support cables according to Section 260529 "Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems." 3.4 CONNECTIONS A. Tighten electrical connectors and terminals according to manufacturer's published torque - tightening values. If manufacturer's torque values are not indicated, use those specified in UL 486A-486B. B. Make splices, terminations, and taps that are compatible with conductor material and that possess equivalent or better mechanical strength and insulation ratings than unspliced conductors. C. Wiring at Outlets: Install conductor at each outlet, with at least 6 inch (150 mm) of slack. 3.5 IDENTIFICATION A. Identify and color -code conductors and cables according to Section 260553 "Identification for Electrical Systems." B. Identify each spare conductor at each end with identity number and location of other end of conductor, and identify as spare conductor. LOW -VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES 260519 - 3 Agreement No. 6462 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. El Segundo Police Department JCCA No. 22042-1 Chiller Replacement 3.6 FIRESTOPPING A. Apply firestopping to electrical penetrations of fire -rated floor and wall assemblies to restore original fire -resistance rating of assembly according to Section 078413 "Penetration Firestopping." 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Tests and Inspections: 1. After installing conductors and cables and before electrical circuitry has been energized, test service entrance and feeder conductors for compliance with requirements. 2. Perform each of the following visual and electrical tests: a. Inspect exposed sections of conductor and cable for physical damage and correct connection according to the single -line diagram. b. Test bolted connections for high resistance using one of the following: 1) A low -resistance ohmmeter. 2) Calibrated torque wrench. 3) Thermographic survey. C. Inspect compression -applied connectors for correct cable match and indentation. d. Inspect for correct identification. e. Inspect cable jacket and condition. f. Insulation -resistance test on each conductor for ground and adjacent conductors. Apply a potential of 500 V(dc) for 300 V rated cable and 1000 V(dc) for 600 V rated cable for a one -minute duration. g. Continuity test on each conductor and cable. h. Uniform resistance of parallel conductors. B. Cables will be considered defective if they do not pass tests and inspections. C. Prepare test and inspection reports to record the following: 1. Procedures used. 2. Results that comply with requirements. 3. Results that do not comply with requirements, and corrective action taken to achieve compliance with requirements. END OF SECTION 260519 LOW -VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES 260519 - 4 Agreement No. 6462 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. El Segundo Police Department JCCA No. 22042-1 Chiller Replacement SECTION 260523 CONTROL -VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CABLES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Category 6 balanced twisted pair cable. 2. Balanced twisted pair cable hardware. 3. Control cable. 4. Control -circuit conductors. 1.2 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Source quality -control reports. B. Field quality -control reports. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. B. Flame Travel and Smoke Density in Plenums: As determined by testing identical products according to NFPA 262, by a qualified testing agency. Identify products for installation in plenums with appropriate markings of applicable testing agency. 1. Flame Travel Distance: 60 inch (1520 mm) or less. 2. Peak Optical Smoke Density: 0.5 or less. 3. Average Optical Smoke Density: 0.15 or less. C. Flame Travel and Smoke Density for Riser Cables in Non -Plenum Building Spaces: As determined by testing identical products according to UL 1666. D. Flame Travel and Smoke Density for Cables in Non -Riser Applications and Non -Plenum Building Spaces: As determined by testing identical products according to UL 1685. CONTROL -VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CABLES 260523 - 1 Agreement No. 6462 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. El Segundo Police Department JCCA No. 22042-1 Chiller Replacement 2.2 CATEGORY 6 BALANCED TWISTED PAIR CABLE A. Description: Four -pair, balanced -twisted pair cable, certified to meet transmission characteristics of Category 6 cable at frequencies up to 250 MHz. B. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. ADC. 2. Alpha Wire Company; a division of Belden Inc. 3. Belden Inc. 4. CommScope, Inc. 5. Draka Cableteq USA. 6. Genesis Cable Products; Honeywell International, Inc. 7. Mohawk; a division of Belden Inc. 8. Nexans; Berk-Tek Products. 9. Siemon Company (The). 10. Superior Essex Inc. 11. SYSTIMAX Solutions; a CommScope, Inc. brand. 12. 3M. 13. Tyco Electronics/AMP Netconnect; Tyco International Ltd. 14. Or equal. C. Standard: Comply with NEMA WC 66/ICEA 5-116-732 and TIA-568-C.2 for Category 6 cables. D. Conductors: 100 ohm, No. 23 AWG solid copper. E. Shielding/Screening: Unshielded twisted pairs (UTP). F. Cable Rating: Plenum. G. Jacket: Yellow thermoplastic. 2.3 BALANCED TWISTED PAIR CABLE HARDWARE A. Description: Hardware designed to connect, splice, and terminate balanced twisted pair copper communications cable. B. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. ADC. 2. American Technology Systems Industries, Inc. 3. Belden, Inc. 4. Dynacom Inc. 5. Hubbell Incorporated. 6. Leviton Commercial Networks Division. 7. Molex Premise Networks; a division of Molex, Inc. CONTROL -VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CABLES 260523 - 2 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. JCCA No. 22042-1 Agreement No. 6462 El Segundo Police Department Chiller Replacement 8. Planduit Corp. 9. Siemon Company (The). 10. Tyco Electronics/AMP Netconnect; Tyco International Ltd. 11. Or equal. C. General Requirements for Balanced Twisted Pair Cable Hardware: 1. Comply with the performance requirements of Category 6. 2. Comply with TIA-568-C.2, IDC type, with modules designed for punch -down caps or tools. 3. Cables must be terminated with connecting hardware of same category or higher. D. Source Limitations: Obtain balanced twisted pair cable hardware from single source from single manufacturer. E. Connecting Blocks: 110-style IDC for Category 6. Provide blocks for the number of cables terminated on the block, plus 25 percent spare, integral with connector bodies, including plugs and jacks where indicated. F. Cross -Connect: Modular array of connecting blocks arranged to terminate building cables and permit interconnection between cables. 1. Number of Terminals per Field: One for each conductor in assigned cables. G. Patch Panel: Modular panels housing numbered jack units with IDC-type connectors at each jack location for permanent termination of pair groups of installed cables. 1. Features: a. Universal T568A and T568B wiring labels. b. Labeling areas adjacent to conductors. C. Replaceable connectors. d. 24 or 48 ports. 2. Construction: 16-gauge steel and mountable on 19 inch (483 mm) equipment racks. 3. Number of Jacks per Field: One for each four -pair cable indicated. H. Patch Cords: Factory -made, four -pair cables in 36 inch (900 mm) lengths; terminated with an eight -position modular plug at each end. 1. Patch cords must have bend -relief -compliant boots and color -coded icons to ensure performance. Patch cords must have latch guards to protect against snagging. I. Plugs and Plug Assemblies: 1. Male; eight position; color -coded modular telecommunications connector designed for termination of a single four -pair 100 ohm unshielded or shielded balanced twisted pair cable. 2. Comply with IEC 60603-7-1, IEC 60603-7-2, IEC 60603-7-3, IEC 60603-7-4, and IEC 60603-7.5. CONTROL -VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CABLES 260523 - 3 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. JCCA No. 22042-1 3. Marked to indicate transmission performance. Agreement No. 6462 El Segundo Police Department Chiller Replacement J. Jacks and Jack Assemblies: 1. Female; eight position; modular; fixed telecommunications connector designed for termination of a single four -pair 100 ohm unshielded or shielded balanced twisted pair cable. 2. Designed to snap -in to a patch panel or faceplate. 3. Standards: a. Category 6, unshielded balanced twisted pair cable must comply with IEC 60603- 7-4. b. Category 6, unshielded balanced twisted pair cable must comply with IEC 60603- 7-4. K. Faceplate: 1. Two port, vertical single -gang faceplates designed to mount to single -gang wall boxes. 2. Plastic Faceplate: High -impact plastic. Coordinate color with Section 262726 "Wiring Devices." 3. For use with snap -in jacks accommodating any combination of balanced twisted pair, optical fiber, and coaxial work area cords. a. Flush mounting jacks, positioning the cord at a 45-degree angle. L. Legend: 1. Machine printed, in the field, using adhesive -tape label. 2. Snap -in, clear -label covers and machine -printed paper inserts. 2.4 CONTROL CABLE A. Paired Cable: NFPA 70, Type CMG. 1. One Multi -pair, twisted, No. 16 AWG, stranded (19x29) tinned -copper conductors. 2. PVC insulation. 3. Unshielded. 4. PVC jacket. 5. Flame Resistance: Comply with UL 1685. B. Plenum -Rated, Paired Cable: NFPA 70, Type CMP. 1. One Multi -pair, twisted, No. 16 AWG, stranded (19x29) tinned -copper conductors. 2. PVC insulation. 3. Unshielded. 4. PVC jacket. 5. Flame Resistance: Comply with NFPA 262. CONTROL -VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CABLES 260523 - 4 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. JCCA No. 22042-1 Agreement No. 6462 El Segundo Police Department Chiller Replacement 2.5 CONTROL -CIRCUIT CONDUCTORS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Encore Wire Corporation. 2. General Cable Technologies Corporation. 3. Southwire Company. 4. Or equal. B. Class 1 Control Circuits: Stranded copper, Type THHN/THWN-2, complying with UL 83 in raceway. C. Class 2 Control Circuits: Stranded copper, Type THHN/THWN-2, complying with UL 83 in raceway. D. Class 3 Remote -Control and Signal Circuits: Stranded copper, Type THHN/THWN-2, complying with UL 83 in raceway. E. Class 2 Control Circuits and Class 3 Remote -Control and Signal Circuits That Supply Critical Circuits: Circuit Integrity (CI) cable. 1. Smoke control signaling and control circuits. 2.6 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing Agency: Engage a qualified testing agency to evaluate cables. B. Factory test twisted pair cables according to TIA-568-C.2. C. Cable will be considered defective if it does not pass tests and inspections. D. Prepare test and inspection reports. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Test cables on receipt at Project site. 1. Test each pair of twisted pair cable for open and short circuits. 3.2 INSTALLATION OF RACEWAYS AND BOXES A. Comply with requirements in Section 260533 "Raceways and Boxes for Electrical Systems" for raceway selection and installation requirements for boxes, conduits, and wireways as supplemented or modified in this Section. CONTROL -VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CABLES 260523 - 5 Agreement No. 6462 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. El Segundo Police Department JCCA No. 22042-1 Chiller Replacement 1. Outlet boxes must be no smaller than 2 inch (50 mm) wide, 3 inch (75 mm) high, and 2- 1/2 inch (64 mm) deep. 2. Flexible metal conduit must not be used. B. Comply with TIA-569-D for pull -box sizing and length of conduit and number of bends between pull points. C. Install manufactured conduit sweeps and long -radius elbows if possible. 3.3 INSTALLATION OF CONDUCTORS AND CABLES A. Comply with NECA 1. B. General Requirements for Cabling: 1. Comply with TIA-568-C Series of standards. 2. Comply with BICSI ITSIMM, Ch. 5, "Copper Structured Cabling Systems." 3. Terminate all conductors; cable must not contain unterminated elements. Make terminations only at indicated outlets, terminals, and cross -connect and patch panels. 4. Cables may not be spliced and must be continuous from terminal to terminal. Do not splice cable between termination, tap, or junction points. 5. Cables serving a common system may be grouped in a common raceway. Install network cabling and control wiring and cable in separate raceway from power wiring. Do not group conductors from different systems or different voltages. 6. Secure and support cables at intervals not exceeding 30 inch (760 mm) and not more than 6 inch (150 mm) from cabinets, boxes, fittings, outlets, racks, frames, and terminals. 7. Bundle, lace, and train conductors to terminal points without exceeding manufacturer's limitations on bending radii, but not less than radii specified in BICSI ITSIMM, Ch. 5, "Copper Structured Cabling Systems." Install lacing bars and distribution spools. 8. Do not install bruised, kinked, scored, deformed, or abraded cable. Remove and discard cable if damaged during installation and replace it with new cable. 9. Cold -Weather Installation: Bring cable to room temperature before dereeling. Do not use heat lamps for heating. 10. Pulling Cable: Comply with BICSI ITSIMM, Ch. 5, "Copper Structured Cabling Systems." Monitor cable pull tensions. 11. Support: Do not allow cables to lie on removable ceiling tiles. 12. Secure: Fasten securely in place with hardware specifically designed and installed so as to not damage cables. 13. Provide strain relief. 14. Keep runs short. Allow extra length for connecting to terminals. Do not bend cables in a radius less than 10 times the cable OD. Use sleeves or grommets to protect cables from vibration at points where they pass around sharp corners and through penetrations. 15. Ground wire must be copper, and grounding methods must comply with IEEE C2. Demonstrate ground resistance. C. Balanced Twisted Pair Cable Installation: Comply with TIA-568-C.2. CONTROL -VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CABLES 260523 - 6 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. JCCA No. 22042-1 Agreement No. 6462 El Segundo Police Department Chiller Replacement 2. Install termination hardware as specified in Section 271513 "Communications Copper Horizontal Cabling" unless otherwise indicated. 3. Do not untwist balanced twisted pair cables more than 1/2 inch (12 mm) at the point of termination to maintain cable geometry. D. Installation of Control -Circuit Conductors: 1. Install wiring in raceways. 2. Use insulated spade lugs for wire and cable connection to screw terminals. 3. Comply with requirements specified in Section 260533 "Raceways and Boxes for Electrical Systems." E. Open -Cable Installation: 1. Install cabling with horizontal and vertical cable guides in telecommunications spaces with terminating hardware and interconnection equipment. 2. Suspend copper cable not in a wireway or pathway a minimum of 8 inch (200 mm) above ceilings by cable supports not more than 30 inch (760 mm) apart. 3. Cable must not be run through or on structural members or in contact with pipes, ducts, or other potentially damaging items. Do not run cables between structural members and corrugated panels. F. Installation of Cable Routed Exposed under Raised Floors: 1. Install plenum -rated cable only. 2. Install cabling after the flooring system has been installed in raised floor areas. 3. Below each feed point, neatly coil a minimum of 72 inch (1830 mm) of cable in a coil not less than 12 inch (305 mm) in diameter. 3.4 REMOVAL OF CONDUCTORS AND CABLES A. Remove abandoned conductors and cables. Abandoned conductors and cables are those installed that are not terminated at equipment and are not identified with a tag for future use. 3.5 CONTROL -CIRCUIT CONDUCTORS A. Minimum Conductor Sizes: 1. Class 1 remote -control and signal circuits; No 14 AWG. 2. Class 2 low -energy, remote -control, and signal circuits; No. 16 AWG. 3. Class 3 low -energy, remote -control, alarm, and signal circuits; No 12 AWG. 3.6 FIRESTOPPING A. Comply with requirements in Section 078413 "Penetration Firestopping." B. Comply with TIA-569-D, Annex A, "Firestopping." CONTROL -VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CABLES 260523 - 7 Agreement No. 6462 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. El Segundo Police Department JCCA No. 22042-1 Chiller Replacement C. Comply with BICSI TDMM, "Fire stopping" Chapter. 3.7 GROUNDING A. For control -voltage wiring and cabling, comply with requirements in Section 260526 "Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems." 3.8 IDENTIFICATION A. Comply with requirements for identification specified in Section 260553 "Identification for Electrical Systems." B. Identify data and communications system components, wiring, and cabling according to TIA- 606-13; label printers must use label stocks, laminating adhesives, and inks complying with UL 969. C. Identify each wire on each end and at each terminal with a number -coded identification tag. Each wire must have a unique tag. 3.9 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Tests and Inspections: 1. Visually inspect cable jacket materials for UL or third -party certification markings. Inspect cabling terminations to confirm color -coding for pin assignments, and inspect cabling connections to confirm compliance with TIA-568-C.1. 2. Visually inspect cable placement, cable termination, grounding and bonding, equipment and patch cords, and labeling of all components. 3. Test cabling for direct -current loop resistance, shorts, opens, intermittent faults, and polarity between conductors. Test operation of shorting bars in connection blocks. Test cables after termination, but not after cross -connection. a. Test instruments must meet or exceed applicable requirements in TIA-568-C.2. Perform tests with a tester that complies with performance requirements in its "Test Instruments (Normative)" Annex, complying with measurement accuracy specified in its "Measurement Accuracy (Informative)" Annex. Use only test cords and adapters that are qualified by test equipment manufacturer for channel or link test configuration. B. Document data for each measurement. Print data for submittals in a summary report that is formatted using Table 10.1 in BICSI TDMM as a guide, or transfer the data from the instrument to the computer, save as text files, print, and submit. C. End -to -end cabling will be considered defective if it does not pass tests and inspections. D. Prepare test and inspection reports. END OF SECTION 260523 CONTROL -VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CABLES 260523 - 8 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. JCCA No. 22042-1 Agreement No. 6462 El Segundo Police Department Chiller Replacement SECTION 260529 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Support, anchorage, and attachment components. 1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. 1. Include construction details, material descriptions, dimensions of individual components and profiles, and finishes for the following: a. Slotted support systems, hardware, and accessories. b. Clamps. C. Hangers. d. Sockets. e. Eye nuts. f. Fasteners. g. Anchors. h. Saddles. i. Brackets. 2. Include rated capacities and furnished specialties and accessories. B. Shop Drawings: Signed and sealed by a qualified professional engineer. For fabrication and installation details for electrical hangers and support systems. 1. Hangers. Include product data for components. 2. Slotted support systems. 3. Equipment supports. 1.3 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Welding certificates. PART 2 - PRODUCTS HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260529 - 1 Agreement No. 6462 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. El Segundo Police Department JCCA No. 22042-1 Chiller Replacement 2.1 SUPPORT, ANCHORAGE, AND ATTACHMENT COMPONENTS A. Steel Slotted Support Systems: Preformed steel channels and angles with minimum 13/32 inch (10 mm) diameter holes at a maximum of 8 inch (200 mm) on center in at least one surface. 1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 2. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Allied Tube & Conduit. b. Cooper B-Line, Inc. C. ERICO International Corporation. d. GS Metals Corp. e. Thomas & Betts Corporation. f. Unistrut; Atkore International. g. Wesanco, Inc. h. Or equal. 3. Standard: Comply with MFMA-4 factory -fabricated components for field assembly. 4. Material for Channel, Fittings, and Accessories: Stainless steel, Type 304. 5. Channel Width: 1-1/4 inch (31.75 mm). 6. Metallic Coatings: Hot -dip galvanized after fabrication and applied according to MFMA- 4. 7. Painted Coatings: Manufacturer's standard painted coating applied according to MFMA- below if retaining "Nonmetallic Coatings" or "Painted Coatings" Subparagraph above. 8. Protect finishes on exposed surfaces from damage by applying a strippable, temporary protective covering before shipping. B. Conduit and Cable Support Devices: Stainless steel hangers, clamps, and associated fittings, designed for types and sizes of raceway or cable to be supported. C. Support for Conductors in Vertical Conduit: Factory -fabricated assembly consisting of threaded body and insulating wedging plug or plugs for nonarmored electrical conductors or cables in riser conduits. Plugs must have number, size, and shape of conductor gripping pieces as required to suit individual conductors or cables supported. Body must be made of malleable iron. D. Structural Steel for Fabricated Supports and Restraints: ASTM A36/A36M steel plates, shapes, and bars; black and galvanized. E. Mounting, Anchoring, and Attachment Components: Items for fastening electrical items or their supports to building surfaces include the following: 1. Powder -Actuated Fasteners: Threaded -steel stud, for use in hardened portland cement concrete, steel, or wood, with tension, shear, and pullout capacities appropriate for supported loads and building materials where used. a. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260529 - 2 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. JCCA No. 22042-1 Agreement No. 6462 El Segundo Police Department Chiller Replacement offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: b. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1) Hilti, Inc.. 2) ITW Ramset/Red Head; Illinois Tool Works, Inc. 3) MKT Fastening, LLC. 4) Simpson Strong -Tie Co., Inc. 5) Or equal. 2. Mechanical -Expansion Anchors: Insert -wedge -type, stainless steel, for use in hardened portland cement concrete, with tension, shear, and pullout capacities appropriate for supported loads and building materials where used. a. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: b. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1) Cooper B-Line, Inc. 2) Empire Tool and Manufacturing Co., Inc. 3) Hilti, Inc. 4) ITW Ramset/Red Head; Illinois Tool Works, Inc. 5) MKT Fastening, LLC. 6) Or equal. 3. Concrete Inserts: Steel or malleable -iron, slotted support system units are similar to MSS Type 18 units and comply with MFMA-4 or MSS SP-58. 4. Clamps for Attachment to Steel Structural Elements: MSS SP-58 units are suitable for attached structural element. 5. Through Bolts: Structural type, hex head, and high strength. Comply with ASTM F3125/F3125M, Grade A325 (Grade A325M). 6. Toggle Bolts: All steel springhead type. 7. Hanger Rods: Threaded steel. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 SELECTION A. Comply with the following standards for selection and installation of hangers and supports, except where requirements on Drawings or in this Section are stricter: 1. NECA NEIS 101 B. Comply with requirements for raceways and boxes specified in Section 260533 "Raceway and Boxes for Electrical Systems." HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260529 - 3 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. JCCA No. 22042-1 Agreement No. 6462 El Segundo Police Department Chiller Replacement C. Maximum Support Spacing and Minimum Hanger Rod Size for Raceways: Space supports for EMT, IMC, and ERMC as scheduled in NECA NEIS 1, where its Table 1 lists maximum spacings that are less than those stated in NFPA 70. Minimum rod size must be 1/4 inch (6 mm) in diameter. D. Spring -steel clamps designed for supporting single conduits without bolts may be used for 1- 1/2 inch (38 mm) and smaller raceways serving branch circuits and communication systems above suspended ceilings, and for fastening raceways to trapeze supports. 3.2 INSTALLATION OF SUPPORTS A. Comply with NECA NEIS 101 for installation requirements except as specified in this article. B. Raceway Support Methods: In addition to methods described in NECA NEIS 1, EMT and ERMC may be supported by openings through structure members, in accordance with NFPA 70. C. Strength of Support Assemblies: Where not indicated, select sizes of components so strength will be adequate to carry present and future static loads within specified loading limits. Minimum static design load used for strength determination must be weight of supported components plus 200 lb (90 kg). D. Mounting and Anchorage of Surface -Mounted Equipment and Components: Anchor and fasten electrical items and their supports to building structural elements by the following methods unless otherwise indicated by code: 1. To Wood: Fasten with lag screws or through bolts. 2. To New Concrete: Bolt to concrete inserts. 3. To Masonry: Approved toggle -type bolts on hollow masonry units and expansion anchor fasteners on solid masonry units. 4. To Existing Concrete: Expansion anchor fasteners. 5. Instead of expansion anchors, powder -actuated driven threaded studs provided with lock washers and nuts may be used in existing standard -weight concrete 4 inch (100 mm) thick or greater. Do not use for anchorage to lightweight -aggregate concrete or for slabs less than 4 inch (100 mm) thick. 6. To Steel: Beam clamps (MSS SP-58, Type 19, 21, 23, 25, or 27), complying with MSS SP-69. 7. To Light Steel: Sheet metal screws. 8. Items Mounted on Hollow Walls and Nonstructural Building Surfaces: Mount cabinets, panelboards, disconnect switches, control enclosures, pull and junction boxes, transformers, and other devices on slotted -channel racks attached to substrate by means that comply with seismic -restraint strength and anchorage requirements. E. Drill holes for expansion anchors in concrete at locations and to depths that avoid the need for reinforcing bars. HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260529 - 4 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. JCCA No. 22042-1 3.3 PAINTING A. Touchup: Agreement No. 6462 El Segundo Police Department Chiller Replacement Clean field welds and abraded areas of shop paint. Paint exposed areas immediately after erecting hangers and supports. Use same materials as used for shop painting. Comply with SSPC-PA 1 requirements for touching up field -painted surfaces. a. Apply paint by brush or spray to provide minimum dry film thickness of 2.0 mils (0.05 mm). B. Galvanized Surfaces: Clean welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas and apply galvanizing -repair paint to comply with ASTM A780. END OF SECTION 260529 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260529 - 5 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. JCCA No. 22042-1 Agreement No. 6462 El Segundo Police Department Chiller Replacement THIS PAGE IS INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260529 - 6 Agreement No. 6462 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. El Segundo Police Department JCCA No. 22042-1 Chiller Replacement SECTION 260533 RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS PART I - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: I. Metal conduits, tubing, and fittings. 2. Boxes, enclosures, and cabinets. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. ARC: Aluminum rigid conduit. B. GRC: Galvanized rigid steel conduit. C. IMC: Intermediate metal conduit. 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For surface raceways, wireways and fittings, floor boxes, hinged -cover enclosures, and cabinets. B. Shop Drawings: Include plans, elevations, sections, and attachment details. 1.5 SHOP DRAWINGS AND INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: Conduit routing plans, drawn to scale, on which the following items are shown and coordinated with each other, using input from installers of items involved: 1. Structural members in paths of conduit groups with common supports. 2. HVAC and plumbing items and architectural features in paths of conduit groups with common supports. B. Qualification Data: For professional engineer. RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260533-1 Agreement No. 6462 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. El Segundo Police Department JCCA No. 22042-1 Chiller Replacement C. Seismic Qualification Certificates: For enclosures, cabinets, and conduit racks and their mounting provisions, including those for internal components, from manufacturer. 1. Basis for Certification: Indicate whether withstand certification is based on actual test of assembled components or on calculation. 2. Dimensioned Outline Drawings of Equipment Unit: Identify center of gravity and locate and describe mounting and anchorage provisions. 3. Detailed description of equipment anchorage devices on which the certification is based and their installation requirements. 4. Detailed description of conduit support devices and interconnections on which the certification is based and their installation requirements. D. Source quality -control reports. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 METAL CONDUITS, TUBING, AND FITTINGS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. AFC Cable Systems, Inc. 2. Allied Tube & Conduit. 3. Anamet Electrical, Inc. 4. Electri-Flex Company. 5. O-Z/Gedney. 6. Picoma Industries. 7. Republic Conduit. 8. Robroy Industries. 9. Southwire Company. 10. Thomas & Betts Corporation. 11. Western Tube and Conduit Corporation. 12. Wheatland Tube Company. 13. Or equal. B. Listing and Labeling: Metal conduits, tubing, and fittings shall be listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. C. GRC: Comply with ANSI C80.1 and UL 6. D. ARC: Not allowed. E. IMC: Comply with ANSI C80.6 and UL 1242. F. PVC -Coated Steel Conduit: PVC -coated rigid steel conduit. 1. Comply with NEMA RN 1. 2. Coating Thickness: 0.040 inch (1 mm), minimum. RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260533-2 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. JCCA No. 22042-1 G. EMT: Comply with ANSI C80.3 and UL 797. Agreement No. 6462 El Segundo Police Department Chiller Replacement H. LFMC: Flexible steel conduit with PVC jacket and complying with UL 360. I. Fittings for Metal Conduit: Comply with NEMA FB 1 and UL 514B. 1. Conduit Fittings for Hazardous (Classified) Locations: Comply with UL 886 and NFPA 70. 2. Fittings for EMT: a. Material: Steel. b. Type: Setscrew. 3. Expansion Fittings: PVC or steel to match conduit type, complying with UL 651, rated for environmental conditions where installed, and including flexible external bonding jumper. 4. Coating for Fittings for PVC -Coated Conduit: Minimum thickness of 0.040 inch (1 mm), with overlapping sleeves protecting threaded joints. J. Joint Compound for IMC, GRC, or ARC: Approved, as defined in NFPA 70, by authorities having jurisdiction for use in conduit assemblies, and compounded for use to lubricate and protect threaded conduit joints from corrosion and to enhance their conductivity. 2.2 BOXES, ENCLOSURES, AND CABINETS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Adalet. 2. Cooper Technologies Company; Cooper Crouse -Hinds. 3. EGS/Appleton Electric. 4. Erickson Electrical Equipment Company. 5. FSR Inc. 6. Hoffman. 7. Hubbell Incorporated. 8. Kraloy. 9. Milbank Manufacturing Co. 10. Mono -Systems, Inc. 11. O-Z/Gedney. 12. RACO; Hubbell. 13. Robroy Industries. 14. Spring City Electrical Manufacturing Company. 15. Stahlin Non -Metallic Enclosures. 16. Thomas & Betts Corporation. 17. Wiremold / Legrand. 18. Or equal. B. General Requirements for Boxes, Enclosures, and Cabinets: Boxes, enclosures, and cabinets installed in wet locations shall be listed for use in wet locations. RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260533-3 Agreement No. 6462 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. El Segundo Police Department JCCA No. 22042-1 Chiller Replacement C. Sheet Metal Outlet and Device Boxes: Comply with NEMA OS 1 and UL 514A. D. Cast -Metal Outlet and Device Boxes: Comply with NEMA FB 1, ferrous alloy, Type FD, with gasketed cover. E. Nonmetallic Outlet and Device Boxes: Comply with NEMA OS 2 and UL 514C. F. Luminaire Outlet Boxes: Nonadjustable, designed for attachment of lummaire weighing 50 lb (23 kg). Outlet boxes designed for attachment of luminaires weighing more than 50 lb (23 kg) shall be listed and marked for the maximum allowable weight. G. Small Sheet Metal Pull and Junction Boxes: NEMA OS 1. H. Cast -Metal Access, Pull, and Junction Boxes: Comply with NEMA FB 1 and UL 1773, galvanized, cast iron with gasketed cover. I. Box extensions used to accommodate new building finishes shall be of same material as recessed box. J. Device Box Dimensions: 4 inches square by 2-1/8 inches deep (100 mm square by 60 mm deep). K. Gangable boxes are prohibited. L. Hinged -Cover Enclosures: Comply with UL 50 and NEMA 250, Type 1, with continuous -hinge cover with flush latch unless otherwise indicated. 1. Metal Enclosures: Steel, finished inside and out with manufacturer's standard enamel. 2. Nonmetallic Enclosures: Plastic . 3. Interior Panels: Steel; all sides finished with manufacturer's standard enamel. M. Cabinets: 1. NEMA 250, Type 1 galvanized -steel box with removable interior panel and removable front, finished inside and out with manufacturer's standard enamel. 2. Hinged door in front cover with flush latch and concealed hinge. 3. Key latch to match panelboards. 4. Metal barriers to separate wiring of different systems and voltage. 5. Accessory feet where required for freestanding equipment. 6. Nonmetallic cabinets shall be listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 RACEWAY APPLICATION A. Outdoors: Apply raceway products as specified below unless otherwise indicated: RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260533-4 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. JCCA No. 22042-1 Agreement No. 6462 El Segundo Police Department Chiller Replacement 1. Exposed Conduit: GRC. 2. Concealed Conduit, Aboveground: EMT. 3. Underground Conduit: RNC,Type EPC-40-PVC. 4. Connection to Vibrating Equipment (Including Transformers and Hydraulic, Pneumatic, Electric Solenoid, or Motor -Driven Equipment): LFMC. 5. Boxes and Enclosures, Aboveground: NEMA 250, Type 3R. B. Indoors: Apply raceway products as specified below unless otherwise indicated: 1. Exposed, Not Subject to Physical Damage: RNC. 2. Exposed, Not Subject to Severe Physical Damage: EMT 3. Exposed and Subject to Severe Physical Damage: GRC. Raceway locations include the following: a. Loading dock. b. Corridors used for traffic of mechanized carts, forklifts, and pallet -handling units. C. Mechanical rooms. d. Gymnasiums. 4. Concealed in Ceilings and Interior Walls and Partitions: EMT 5. Connection to Vibrating Equipment (Including Transformers and Hydraulic, Pneumatic, Electric Solenoid, or Motor -Driven Equipment): FMC, except use LFMC in damp or wet locations. 6. Damp or Wet Locations: GRC. 7. Boxes and Enclosures: NEMA 250, Type 1, except use NEMA 250, Type 4 stainless steel in institutional and commercial kitchens and damp or wet locations. C. Minimum Raceway Size: 3/4-inch (21-mm) trade size. D. Raceway Fittings: Compatible with raceways and suitable for use and location. 1. Rigid and Intermediate Steel Conduit: Use threaded rigid steel conduit fittings unless otherwise indicated. Comply with NEMA FB 2.10. 2. PVC Externally Coated, Rigid Steel Conduits: Use only fittings listed for use with this type of conduit. Patch and seal all joints, nicks, and scrapes in PVC coating after installing conduits and fittings. Use sealant recommended by fitting manufacturer and apply in thickness and number of coats recommended by manufacturer. 3. EMT: Use setscrew, steel fittings. Comply with NEMA FB 2.10. 4. Flexible Conduit: Use only fittings listed for use with flexible conduit. Comply with NEMA FB 2.20. E. Install nonferrous conduit or tubing for circuits operating above 60 Hz. Where aluminum raceways are installed for such circuits and pass through concrete, install in nonmetallic sleeve. F. Do not install aluminum conduits, boxes, or fittings in contact with concrete or earth. G. Install surface raceways only where indicated on Drawings. RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260533-5 Agreement No. 6462 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. El Segundo Police Department JCCA No. 22042-1 Chiller Replacement 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Comply with NECA 1 and NECA 101 for installation requirements except where requirements on Drawings or in this article are stricter. Comply with NECA 102 for aluminum conduits. Comply with NFPA 70 limitations for types of raceways allowed in specific occupancies and number of floors. B. Keep raceways at least 6 inches (150 mm) away from parallel runs of flues and steam or hot- water pipes. Install horizontal raceway runs above water and steam piping. C. Complete raceway installation before starting conductor installation. D. Comply with requirements in Section 260529 "Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems" for hangers and supports. E. Install no more than the equivalent of three 90-degree bends in any conduit run except for control wiring conduits, for which fewer bends are allowed. Support within 12 inches (300 mm) of changes in direction. F. Conceal conduit and EMT within finished walls, ceilings, and floors unless otherwise indicated. Install conduits parallel or perpendicular to building lines. G. Support conduit within 12 inches (300 mm) of enclosures to which attached. H. Stub -ups to Above Recessed Ceilings: 1. Use EMT, IMC, or RMC for raceways. 2. Use a conduit bushing or insulated fitting to terminate stub -ups not terminated in hubs or in an enclosure. I. Threaded Conduit Joints, Exposed to Wet, Damp, Corrosive, or Outdoor Conditions: Apply listed compound to threads of raceway and fittings before making up joints. Follow compound manufacturer's written instructions. J. Raceway Terminations at Locations Subject to Moisture or Vibration: Use insulating bushings to protect conductors including conductors smaller than No. 4 AWG. K. Terminate threaded conduits into threaded hubs or with locknuts on inside and outside of boxes or cabinets. Install bushings on conduits up to 1-1/4-inch (35mm) trade size and insulated throat metal bushings on 1-1/2-inch (41-mm) trade size and larger conduits terminated with locknuts. Install insulated throat metal grounding bushings on service conduits. L. Install raceways square to the enclosure and terminate at enclosures with locknuts. Install locknuts hand tight plus 1/4 turn more. M. Do not rely on locknuts to penetrate nonconductive coatings on enclosures. Remove coatings in the locknut area prior to assembling conduit to enclosure to assure a continuous ground path. N. Cut conduit perpendicular to the length. For conduits 2-inch (53-mm) trade size and larger, use roll cutter or a guide to make cut straight and perpendicular to the length. RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260533-6 Agreement No. 6462 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. El Segundo Police Department JCCA No. 22042-1 Chiller Replacement O. Install pull wires in empty raceways. Use polypropylene or monofilament plastic line with not less than 200-lb (90-kg) tensile strength. Leave at least 12 inches (300 mm) of slack at each end of pull wire. Cap underground raceways designated as spare above grade alongside raceways in use. P. Surface Raceways: 1. Install surface raceway with a minimum 2-inch (50-mm)radius control at bend points. 2. Secure surface raceway with screws or other anchor -type devices at intervals not exceeding 48 inches (1200 mm) and with no less than two supports per straight raceway section. Support surface raceway according to manufacturer's written instructions. Tape and glue are not acceptable support methods. Q. Install raceway sealing fittings at accessible locations according to NFPA 70 and fill them with listed sealing compound. For concealed raceways, install each fitting in a flush steel box with a blank cover plate having a finish similar to that of adjacent plates or surfaces. Install raceway sealing fittings according to NFPA 70. R. Install devices to seal raceway interiors at accessible locations. Locate seals so no fittings or boxes are between the seal and the following changes of environments. Seal the interior of all raceways at the following points: Where conduits pass from warm to cold locations, such as boundaries of refrigerated spaces. 2. Where an underground service raceway enters a building or structure. 3. Where otherwise required by NFPA 70. S. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for solvent welding RNC and fittings. T. Expansion -Joint Fittings: 1. Install in each run of aboveground RNC that is located where environmental temperature change may exceed 30 deg F (17 deg C) and that has straight -run length that exceeds 25 feet (7.6 m). Install in each run of aboveground RMC and EMT conduit that is located where environmental temperature change may exceed 100 deg F (55 deg C) and that has straight -run length that exceeds 100 feet (30 m). 2. Install type and quantity of fittings that accommodate temperature change listed for each of the following locations: a. Outdoor Locations Not Exposed to Direct Sunlight: 125 deg F (70 deg C) temperature change. b. Outdoor Locations Exposed to Direct Sunlight: 155 deg F (86 deg C) temperature change. C. Indoor Spaces Connected with Outdoors without Physical Separation: 125 deg F (70 deg C) temperature change. d. Attics: 135 deg F (75 deg C) temperature change. Install fitting(s) that provide expansion and contraction for at least 0.00041 inch per foot of length of straight run per deg F (0.06 mm per meter of length of straight run per deg C) of temperature change for PVC conduits. Install fitting(s) that provide expansion and RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260533-7 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. JCCA No. 22042-1 Agreement No. 6462 El Segundo Police Department Chiller Replacement contraction for at least 0.000078 inch per foot of length of straight run per deg F (0.0115 mm per meter of length of straight run per deg C) of temperature change for metal conduits. 4. Install expansion fittings at all locations where conduits cross building or structure expansion joints. 5. Install each expansion -joint fitting with position, mounting, and piston setting selected according to manufacturer's written instructions for conditions at specific location at time of installation. Install conduit supports to allow for expansion movement. U. Flexible Conduit Connections: Comply with NEMA RV 3. Use a maximum of 72 inches (1830 mm) of flexible conduit for recessed and semirecessed luminaires, equipment subject to vibration, noise transmission, or movement; and for transformers and motors. 1. Use LFMC in damp or wet locations subject to severe physical damage. 2. Use LFMC or LFNC in damp or wet locations not subject to severe physical damage. V. Mount boxes at heights indicated on Drawings. If mounting heights of boxes are not individually indicated, give priority to ADA requirements. Install boxes with height measured to center top bottom of box unless otherwise indicated. W. Recessed Boxes in Masonry Walls: Saw -cut opening for box in center of cell of masonry block, and install box flush with surface of wall. Prepare block surfaces to provide a flat surface for a raintight connection between box and cover plate or supported equipment and box. X. Horizontally separate boxes mounted on opposite sides of walls so they are not in the same vertical channel. Y. Locate boxes so that cover or plate will not span different building finishes. Z. Support boxes of three gangs or more from more than one side by spanning two framing members or mounting on brackets specifically designed for the purpose. AA. Fasten junction and pull boxes to or support from building structure. Do not support boxes by conduits. 3.3 SLEEVE AND SLEEVE -SEAL INSTALLATION FOR ELECTRICAL PENETRATIONS A. Install sleeves and sleeve seals at penetrations of exterior floor and wall assemblies. 3.4 FIRESTOPPING A. Install firestopping at penetrations of fire -rated floor and wall assemblies. 3.5 PROTECTION A. Protect coatings, finishes, and cabinets from damage and deterioration. RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260533-8 Agreement No. 6462 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. El Segundo Police Department JCCA No. 22042-1 Chiller Replacement I. Repair damage to galvanized finishes with zinc -rich paint recommended by manufacturer. 2. Repair damage to PVC coatings or paint finishes with matching touchup coating recommended by manufacturer. END OF SECTION 260533 RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260533-9 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. JCCA No. 22042-1 Agreement No. 6462 El Segundo Police Department Chiller Replacement THIS PAGE IS INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260533-10 Agreement No. 6462 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. El Segundo Police Department JCCA No. 22042-1 Chiller Replacement SECTION 260553 IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Labels. 2. Bands and tubes. 3. Tapes and stencils. 4. Tags. 5. Signs. 6. Cable ties. 7. Miscellaneous identification products. 1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: 1. Include construction details, material descriptions, dimensions of individual components and profiles, and finishes for electrical identification products. B. Samples: For each type of label and sign to illustrate composition, size, colors, lettering style, mounting provisions, and graphic features of identification products. C. Identification Schedule: For each piece of electrical equipment and electrical system components to be index of nomenclature for electrical equipment and system components used in identification signs and labels. Use same designations indicated on Drawings. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Comply with ASME A13.1 and IEEE C2. B. Comply with 29 CFR 1910.144 for color identification of hazards; 29 CFR 1910.145 for danger, caution, warning, and safety instruction signs and tags; and the following: 1. Fire -protection equipment, including raceways, must be finished, painted, or suitably marked safety red. 2. Ceiling -mounted hangers, supports, cable trays, and raceways must be finished, painted, or suitably marked safety yellow where less than 7.7 ft (2.3 m) above finished floor. IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260553 - 1 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. JCCA No. 22042-1 Agreement No. 6462 El Segundo Police Department Chiller Replacement C. Signs, labels, and tags required for personnel safety must comply with the following standards: 1. Safety Colors: NEMA Z535.1. 2. Facility Safety Signs: NEMA Z535.2. 3. Safety Symbols: NEMA Z535.3. 4. Product Safety Signs and Labels: NEMA Z535.4. 5. Safety Tags and Barricade Tapes for Temporary Hazards: NEMA Z535.5. D. Comply with NFPA 70E requirements for arc -flash warning labels. E. Adhesive -attached labeling materials, including label stocks, laminating adhesives, and inks used by label printers, must comply with UL 969. F. Thermal Movements: Allow for thermal movements from ambient and surface temperature changes. 1. Temperature Change: 120 deg F (67 deg C), ambient; 180 deg F (100 deg C), material surfaces. 2.2 COLOR AND LEGEND REQUIREMENTS A. Raceways and Cables Carrying Circuits at 1000 V or Less: 1. Black letters on orange field. 2. Legend: Indicate voltage and system or service type. B. Color -Coding for Phase- and Voltage -Level Identification, 1000 V or Less: Use colors listed below for ungrounded feeder and branch -circuit conductors. 1. Color must be factory applied or field applied for sizes larger than 8 AWG if authorities having jurisdiction permit. 2. Colors for 208Y/120 V Circuits: a. Phase A: Black. b. Phase B: Red. C. Phase C: Blue. 3. Colors for 240 V Circuits: a. Phase A: Black. b. Phase B: Red. 4. Colors for 480Y/277 V Circuits: a. Phase A: Brown. b. Phase B: Orange. C. Phase C: Yellow. 5. Color for Neutral: White. IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260553 - 2 Agreement No. 6462 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. El Segundo Police Department JCCA No. 22042-1 Chiller Replacement 6. Color for Equipment Grounds: Green. 7. Colors for Isolated Grounds: Green with two or more yellow stripes. C. Raceways and Cables Carrying Circuits at More Than 1000 V: 1. Black letters on orange field. 2. Legend: "DANGER - CONCEALED HIGH VOLTAGE WIRING." D. Warning Label Colors: 1. Identify system voltage with black letters on orange background. E. Warning labels and signs must include, but are not limited to, the following legends: 1. Multiple Power Source Warning: "DANGER - ELECTRICAL SHOCK HAZARD - EQUIPMENT HAS MULTIPLE POWER SOURCES." F. Equipment Identification Labels: 1. Black letters on white field. 2.3 LABELS A. Self -Adhesive Labels: Vinyl, thermal, transfer -printed, 3 mil (0.08 mm) thick, multicolor, weather- and UV -resistant, pressure -sensitive adhesive labels, configured for intended use and location. 1. Manufacturers: a. Seton. b. Brady. C. Or equal. 2. Minimum Nominal Size: a. 1-1/2 by 6 inch (37 by 150 mm) for raceway and conductors. b. 3-1/2 by 5 inch (76 by 127 mm) for equipment. C. As required by authorities having jurisdiction. 2.4 CABLE TIES A. General -Purpose Cable Ties: Fungus inert, self -extinguishing, one piece, self-locking, and Type 6/6 nylon. 1. Minimum Width: 3/16 inch (5 mm). 2. Tensile Strength at 73 deg F (23 deg C) in accordance with ASTM D638: 12,000 psi (82.7 MPa). 3. Temperature Range: Minus 40 to plus 185 deg F (Minus 40 to plus 85 deg C). 4. Color: Black, except where used for color -coding. IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260553 - 3 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. JCCA No. 22042-1 Agreement No. 6462 El Segundo Police Department Chiller Replacement B. UV -Stabilized Cable Ties: Fungus inert, designed for continuous exposure to exterior sunlight, self -extinguishing, one piece, self-locking, and Type 6/6 nylon. 1. Minimum Width: 3/16 inch (5 mm). 2. Tensile Strength at 73 deg F (23 deg C) in accordance with ASTM D638: 12,000 psi (82.7 MPa). 3. Temperature Range: Minus 40 to plus 185 deg F (Minus 40 to plus 85 deg Q. 4. Color: Black. C. Plenum -Rated Cable Ties: Self -extinguishing, UV stabilized, one piece, and self-locking. 1. Minimum Width: 3/16 inch (5 mm). 2. Tensile Strength at 73 deg F (23 deg C) in accordance with ASTM D638: 7000 psi (48.2 MPa). 3. UL 94 Flame Rating: 94V-0. 4. Temperature Range: Minus 50 to plus 284 deg F (Minus 46 to plus 140 deg Q. 5. Color: Black. 2.5 MISCELLANEOUS IDENTIFICATION PRODUCTS A. Paint: Comply with requirements in painting Sections for paint materials and application requirements. Retain paint system applicable for surface material and location (exterior or interior). B. Fasteners for Labels and Signs: Self -tapping, stainless steel screws or stainless steel machine screws with nuts and flat and lock washers. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Self -Adhesive Identification Products: Before applying electrical identification products, clean substrates of substances that could impair bond, using materials and methods recommended by manufacturer of identification product. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Verify and coordinate identification names, abbreviations, colors, and other features with requirements in other Sections requiring identification applications, Drawings, Shop Drawings, manufacturer's wiring diagrams, and operation and maintenance manual. Use consistent designations throughout Project. B. Install identifying devices before installing acoustical ceilings and similar concealment. C. Verify identity of item before installing identification products. IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260553 - 4 Agreement No. 6462 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. El Segundo Police Department JCCA No. 22042-1 Chiller Replacement D. Coordinate identification with Project Drawings, manufacturer's wiring diagrams, and operation and maintenance manual. E. Apply identification devices to surfaces that require finish after completing finish work. F. Install signs with approved legend to facilitate proper identification, operation, and maintenance of electrical systems and connected items. G. System Identification for Raceways and Cables under 1000 V: Identification must completely encircle cable or conduit. Place identification of two-color markings in contact, side by side. 1. Secure tight to surface of conductor, cable, or raceway. H. System Identification for Raceways and Cables over 1000 V: Identification must completely encircle cable or conduit. Place adjacent identification of two-color markings in contact, side by side. 1. Secure tight to surface of conductor, cable, or raceway. I. Auxiliary Electrical Systems Conductor Identification: Identify field -installed alarm, control, and signal connections. J. Emergency Operating Instruction Signs: Install instruction signs with white legend on red background with minimum 3/8 inch (10 mm) high letters for emergency instructions at equipment used for power transfer. K. Elevated Components: Increase sizes of labels, signs, and letters to those appropriate for viewing from floor. L. Accessible Fittings for Raceways: Identify cover of junction and pull box of the following systems with wiring system legend and system voltage. System legends must be as follows: I. "EMERGENCY POWER." 2. "POWER." 3. "UPS." M. Self -Adhesive Labels: 1. Install unique designation label that is consistent with wiring diagrams, schedules, and operation and maintenance manual. 2. Unless otherwise indicated, provide single line of text with 1/2 inch (13 mm) high letters on 1-1/2 inch (38 mm) high label; where two lines of text are required, use labels 2 inch (50 mm) high. N. Self -Adhesive Vinyl Tape: Secure tight to surface at location with high visibility and accessibility. 1. Field -Applied, Color -Coding Conductor Tape: Apply in half -lapped turns for minimum distance of 6 inch (150 mm) where splices or taps are made. Apply last two turns of tape with no tension to prevent possible unwinding. IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260553 - 5 Agreement No. 6462 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. El Segundo Police Department JCCA No. 22042-1 Chiller Replacement O. Cable Ties: General purpose, for attaching tags, except as listed below: 1. Outdoors: UV -stabilized nylon. 2. In Spaces Handling Environmental Air: Plenum rated. 3.3 IDENTIFICATION SCHEDULE A. Install identification materials and devices at locations for most convenient viewing without interference with operation and maintenance of equipment. Install access doors or panels to provide view of identifying devices. B. Identify conductors, cables, and terminals in enclosures and at junctions, terminals, pull points, and locations of high visibility. Identify by system and circuit designation. C. Accessible Raceways and Metal -Clad Cables, 1000 V or Less, for Service, Feeder, and Branch Circuits, More Than 30 A and 120 V to Ground: Identify with self-adhesive raceway labels. 1. Locate identification at changes in direction, at penetrations of walls and floors, at 50 ft (15 m) maximum intervals in straight runs, and at 25 ft (7.6 m) maximum intervals in congested areas. D. Accessible Fittings for Raceways and Cables within Buildings: Identify cover of junction and pull box of the following systems with self-adhesive labels containing wiring system legend and system voltage. System legends must be as follows: 1. "EMERGENCY POWER." 2. "POWER." 3. "UPS." E. Control -Circuit Conductor Identification: For conductors and cables in pull and junction boxes, manholes, and handholes, use self-adhesive labels with conductor or cable designation, origin, and destination. F. Control -Circuit Conductor Termination Identification: For identification at terminations, provide self-adhesive labels with conductor designation. G. Locations of Underground Lines: Underground -line warning tape for power, lighting, communication, and control wiring and optical -fiber cable. H. Concealed Raceways and Duct Banks, More Than 1000 V, within Buildings: Apply floor marking tape to the following finished surfaces: 1. Floor surface directly above conduits running beneath and within 12 inch (300 mm) of floor that is in contact with earth or is framed above unexcavated space. 2. Wall surfaces directly external to raceways concealed within wall. 3. Accessible surfaces of concrete envelope around raceways in vertical shafts, exposed in building, or concealed above suspended ceilings. END OF SECTION 260553 IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260553 - 6 Agreement No. 6462 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. El Segundo Police Department JCCA No. 22042-1 Chiller Replacement SECTION 262816 ENCLOSED SWITCHES AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Nonfusible switches. 2. Enclosures. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. GFEP: Ground -fault circuit -interrupter for equipment protection. B. GFLS: Ground -fault circuit -interrupter for life safety. C. SPDT: Single pole, double throw. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: 1. For each type of enclosed switch, circuit breaker, accessory, and component indicated. Include nameplate ratings, dimensioned elevations, sections, weights, and manufacturers' technical data on features, performance, electrical characteristics, ratings, accessories, and finishes. 2. Enclosure types and details for types other than UL 50E, Type 1. 3. Current and voltage ratings. 4. Short-circuit current ratings (interrupting and withstand, as appropriate). 5. Include evidence of qualified electrical testing laboratory listing for series rating of installed devices. 6. Detail features, characteristics, ratings, and factory settings of individual overcurrent protective devices, accessories, and auxiliary components. B. Shop Drawings: For enclosed switches and circuit breakers. 1. Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and attachments to other work. 2. Include wiring diagrams for power, signal, and control wiring. C. Field Quality -Control Submittals: 1. Field quality -control reports. ENCLOSED SWITCHES AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS 262816 - 1 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. JCCA No. 22042-1 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Sample warranties. 1.5 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Warranty documentation. 1.6 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS Agreement No. 6462 El Segundo Police Department Chiller Replacement A. Spare Parts: Furnish to Owner spare parts, for repairing enclosed switches and circuit breakers, that are packaged with protective covering for storage on -site and identified with labels describing contents. Include the following: 1. Fuses: Equal to 10 percent of quantity installed for each size and type, but no fewer than three of each size and type. 2. Fuse Pullers: Two for each size and type. 1.7 WARRANTY A. Special Installer Extended Warranty: Installer warrants that fabricated and installed enclosed switches and circuit breakers perform in accordance with specified requirements and agrees to repair or replace components or products that fail to perform as specified within extended - warranty period. 1. Extended -Warranty Period: Two years from date of Substantial Completion; full coverage for labor, materials, and equipment. B. Special Manufacturer Extended Warranty: Manufacturer warrants that enclosed switches and circuit breakers perform in accordance with specified requirements and agrees to provide repair or replacement of components or products that fail to perform as specified within extended - warranty period. 1. Extended -Warranty Period: Three years from date of Substantial Completion. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Product Selection for Restricted Space: Drawings indicate maximum dimensions for enclosed switches and circuit breakers, including clearances between enclosures, and adjacent surfaces and other items. Comply with indicated maximum dimensions. B. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled in accordance with NFPA 70, by qualified electrical testing laboratory recognized by authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended location and application. ENCLOSED SWITCHES AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS 262816 - 2 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. JCCA No. 22042-1 2.2 NONFUSIBLE SWITCHES A. Manufacturers: Agreement No. 6462 El Segundo Police Department Chiller Replacement 1. Schneider Electric (Square D). 2. Eaton 3. GE 4. Or approved equal. B. Type HD, Heavy Duty, Three Pole, Single Throw, 600 V(ac), 1200 A and Smaller: UL 98 and NEMA KS 1, horsepower rated, lockable handle with capability to accept three padlocks, and interlocked with cover in closed position. C. Accessories: 1. Equipment Ground Kit: Internally mounted and labeled for copper and aluminum ground conductors. 2. Class R Fuse Kit: Provides rejection of other fuse types when Class R fuses are specified. 3. Auxiliary Contact Kit: One NO/NC (Form "C") auxiliary contact(s), arranged to activate before switch blades open. Contact rating - 24 V(ac). 4. Lugs: Compression type, suitable for number, size, and conductor material. 2.3 ENCLOSURES A. Enclosed Switches and Circuit Breakers: UL 489, NEMA KS 1, UL 50E, and UL 50, to comply with environmental conditions at installed location. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine elements and surfaces to receive enclosed switches and circuit breakers for compliance with installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 1. Commencement of work will indicate Installer's acceptance of areas and conditions as satisfactory. 3.2 SELECTION OF ENCLOSURES A. Outdoor Locations: UL 50E, Type 3R. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. Comply with manufacturer's published instructions. ENCLOSED SWITCHES AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS 262816 - 3 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. JCCA No. 22042-1 B. Special Techniques: Agreement No. 6462 El Segundo Police Department Chiller Replacement 1. Coordinate layout and installation of switches, circuit breakers, and components with equipment served and adjacent surfaces. Maintain required workspace clearances and required clearances for equipment access doors and panels. 2. Install individual wall -mounted switches and circuit breakers with tops at uniform height unless otherwise indicated. 3. Comply with mounting and anchoring requirements specified in Section 260548.16 "Seismic Controls for Electrical Systems." 4. Temporary Lifting Provisions: Remove temporary lifting of eyes, channels, and brackets and temporary blocking of moving parts from enclosures and components. 5. Install fuses in fusible devices. 3.4 IDENTIFICATION A. Comply with requirements in Section 260553 "Identification for Electrical Systems." 1. Identify field -installed conductors, interconnecting wiring, and components; provide warning signs. 2. Label each enclosure with engraved metal or laminated -plastic nameplate. 3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Field tests and inspections must be witnessed by Owner. B. Tests and Inspections for Switches: 1. Visual and Mechanical Inspection: a. Inspect physical and mechanical condition. b. Inspect anchorage, alignment, grounding, and clearances. C. Verify that unit is clean. d. Verify blade alignment, blade penetration, travel stops, and mechanical operation. e. Verify that fuse sizes and types match the Specifications and Drawings. f. Verify that each fuse has adequate mechanical support and contact integrity. g. Inspect bolted electrical connections for high resistance using one of the following methods: 1) Use low -resistance ohmmeter. a) Compare bolted connection resistance values to values of similar connections. Investigate values that deviate from those of similar bolted connections by more than 50 percent of lowest value. 2) Verify tightness of accessible bolted electrical connections by calibrated torque -wrench method in accordance with manufacturer's published data or NETA ATS Table 100.12. ENCLOSED SWITCHES AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS 262816 - 4 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. JCCA No. 22042-1 Agreement No. 6462 El Segundo Police Department Chiller Replacement a) Bolt -torque levels must be in accordance with manufacturer's published data. In absence of manufacturer's published data, use NETA ATS Table 100.12. h. Verify that operation and sequencing of interlocking systems is as described in the Specifications and shown on Drawings. i. Verify correct phase barrier installation. j. Verify lubrication of moving current -carrying parts and moving and sliding surfaces. 2. Electrical Tests: a. Perform resistance measurements through bolted connections with low -resistance ohmmeter. Compare bolted connection resistance values to values of similar connections. Investigate values that deviate from adjacent poles or similar switches by more than 50 percent of lowest value. b. Measure contact resistance across each switchblade fuseholder. Drop values may not exceed high level of manufacturer's published data. If manufacturer's published data are not available, investigate values that deviate from adjacent poles or similar switches by more than 50 percent of lowest value. C. Perform insulation -resistance tests for one minute on each pole, phase -to -phase and phase -to -ground with switch closed, and across each open pole. Apply voltage in accordance with manufacturer's published data. In absence of manufacturer's published data, use Table 100.1 from NETA ATS. Investigate values of insulation resistance less than those published in Table 100.1 or as recommended in manufacturer's published data. d. Measure fuse resistance. Investigate fuse -resistance values that deviate from each other by more than 15 percent. e. Perform ground fault test in accordance with NETA ATS Section 7.14 "Ground Fault Protection Systems, Low -Voltage." Test and adjust controls, remote monitoring, and safeties. C. Nonconforming Work: 1. Enclosed switches and circuit breakers will be considered defective if they do not pass tests and inspections. 2. Remove and replace defective units and retest. D. Collect, assemble, and submit test and inspection reports. 1. Test procedures used. 2. Include identification of each enclosed switch and circuit breaker tested and describe test results. 3. List deficiencies detected, remedial action taken, and observations after remedial action. ENCLOSED SWITCHES AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS 262816 - 5 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. JCCA No. 22042-1 3.6 ADJUSTING Agreement No. 6462 El Segundo Police Department Chiller Replacement A. Adjust moving parts and operable components to function smoothly, and lubricate as recommended by manufacturer. 3.7 PROTECTION A. After installation, protect enclosed switches and circuit breakers from construction activities. Remove and replace items that are contaminated, defaced, damaged, or otherwise caused to be unfit for use prior to acceptance by Owner. END OF SECTION 262816 ENCLOSED SWITCHES AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS 262816 - 6 Agreement No. 6462 APPENDIX B Chiller Unit Replacement Construction Plans CHILLER REPLACEMENT, EL SEGUNDO POLICE DEPARTMENT CITY OF EL SEGUNDO ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT 348 MAIN ST. EL SEGUNDO, CA 90245 PROJECT DIRECTORY VICINITY MAP APPLICABLE CODES uuNFR CD AN ET T aaDNE. 11111. 2.1 LEACUNII "N_T. °". °E FINAL INU@FLEEDUNDD1RD UT Nc�NETas. ATE zoe Nernm z,z—Tsn1 Pre�NGPnN aoeFRT NouN eNa�.RN'o°uN�Ucc�Nc�NeeR�Na.coM AR A1111T ® Q - e � ❑ �I o J ° �� '� U�FTs,Uw JCCA m;Ns� TO,1 U,A RE,CECI CAUFoawA CODE of EACHFELT D mCw U,A DE mDC) FAEED I THE I NTERNATI INAE FIHDIN. CDDE ODC) U,A DADEDDNTHEZU,UNAT�DNA�E�;RI�EUDDE(NEU) 1A DADEDDNTIE 211EINIFDRMIECIANICAECD U s DEmM� cIRI mwm of mPc� UA DADEDDNTNEZU,UDN�FDRM D�NDUD CAL FDRN A F RE Cl DEEANA' DADEDDNTAEzo,aNT TDNALFRECDDE(IF C, CITY OF EL SEGUNDO ENGINEERING DE PI RT M E N TA POLICE DEPARTMENT CHILLER REPLACEMENT TITLE SHEET 348 MAIN ST. SCOPE OF WORK REPE,UE���Rw�TNAUUEFIR U�REPE,�MENTAND TIE INTD(�DrDTEM CDNNECT NEw CA �R CDNTRD� TD EA DT ND EM D 3 FEET AND CDMMDDDNNEFL Ill LTERAND TENTD(E)DrDTEM a. REPAoE(E)ADT—TEROROULET DN PUMFIE . s. ooNNEOT AOTwATEROROU�T DN PUMPD ooNTRo�;: TO EDT ND EMD.�� SHEET INDEXDIED DRAFLIN. wIND DEDCRIPTIDN TITLE ETRICTIRAL MECHANICAL ELECTRICAL FINAL SUBMITTAL ri�Exo GENERALNOTES SITE PLAN N- 11 -RI J�N T- J C C A - cc,,c H V, G t CITY OF EL SEGUNDO A L R N ENGINEERING DE PEA R T MEN T POLICE DEPARTMENT CHILLER REPLACEMENT GENERAL NOTES & SITE PLAN 348 MAIN ST. F— FINAL SUBMITTAL PENTHOUSE ROOF FRAMING PLAN CITY OF EL SEGUNDO I I I I N I I E N GPI N E ERI N G D E P AR THE N T POLICE DEPARTMENT MECHANICAL JCCA-a'iA'-,'l*,' STRUCTURAL NOTES, STRUCTURAL DETAILS & PARTIAL ROOF PLAN _3 10 346 MAIN ST. 3 --- ---- TS-0 A FINATSURMITTAT FILE-- GENERAL NOTES ABBREVIATIONS ,." III PPeNGwATERcoNNEcnONe of elD. CONTRACTDRIBREePONeIBLEEOReTROCTORALDEeIONAe PART CONTRACOR'"ALNS wER"EoAVALRE.0 REMENTETO CONNECT NEW VOS. FILEDTOECTON.ETBRANCH �wMR. UNIT PER Noun RERVANCE WELDED I TEE LTC RE E ECLEouu_ ao, P,aI I OR ELECTIRIC (E) ENDS, ASTM All GRADE B. a NOTE ON SAFETY IREERIGERANT MAYBEDUP CATMY IIN SISTH GOBE RE AT EMIS IHE (BETWEEN E) I I 1ITTINGE I CH FILED IHALL BE RRAIIEMBLED CHARGED TESTED AND MORE STRINGENT STANDARD SHALL PREVAIL COURENICT I I I I AND SMALLER DUCTILE IRON III LE SCREWED ENDS AETM APPROVED 'OR OPERAT ON By UALIIAD PERSONNEL 11 CONTRACTOR IHALL TURN IH LABOR MATERIALS EAUIPMENT AND �11. �EI APETM A_ GRADE WPE AMR ST l I MANITIACTURER REPRESENTATIVE PLAINS AND SPECIDED HEREIN A A, I . E,ANoe T CONTRACTOR IHALL N SECTIONS PRIOR To BID INEIE CHILLER SHALL BE DEuv EKED , PTOCElMENT ENALL BEAR ANSUNDERESI TERE TO SORATORiBE1H1PW 'EA_ AT 'Ere ,3.,STEEL BIGGee eEATTHEYAREDERIGNED ,ED STEEL TE,L UNIONS ENDS,DCOINTARTMAIos, e NEUTAT LABEEL(UQ AND INSTALLED IN THE APPROVED MANNER TOR WHICH HDROEPOwER IRS RE 83 THE CONTRACTO I I I 'FE AND LARGER FORGED STEEL'T" "CEWELD NECK 'OR LEAK' E'UIPMENT WHICH MAY BE DAMAGED By THE GO PH CAP IT OR I NA LL I OCUM ENT AND RE LAY ANY I AT 0 1 TINGED 111 LE TINGED ENDS AITM AT 11 ACE ST I I ERIC I ED TEST COUP TIONE SHALL BE ISOLATED BE A A T 0 1 1 IS ON THE DER GO I OCUM ENTS AND ATTA I FW �LCGAU 1 0 LTS AS TO A 1 13 311 OR 3 " STA NLESS STEEL STUDS I ITT I APPROVAL IRON THE MECHA CA I ED To AITM A " 31, OR 3 "'TA, I NLEEB STEEL HEAVY HEI CUTS I SCHEDULE CRANE TOR LIITING E.UIPMENT IROMETI ROOT ONE PROCEEDNG AS ST ILTCOP���LHENIBNEEPROBVEDERENDICATING WEEK I ADVANCE ALL CHANGES AND DEV AT ONE MADE DUR NG CONSTRUCT ON CONTRACTOR IHALLPROV BE COMPLETED AS BULTDRAW GPROTASKETS CT ELECTR CAHNI EKING TYPE COPE MR PIPING EAU PMENT CON ROLE ANY GO PH I OLCOMPO CENTS To CONNECT CH LLERT To ED E.INTING TO REMAIN THE CONTRACTOR SHALL 11 CONTRACTOR INA LL' URN IH AND NITALL ALL REIUINNG KED AS SUILTDRAWNG S ISLLNOTBEACCEPTED I BIG AUTOCAD IORMAT CONTRACTOR HAND MARKED EDLNED 81N EMIA u/RM Rcun AMPS TISCH" WITH AS TINTEREACEe, wIRINO AND CONDOIT. , 11 MOTTO cT�ROOT INo. OVERLOADTHE All EMBLY ORCAUNDERLY FIRE PPEARE STRUCTURAL SYSTEM AND TO PROVIDE PROPER ROOT MEN BRAME (N) RE 7 DAMAGE CAUSED BY HIS WORK OR ANY SUBCONTRACTOR eo ETwARE TESTING AND TRAINING TO EL SEGUNDO PERSONNEL ATEMPORARV PATHwav TO PROTECTTHEROOE MEMBRANE. E M�cP MNEERWRREM PROTECTiaN PH PHASE CHILLER SCHEDULE E YMBD SERVICE ANUEACTURE MODES EERIG,CHARGELBR) TYRE� NUMBER (erUCPSO COMES APACITY TONOLT CT� PE LAB IGVAV LE AIR VOLUME AE GGAMDSDEBBA BREAKER vARwBTY GHILLEDINATER TRANS ;:BBA,A,C;:A, R-A,DA,AA GAS-COOLED TD DTS,S ,A.,SEER ABD S BD vED wELocLE EREDOENSY DRIVE HEATING HOT WATER PUMP SCHEDULE PUMP CAPACITY ELECTRIC& 11EIATINAL AIDE MANUFACFUFENPUMP TINE PERD ARE LDI E DRSEPDwE E..I ..ILIMODEL EDDAL PUMPS ,s,o na Ao A,E Tn a s RB I zoo ,sIB VALVE SCHEDULE TOO STO ICE SEC. MODEL TYPE SERVICE MATERIAL SEAT MATERIAL A NN-I I IF I I ICV MILWAUKEE VALVE F-1111 SLOPE PROVE CHILLED WATER PAST ON L ML—SBA —EA uTTERELY VALVE BHILLED WATER DUCHLE�B IRON EPEM L. COMMISSIONING/START UP EE(UTENCEE TOR THE CHILLER 3 CONTRACTOR 'HALL INFORM ELEGUNDO TO ALLOW WITNERBING x`V nnnree,uumnxwm®.-P'M0.1 HVAC SYMBOLS 9 PENT OF CKFUNECHON pPENT OF HISCONNECTIDN NEW WEAK KEYNOTE DEMDLDIDN KEYNOTE PIE VE cDNNEe,DR(D THERMOSTAT CITY OF EL SEGUNDO ENGINEERING DE PAA RT MEN TA POLICE DEPARTMENT CHILLER REPLACEMENT MECH. SCHEDULES & GENERAL NOTES 348 MAIN ST. .,, ElEl 'To' PENTIOUSE PO ICE DEPARTMENT RO F a I I I II _fir �e O POLICE DEPARTMENT - PENTHOUSEFIFFE DEMO KEYNOTES O DILL TE(LT 11 TON CHILLERAND rnecoNNECT 'IN FIT ll vAvEST AND RREMwE(BE a PwiN. UP TO SHUTTFF 0 SP 0 DITHER Mlec uNE MOUNTED ITEMeOR REPu FcEMRI A OR ENT 0° oIi ORRE. 1 EEOHITwAR, RaRCUUTION PUMP. MP O'ALvEEIT AND REMwE (E)HHw PIPwS UP To eHOr-OFF 0 DEMO (E) IaEAM CHILLER SUPPORT FRAME. SREAUAT wE F gpROTECTllp CE11�ANNELF MIND cE (q CHITTED WATER PUMPS OPROTECT INPIACE(q HOT -TER HAFTER OPROTECTINPIACE (q oOMETIC HOT WATER HEATER I I I I I I I I I I Q j I (E) Eo-TDNCHILLER I I I I ------------- E I I I I I I I I s r� I (E) ETRUCTURAL CONCRETE ROOF EFFE EQUIPMENT ELEVATION A D D FINAL SUBMITTAL ri�Exo NT oU PONCE DEPARTMENT RO F I I I,22,b,b,b I AC-1 o 5 e a � a e � ❑ 0 O POLICE DEPARTMENT - PENTHOUSE ECALE D D D NEWWORK KEYNOTES o P ENTAL(M2RTbNAIRCbbLEbCARFFITIRTI ,LLERIN� o UNTAbPo,TMV11R 1bNIEbFETTbNMIUNTEFT o l_RREINIINETALLwb2bbNTbEIF(E)ETRUCTUR o PRIVNIEANINFTFFT NREREFFNoRENUlREbFFFTINbE © IEINI oINEUITEbCA1LL I-TERE1E1Nb o M AETAENEE IN 'ERbEER Abb�TibNALNEwEb�NTEFbRNEwCA� R REANb ° o P AII(M"IT WATER PUMPOPRIVNIEANb TFTJECESSARY o,FiTTiN.T CONNECT(N) EUMEE FACATU (E) E�E�Nb oFEET ANbC111REIbNNEICA1LLERCbNTRIFE ER „ CbMEbNENTETbEAETNb °°bEANbNETAUEl. LER o-\ (EJ CHANNEL FRAME a 2311b b ila" RAP ) EQUIPMENT ELEVATION NIT TUECALE FINAL SUBMITTAL rirExo GENERAL NOTES ABBREVIATIONS ELECTRICAL SYMBOL LIST TIDNA ITEDE o 5Rk v EFDOEPTMHEHETOCATIONEFEEIETILEIE E;<PLCITLrDIMENEIONEDONTIE DRAMINDE. H°Limo° oRs �s rTHExEE,A DENERALIFYNFOLCANDNOTD—NTOECALE. APPIO. MATE FIITHEIMOIE THE E., °EUICE FEE CTIDNE AHE ONLY oO'U (MENA NR MIINIMUMFHN TO PATCH E RH`E�AFFE`CTEDAaEA(FT OFNx01HEHAI"aEANEPAIIEOTOMA;MH N FILE OF, CAL 'OOM EACH M ECHAN CA LOOM 1 0, UNLEFE NOTED 0 TH " UPDATE'DENT'F'CAT'OALLN�a �(ClOYTAPEETOIEFMEOTNEwMONETR°OTON U`T� eaME FlaE Ranmo AE oaIOINALE ALL A.UIPMENT MANU T a1 AA,HU 11 ALL w METALLUCOADDITIONAU M ETAwC ETIUCTUIEE AND EAU AFFIENCLONATED -TH IPMENT I FEE I ETC III To IDE) 01 CONNECTED TO IOUND POP PeeCEC`III II(CA oUNowo PE a cE THE CDUNTrAPPHDUEDTHIHUPAHTrTEETINUFACILn U;NOA°P;EEEDEr aM AN-01OUNTILHE01 THE 1EPIEEENTATIv HAEEIDNEDTHECONTRACT. TD HDUDHINDIN MITHDUT INCUHHIND A ADEACENTAHEAE. TNIUIFFN,00NOTINTERRUPTORDMPEOEOPEIT�oNANowow:I LNN NTLE INDEINDICATEAOUAL LEUELEUPEHIOHTOTHAT EPECIFIEDEYTIE CODEE. �NEUUE �ITEMTEMTHEE AE TEMNEREEEAHCATED COCACOMELETEANDOPEIATIUNAEEYETEM. FEooR IEHLD awncTv �mNLHIT Annvt�it GRAM EIHEUULHLw�H O D EOPP.. UE UNULHEHOUND UUN UNLESS UENU1rE11EUNE w wENOTrUHU�, RANSFORMeR eH PHoor IN) Nev �F>�o UNOANELNTAND DINE CIHCUITNUMEEw TlE NOIIIIII ET�THMORETHA ePEa cecEi o. PANELaDAHULOEr1,LOU,Em,aM ® PCOTCHEOAHDaElYI,LOU,IM IDO EOUIEMENT MANUFAETUIEHHEEUMMENUAITON 0 EUNCTIONEOOF �owElNO sisA TYPICAL PLAN LEGEND OF^�"F'a JCCAo..J=C,CHAN,G°. „p�E,G,...m® „�.P,D„ rc9a P�E0.1 DEFINITION "MILI MI IS CONTROL SYSTEM NOTES CONNECTION OF NESIE.UIPM— NDINFTALYATION M UET EE A COMPLETE, FUNCTIONAL THE IATEI CHILLED AND THE ED IT NI EAU M ENT AND DEIICEI IH CH FEE CITY OF EL SEGUNDO E N G I N E E R I N G D E P FA R T M E N T A POLICE DEPARTMENT CHILLER REPLACEMENT ELECTRICAL GENERAL NOTES 348 MAIN ST. FINAL SUBMITTAL ri�Exo SINGLE LINE DIAGRAM NIT TI -LE NEW WORK KEYNOTES:GENERAL NOTES [I] 111111E -IINNEIT -ITII -TIN. ,NLE. TE, � �E NTE, [1] IEIINNEIT lEl I 1 1. IEEIEI TI (N) -TEI IIILLEI - 1 [3 ] lEllIE (E) 111 111111T 11-El 11TI (N) 11 111111T -.El .11 TI -11 E-TIN. FINAL SUBMITTAL If IT DEMOLITION KEYNOTES IN' I I OF 1% N I'lFLI ONE IN111L I IT NDNTR'MAKLl`�R"I P",NE 11" 11" 1 T F" I POP 1111T 11 TO" PROTECT IFI IINIHT FOR "N .. TOP TO FE _FE, ", IN, IF I', ONEIT SWIT11 PER NEW WORK 1IFFWIN. PROTECT 1111111 CHILLER IFITII 11" 11 � '1 I "IC TT ICE III "IT IFITII FIlTI I O 1E.-E I , I Cll CONDUCTOR, "E'S'", IF IF PC I PROTECT IN PLECE (E) DISCONNECT SWITCH 1.1 INNINT PENTHOUSE GENERALNOTES PO ICE I DEPARTMENT I �R OR T�ITHC IECEOFETN IHO WR IE=ON II I 'E 'O'I'EL' '0 . N N RFFCT lERNNN.l�lCLHEDRCUTFIWTH T.EECOPEOFWORKFND Rop F ROI HER UTEE CORNN T, I R_ORILE,=%E�Rp��EEFCFTO SOURCE PFNELFND I RE I CIREFULLICOORDNITEICOPEOFWORKWTH�LL D I C IT HE I WTHP,, ST CHIP 'ENT ON To "ECHIN CILIND PLU I NO DRlW POP N PIRTICUIR CFREFULL, RE, EW I I EST POP CHEDUTE To COORDN' TE ELECTR C' HARICTENIT OF D NO T P C,(.0 ):NNC.TJ U. OIERCURRENT PROTECTION C.OP) CONFIR. D PCONNECT EPSTCH FIND 'TRT NO "E"N' 'RE > �J PROlIDED ST THE ECNFN CFLUN T FNUFFCTURER FOR FI.EF"NUN`ETCTEONE EFFEED ON FIE. CONDITIONS FOR 000 OF- AN 1 E:]E:]E:l A t V I I N E 11 CITY OF EL SEGUNDO I R L I F I N I I ENGINEERING DE PEA R T M E NT POLICE DEPARTMENT - PENTHOUSE POLICE DEPARTMENT CHILLER REPLACEMENT ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION PLAN SCALE S 348 MAIN ST. —7—A,1171 —1—E—El 1 FINAL SUBMITTAL If IT NBNVVORK KEYNOTES [I] 11111'T IT IIIAT1 1,1I"I E 'E 1 .1 11 T I IEI I — I AN I , 0 E D W NNIIITITRIKIBI =N T11-1111=1'IE1 TO EIlllEo(oEE IO INTAREITEABILE IROVIIE IONIIITE.TENBION I E (N) Ll. I 'ONNE'LORE Al NEEDED o REIPONNEL ND TOLWATER I R111T NO 11.1 OLWI I W, )To (E) 'ONTROLWRNO OARE 10 0 BID NATE =KR ETWEEN TRA BE B111 B111 LNEELLO" ENEIRE (E) ION11IT ELIBE NEAR (N) UNIT ARE TEABILE 'ROV BE IONIHP E.TENBION I E (N) Ll. I IONNEITORE AE NEEDED (REE)IIIE(E)WITI(N)II�IONNEITaWITII REIONNEILLO EERIE RE 10ORNNATEITENIT011NE—LOTIONANI E.TEN1 EE'ERBABNEEE, [1] REIONNEIL ED IT NO 10-ROIW RINI IORL" E NLERTOIK W TIT ED EL NO E, ELE. B NO L', NO BUT NOT L I LED To E.IELIN. VENTIITION IONTROILE 1111AL 0. ENT RIOTNOEIT (E) INIOT'R,01 W NINANI RII (E) ALI NO T OTLI. 2 ETART ENNAILBETWEENIHILLERANIABBOIDATE1 ".,B PENTHOUSE POLICE PO REIOTNOEIT (E) lNLU,0L W2TINOTD RETIEDOTO (E) NAT NO IT. ENNAL BE -`EN BOILER AND AEBOAATED 'U.'ETART RCOF RW "BOA R T�ERLEOAUETR 'ENVBABEW' 'A"AlE N.RVIL'NE E Tll RU I A ED EN BE LE DIA.RA. ONEII AN 1 LIP Ll E E: 77��l FnolhAo ALEE El 7\,z V 1EVI—INI CITY OF EL SEGUNDO L F R I ENGINEERINGE PEA R T MEN T POLICE DEPARTMENT PENTHOUSE -02 POLICE DEPARTMENT CHILLER REPLACEMENT jc,,c ANIG ELECTRICAL NEW WORK PLAN CCA.— N -t ECALE 348 MAIN ST. 10 JCOA# 22042 1 1 E2.1 FINAL SUBMITTAL Agreement No. 6462 APPENDIX C City Construction and Demolition Debris Waste Management Plan (WMP) Form Agreement MNEF462IoNs City of El Segundo Public Works Department (310) 524-2300 Construction and Demolition Debris Waste Management Plan (WMP) PUBLIC WORKS PROJECTS (including MUNICIPAL ROAD CONSTRUCTION, OVERLAY, SIDEWALK REPAIR OR LAND CLEARING PROJECTS) INSTRUCTIONS Pursuant to the California Green Building Code of 2016 (2016 CALGreen), the City of El Segundo requires diversion (repurposed, reused, or recycled) of at least 65% of non -hazardous construction and demolition (C&D) debris from Public Works projects. A C&D Waste Management Plan must be submitted to the Public Works Department for municipal projects or projects on public property. The contents of this packet, when completed, constitute a C&D Debris Waste Management Plan (WMP). This packet is designed to track the amount of C&D debris diverted or disposed from your City -related (i.e. Public Works) project. If you believe your project cannot achieve the required diversion, you must complete and submit Form PW-D, the EXEMPTION REQUEST form, to the City (i.e. your Project Manager) explaining the circumstances, and requesting an exemption from the requirements. Step 1: Complete Forms PW-A and PW-B Form PW-A is the PROJECT INFORMATION form. This form asks for basic project information, such as name, type, description, location, and contractor contact information. Form PW-B is the PRE -PROJECT WORKSHEET form. This form asks for estimated amounts of debris that will be generated by the project. Option 1: If you are electing to contract with hauler(s) from the Authorized Hauler list who will handle recycling compliance on your behalf, complete Form PW-B (short form). Option 2: If you will be handling all waste management activities (through direct hauling or use of own bins), complete Form PW-B1. Estimate the weight of the C&D debris, by material type, that will be recycled, reused, salvaged, disposed and/or transformed from your project. You must complete either Form PW-B or PW-B1. Step 2: Submit Forms to Public Works Forms PW-A and PW-B (or PW-B1) must be submitted to your Public Works Project Manager and approved prior to commencing work. Step 3: Complete POST -PROJECT SUMMARY - FORM PW-C At least 5 business days prior to contractor requesting release of final project retention, submit a completed FORM PW-C to your Public Works Project Manager. *NOTE* A FACILITY INFO list showing nearby companies that accept C&D materials for recycling is included in this packet. This list was developed to assist you in finding local facilities to use as an alternative to disposal. If you use a certified mixed C&D processing facility, your project will meet the diversion requirements. There are authorized haulers that do business in El Segundo. The HAULER LIST showing companies that are authorized to collect solid waste inEl Segundo is included in this packet. You must use one of these haulers if contracting for waste removal service. For your convenience, there are electronic versions of the forms that will automatically calculate waste generation, disposal, and diversion based on the data entered. Rev.12/4/2020 Agreement No. & PW-A City of El Segundo El of Public Works Department (310) 524-2300 Project Name: Contractor Name: Date: PW Project Manager_ PW Project Name: FORM PW-A - PROJECT INFORMATION Submit this form to the Public Works Department prior to commencing your project I for all municipal projects subject to compliance, or projects on public property. Project Address / Location: Mailing Address: Ofc Phone No.: City / State / Zip: Cell No: Email: Project Type: Mark appropriate box in each column with an "X": F-1 Road (construction, overlay, repair) F-1 Facility Improvement (renovation, alteration, or addition) l USE FORMS PROVIDED BY EL SEGUNDO COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT DEPT F-1 Land Clearing (trail, grading, etc.) F-1 Other Estimated Project Start Date: Estimated Project End Date: Request for Exemption: F-1 (If you are requesting an exemption, fill out Form PW-D: Exemption Request) To the best of my knowledge, the above information is an accurate representation of the proposed project. I have been made aware of the 2016 CALGreen requirements and will comply with all requirements. Print Name Title Signature PW OFFICE USE ONLY -Approval Status F-1 Approved F-1 Denied F-1 Further Explanation Needed F-1 Exempt Due to Infeasibility Reviewed By Date Date Rev. 12/4/2020 2 Agreement No. 6402 PW-B . City of El Segundo ® Public Works Department (310) 524-2300 Date: PW Project Manager: PW Project Name: FORM PW-B - PRE -PROJECT WORKSHEET - PUBLIC WORKS PROJECTS This form must be completed and approved or a demolition / building permit will not be issued. Instead of completing a detailed accounting of the types and quantities of C&D debris that will be generated from this project (FORM PW-131), you have the option to select one of El Segundo's authorized waste haulers. These haulers can handle your project's debris in such a way as to comply with CALGreen standards. If you elect this option, please specify which authorized hauler(s) and/or facility(ies) you will be using and sign the acknowledgement below. El Segundo authorized hauler(s) and/or facility(ies) can be found on the City's website: nj.;jl�as.;// .::. lls u, irn tl.?....airg .? ;irirnirim, ,ir UO...2 aitirirneinro..s/ u.�lk�lliic..vv rlks/I.iraslrro..irec clliiirro It is your responsibility to ensure that the hauler knows you are contracting for "C&D Recycling Service" so that the material is properly handled and waste diverted. You need to obtain weight tickets from the hauler indicating the type and weight of the material collected. In order to comply with the requirements of the WM P, I will contract with the following hauler(s): Hauler: I understand that I am responsible for obtaining copies of any and all weight tickets from all haulers and/or facilities which receive debris from this project and that I will submit a Post -Project Summary (FORM PW-C) at least 5 business days prior to final inspection. Print Name Signature Date Rev.12/4/2020 Agreement No. 6W-B1 �f® City of El Segundo 11 �mk Public Works Department (310) 524-2300 Date: PW Project Manager: PW Project Name: FORM PW-B1 - PRE -PROJECT WORKSHEET - PUBLIC WORKS PROJECTS [This form is to be completed only if you plan to use your own company -owned bins/trucks for disposition of material] This form must be completed and approved or a demolition / building permit will not be issued. In the table below, list estimated weight or cubic yards of debris that will be generated, recycled, reused, salvaged, disposed, and/or transformed by this project. You must include all recyclers, salvage companies, recycle facilities, mixed -use material recovery facilities, landfills, and/or transformation facilties that will be used for the project. List of materials to be generated from the project: ex. wood, metal, concrete, asphalt, drywall, cardboard, mixed C&D debris, etc. TONS Reused/Salvaged/Donated Ex.: Habitat for Humanity, Thirft Stores, regrind onsite, reuse fixtures, reuse dirt/concrete/asphalt Recycled A facility that accepts 100% recyclable materials to be turned into other products. Delivered to Mixed C&D Recycling Facilties that recover some materials for recycling Disposed/Landfilled/Transformed Transfer station, landfill, orSERRF Generated (total of above) CUBIC YARDS Facilities to be Used I or my company elect not to use an authorized hauler because I or my company own containers (bins or roll -off boxes) Initial Here and/or dump vehicles and will not be contracting for debris removal services. I understand that I am responsible for obtaining copies of any and all weight tickets from all haulers and/or facilities Initial Here which receive debris from this project and that I will submit a Post -Project Summary (FORM PW-C) at least 5 business days prior to final inspection. Print Name Signature Date Rev. 12/4/2020 3-A Agreement No. 6462n1w-c City of El Segundo Public Works Department (310)524-2300 Form PW-C - Post Project Summary Project Name: Project Address: Contractor Name: Project Number: Project Manager: Date: This form must be submitted to the Public Works Department at least 5 business days prior to project finalization. Provide facility name, material, and total tonnage disposed and/or diverted. Documentation must be attached (i.e. weight tickets). If an approved mixed waste processing facility was used, a report by the facility for this project is preferred. Return the completed form to the Public Works Department. You may use additional sheets if necessary. If you used one of the City's authorized haulers or facilities, complete this section, then skip to the SIGNATURE section below. I used (List haulers and/or facilities that were used) to meet the recycling requirements. Weight tickets are attached. I. FACILITIES Please list all facilities (i.e. landfill and/or transformation, recycling/reuse/salvage, mixed C&D debris processing, materals recovery) used for this FACILITY NAME TONS DELIVERED TONS DIVERTED TONS DISPOSED DIVERSION RATE 1 2 3 4 Other (reused on site) TOTALS (A) (B) (C) Please enter disposal and diversion totals for each item below, according to letter. Totals reported must match those listed in Section I: TOTAL GENERATED (A) TOTAL DIVERTED(B) TOTAL DISPOSED(C) OVERALL PROJECT DIVERSION RATE Ov00% % (B/A)-100 To the best of my knowledge, the above information is an accurate representation of the disposition of the construction and demolition materials generated on the jobsite. I understand that the City of El Segundo may audit disposal and recycling documentation for this project. Print Name Signature PW OFFICE USE ONLY Diversion Requirement Met: Yes No Exemption: = Yes No Reviewed and Approved by: Date: Rev.12/4/2020 4 Agreement No. 64162 PW-D Project Name: Contractor Name: Project Number: City of El Segundo Public Works Department (310)524-2300 Form PW-D - Exemption Request Project Address: Project Manager: Date: If it is infeasible for you to comply with all of the requirements set forth by the Construction and Demolition Debris Recycling Form and you are requesting an infeasibilty exemption, please use the following space to explain why your project should be considered exempt from recycling requirements. PW OFFICE USE ONLY Exemption Approved: Yes No Reviewed by: Date: Rev.12/4/2020